Does anyone have any idea how much people are willing to do anything to get close to those involved in TWILIGHT?
Stores have been shut down, cops have been called in, teenage girls are crying at the mere mention of Robert Pattinson’s name, crowds have not packed and swelled malls to the kind of degree not seen since the last Menudo tour circa 1985 and some of those involved could not be more laid back and chill about it all.
Edi Gathegi who plays Laurent, Rachelle Lefevre who plays Victoria and Taylor Lautner who plays Jacob Black could not have been more removed or reflective on the entire experience. They look at it with a bit of comedy, genuine amazement and are sanguine about how they feel towards any subsequent sequels.
When I met them at the Valley Ho in Scottsdale, Arizona the film was about 2 weeks away from dropping, they were slated for an appearance at the local Scottsdale Fashion Square Mall where 750 teenagers paid $30 a pop for a t-shirt and a ticket that would allow them to get close enough for a photo and autograph. And I understand that. I won’t make fun of these people, although it’s awfully tempting when you see some of the nutters in line, but the real sports are the actors who put on a smiley face and braved the insanity.
Note bene: This interview was conducted before me even seeing a frame of film or even reading a page of Arizona native Meyer’s book. So, keep your snarky comments to yourself. We join this interview with Rachelle and I talking, oddly enough, about how I once came from Chicago…
RACHELLE LEFEVRE:You are?I’m a Bears fan.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: Nice.Cubs fan?
LEFEVRE:No.Not a baseball person.
CS: Then I’m done with you for the rest of the interview.
LEFEVRE:Hey, I’m from Montreal, OK and I was an Expo’s fan until the 1994 strike ruined us on our way to win a World Series and we’ve never recovered and then we lost our team because Jeffrey Loria, who’s an American, bought up the team and sold it off for parts like it was art.So I do not watch baseball anymore.I am scared for life.
EDI GATHEGI:That was the Expo’s?
LEFEVRE:Yea.Hard to respect the team that played the second half of their last season in San Juan, Puerto Rico.
CS: Regarding the film I know Pattinson is making an appearance in Chicago tonight, actually, and there are cops are being brought in to get ready
LEFEVRE:They canceled the event in San Francisco.
CS:I heard that.Did you guys know going in what you were getting yourselves into?
TAYLOR LAUTNER:No, not really.The first time we realized the potential of this thing I think was ComiCon and our first night in Seattle was a pretty big taste of ComiCon again.I definitely was not expecting anything near what it was and they were just great.The fans are very supportive and we are very lucky to have them.
GATHEGI:They are about as enthusiastic as you can get right up to the brink before they start breaking each others noses.
LAUTNER:Exactly.
(Laughs)
GATHEGI: I think I lost a little bit of hearing though all that stuff.
CS:I was actually there at ComiCon during all that.I only had a baseline understanding of the book series because Stephenie Miller is from here. I knew she was a local author but I had no idea that young girls, young people, really have attached themselves to this book series.As you guys were doing the film, what did you come to understand why young people are so connected to the story?
GATHEGI:I think there are a lot of questions that come up when you are in high school and are a young adult.There’s a lot of teen angst, forbidden love, like the whole Romeo and Juliet story, she can’t really be with him because they are different species but they’ve fallen in love with each other and what do…does she want to turn, live the rest of her life as a vampire… and I think Stephenie does a wonderful job painting these characters in such a truthful and honest way.
She does.
She sets up our world as we know it.It’s our world and then she starts to justify or asks all the questions of how vampires could possibly exist in our world the way we would naturally.And then she has an answer for each question and you think, oh my god, this is a world that could possibly exist.
LEFEVRE:Totally plausible.
GATHEGI:Totally plausible.And I think people are rooting for their relationship as they read and it’s just so interesting and intense, it’s engaging and a pretty easy read so people fly though the book and attach themselves pretty quickly.
CS:A lot has been made of vampires lately.True Blood on HBO has gone gangbusters.People love a good vampire story.Why?I think was fascinated just as a boy growing up with vampires in general, but it seems to be when you do the property right as in True Blood right now, TWILIGHT, from what everyone is saying…If you look at it from the right way it could just be huge.Why do people gravitate to vampires the way they do?
LEFEVRE:We’ve been talking amongst ourselves about this too and there is certainly something that there are certain genre’s that just appeal to us for certain reasons at certain times and so vampires have always been around, they just keep coming in an out of fashion.
But we are fascinated by one monster group at a time it seems in the zeitgeist.The thing that strikes me now about the vampire methodology, like True Blood and in Stephenie’s books, the genre, the methodology is being turned on it’s head.From what I’ve seen of True Blood it seems that Alan Ball is using it.It’s almost politically subversive.He’s using it to make arguments about the nature of humanity in a really interesting way about the nature of prejudice and it’s like he’s posited them as this minority group facing human challenges, which I find really interesting and the thing I find that I love about what Stephenie does is that it’s such an incredible metaphor for particularly at a young age but also like the Romeo and Juliet thing, for something that stands between two people being together.
Whether that’s species in this case, or a class system, or whether it’s different religions, there a million reasons still today why we can’t all just be one group and so it highlights our differences in an extraordinary way.So, I think that’s one of the fascinations in society right now, why vampires are big.It allows us to ask those questions in a way that’s harmless because we are not asking about ourselves, we are asking about a hypothetical world.Sorry, I just rambled.
(Laughs)
CS: You’re right. I think we’re done here.
GATHEGI:[Pointing at Taylor] He’s got nothing to contribute on the subject because he will be a werewolf.
LEFEVRE:Why do we love werewolves so much?
LAUTNER:Because they’re hot.
(Laughs)
GATHEGI:Literally.180 degrees.
CS:Well, to that point, Taylor and Edi, what did you bring to your own parts? You are asked to play a werewolf and vampire, respectively, and you are asked to step into these roles acting in disguise. You are essentially playing a werewolf and vampire for a vast majority of your screen time without ever brandishing scary teeth, hair all over your body…
GATHEGI:Stephenie does a lot of the work for us with the rules of her methodology ““ there are no fangs, there are no garlic, no crosses.We go out in the daytime, but just can’t be seen in the direct sun or our skin will glitter.It doesn’t hurt us.It’s not like we have to be in a coffin during the day so a lot of the work is done for us and for me I just thought what would it be like to not ever sleep?What would it be like if I didn’t have to breathe?Like those simple things we do without thinking.
A vampire has to consciouslythink to blink.Because humans blink naturally.Vampires don’t have to.So to appear human, vampires have to think about those things.So for me it was the stiller I could be, the more undead I would be.So it was an exercise in the economy in movement.I almost needed to do less.But it was serious concentration.Then on top of that not to play vampire, I play this character, this being that was once human and what were his interests when he was human and what are they now that he turned?I thought it would be interesting if he was a contemporary of some great figure in the 1700’s when he was turned and I picked St. George, this Renaissance man.He was a fencer, a very regal character and I thought what if they were friends so that gave him his gate so then I just added vampire on top of that.
LAUTNER:It’s hard because I haven’t been transformed into a werewolf yet.I transform in the middle of the second book in the series.So, basically all I had to do is pretend which isn’t hard to have a huge crush on Kristin Stewart.
(Laughs)
That’s pretty much all I had to do because Jacob and Bella used to be very good friends when they were young and it’s the first time they’ve seen in other in quite a while when she moves back to Forks.He instantly has huge crush on her and cannot leave her alone, so that’s basically all I had to bring to life for Twilight.
CS:The production itself, they say it wasn’t intentionally done to have a woman director, a woman writer, but in the notes I’ve been reading, it kind of was.Was it irrelevant by the time you guys were producing it or, for lack of a better term, did it feel like it had a woman’s touch?
LAUTNER:I think for Katherine it doesn’t have to do anything whatsoever.Katherine has just shown in her past, with 13 and Lords of Dogtown and now this she is a professional at relating to the young.She has so much energy she is infectious.She brings the best out of us.She has such a creative imagination and that’s what Twilight needs is to take this book that is in words and bring it to life visually for the fans so they can see on the big screen what been on their minds the whole time they’ve been reading the story.I just think Katherine was the best choice we could have chosen do direct it.
LEFEVRE:And her history is a production designer and so she does have exactly that.She does have an appreciation for the visual.And this was a world that was so specific on the page and needed to be brought to life exactly as it was written and needed somebody who could read the book and the script and have that intense visual.I don’t know.Maybe a female made a difference there ““ maybe having a female imagination helped in the visualizing.
GATHEGI:We have good imaginations too.
LEFEVRE:You do???Someone told me you think also.Is that true?
(Laughs)
CS:Everyone says you can get though this in a week but one page in her book and one page in a script, you have X number of pages have to cut. As well, some people got on this film without seeing a script, they just latched on to it.Can you tell me a little bit about A) Did you see the script before you came on and then B) What was important to Stephenie in your characters that she wanted to be sure she got in within the running time of the movie?
GATHEGI:I’ll try to go fast.I did not see a script when I auditioned.I just saw the sides ““ which is a scene that my character was in and I was not into it because I could tell it was an other worldly project and that was not my thing.
I’m really not a vampire fan.
When I met Katherine and had a great audition with Katherine I wanted to work with her and when I found out they wanted me to play the part then I picked up the books and I went, now this is not your traditional vampire story.She’s turned it upside down.This is an amazing story.It’s a romance set in the world of vampires.I absolutely want to be a part of this.I’m in love with this.What was the second part of the question?
CS:What she wanted to retain?
GATHEGI:And like you said, it was a 500 page book condensed into a two hour movie so I think for our characters, the nomads, we are the antagonists.There is no movie without conflict and I think that we’re not introduced in the book until page 300’s so in the movie for dramatic purposes I think it was important that they showed we exist before we exist in the books so the impending doom is there kind of a parallel story with the love story so you know there are some things about to go down.
LEFEVRE:I think it’s exactly the story of the book just condensed.Whatever is different is only different for the purposes of time.For the purposes of condensing the story.There is nothing that I can think of that is really far away from what Stephenie wrote.It’s all Stephenie’s stuff.And if it is contorted in any way in order to make it fit into a two hour movie, it’s still Stephenie’s world and still things she wrote, they are just condensed or rearranged slightly.
GATHEGI:And I’ll add to that condensed or rearranged slightly ““ if anything is different it’s movie making.It’s not a perfect science.There are certain things like locations and budgetary things and the sun is shining so you literally have to move the location, so maybe differences in that way but other than that, the attempt and the success of the attempt is very good.
CS:{To Taylor] Did you read the script?
LAUTNER:No, I didn’t.Just the sides.What I actually did, Jacob’s character basically just gets introduced in Twilight and develops later in the series but what they did for my audition process is take just in quotes from the second and third books and made it into sides and it was very interesting for me and I knew immediately, I love intimate relationships between boy and girl, I’ve always been a romance fan so I loved the sides, loved the writing, hadn’t read the books yet and as soon as I got cast in the film, that is when I read the books and the script.
CS:And now looking at this not just as a book, or a movie, you are looking at two or three, are you comfortable to signing your self on this trilogy?Any reservations about going on to do more?
LEFEVRE:I had no reservations before I signed on.I read the first book right before my audition and read the other two before I was cast and I read the script before I agreed to do it but having read all three books and knowing that someone had chosen Katherine, it could have gone one of two ways.They could have gotten a director who was an action person for all the action sequences and the chase stuff, and they could have gone with somebody who was really great with that and had experience doing that and then just allowed them to do the romance story.But they didn’t.They went the other way.They knew that Katherine would be able to pull off the action stuff and gave her an amazing –Andy who was our stunt coordinator and second unit director was an incredible ““ so they made a great team in the two of them so they let Katherine really do what she does best is really have organic behavior and an intense story from young actors.So knowing they had made that choice, I trusted Summit implicitly with the series so for that reason there were no hesitations for me.The story was great and they picked Katherine.
GATHEGI:And I can speak for them we would all love to do the subsequent films if there are any but there aren’t any right now.We’re going to see what happens in a week and a half.
LEFEVRE:And we’re always the last to know anyway.The actors.Last on the phone chain.
Apart from the fact that it’s simply an awesomely constructed film that blends the traditional with the very modern SUKIYAKI WESTERN DJANGO will leave you wanting. For some, the movie was a jarring blend of styles but, for me, there wasn’t a better film that dared to be bold in its execution and was different not for the sake of it but for what it could be if it was.
Of all the highlights in the movie, however, wasn’t Takashi Miike’s curious choices for locales or the way he decided to twist language but it was in the performance of Japanese film star Kaori Momoi that caught me unaware. It’s not to say that the rest of the cast doesn’t do well enough on their own but seeing Kaori in this film shows you the kind of respect this woman commands.
Those who need a quick primer of why Kaori is so compelling all you need to know is that in her career she worked with Akira Kurosawa, is a two time Japanese Academy Award winner, and pursues a life in, “producing, directing, screenwriting, and design in addition to her acting.” And, she’s released some 15 albums. She’s a real renaissance woman. Needless to say, when the opportunity presented itself to interview her there was no way I could pass it up.
Needless to say one of the peculiar things about this interview is that this is the first one I’ve ever done through a translator. Kaori’s English is quite good but there was still the language barrier to contend with. However, her jubilant spirit would not daunt her ability to answer the questions I tossed her way.
SUKIYAKI WESTERN DJANGO is now out on DVD.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: First I would like to thank you for taking time for me. I just want to ask you a few questions but want to start off by saying it’s a pleasure and an honor to be able to talk to you.
TRANSLATOR: Please ask any questions.
CS: Thank you. I know that Takashi Miike has made a film that has blended some various genres together ““ the American Western and Japanese Samurai. How did you respond initially to being asked to be in this picture?
KAORI MOMOI: Now, I can speak a little bit English.
I have to say that I love Miike. I love to work with Miiki very much because he is a genius and a genius director, and a crazy artist, and fun person. He looks like a youngster but he is a very nice person and a shy boy. He always experiments everywhere. I love to work with him. This movie is Japanese history. This is not just a Western movie. This is Heike Western. I love the sound of Heike Western. I love that. Maybe it’s my accent. What do you think?
CS: As an actress, can you expound, or talk about how you approached the material in a way that could feel authentic, yet in the vein that Miike was going for?
MOMOI: Well, I have never been in an action movie before. I am old enough. I was a ballerina. I wanted to play an action role and felt this was the last chance for me to do so.
CS: You say you’ve never been in an action movie, how was it to actually see what eventually made it up onto the screen?
MOMOI: I just say too heavy for my body.
(Laughs)
It was too cold. It was so scary like a bungie jump ““ I hate that.
Laugh.
CS: You mean it wasn’t fun?
MOMOI: Yes! I enjoy it very much. It was fun, but it was scary.
CS: I would definitely like to know your thoughts on the idea that many inside Hollywood like to take ideas and the riches of others like Japanese cinema, overtly, STAR WARS being influenced by THE HIDDEN FORTRESS being one example. In your years being in the film industry do you see a difference between how American’s like to see their films presented to them as opposed to, let’s say, the Japanese audience likes to have theirs presented to them?
MOMOI: I do like to make films. Filmmakers make Japanese old movies ““ I don’t like it. We have to experiment. We have to have new directors to make new movies as an artist. Originality is very important, I think.
CS: You’ve mentioned in other interviews about wanting to get work in some Hollywood productions. As an older woman in a market that loves it’s young talent, does going after jobs still thrill you as an older woman as it did when you were a younger one?
MOMOI: I don’t feel so much different because I look young.
(Laughs)
Nobody knows about me in LA or USA or other countries other than Japan. As an actress, as a woman, no one knows how old I am. That’s good for me as an actress. I think actress has to be new. That’s good for me.
CS: Speaking about your career, in other interviews I’ve read with you, it’s your energy to be relevant and to experiment with different ventures really exceeds anyone I’ve ever read about. Where does that motivation and that hopefulness and look-forwardness come from?
MOMOI: I’m so hyper and vocal. If you have power you have to smoke and drink lots of wine. That helps you.
CS: You’ve challenged directors that you’ve worked with. How have directors responded to the idea that your job is not only to interpret the script but to add your own thoughts about the movie making process?
MOMOI: Dialog is in English. I can’t speak English, somebody said. English is good for me. I can speak English dialogue. I was like a young girl in a conversation with Miike. I didn’t do anything. I was just loving him. The movie was so special for me. Some directors are not so great, and sometimes I have to kick them, and I will push them away and I will get the job as the director.
(Laughs)
CS: You got the chance to work with Akira Kurosawa. He’s revered here in America by those who really love film. How do you look back on the time that you got to spend with him?
MOMOI: He is a great person. We Japanese are very proud of him. He is a great director now too. I want to work with him more and more. He was a big person for me. I worked with him on Kagemushma. He was a big person in the studio and every person was scared of him. I called him and said, “How are you today and what do you want?” I want to make him more relaxed. I asked him, “What do you want, my body or something?” Every morning I took him and made him feel not so lonely. One day he called me. It was his birthday. He said, “If you have the time, let’s have lunch.” Then I went to the restaurant and we had lunch ““ that was a memory. That’s all.
CS: I know my time is short so I’ll ask one more question. You have done this movie with Takashi Miike, where do you see yourself going from here?
MOMOI: I think I have to speak English more. Because I want the world to know more about Japanese movies and Japanese actress. Any Asian can speak English well. We have to speak English now. I want to speak English dialogue and I will get another country’s movie and I will live in Los Angeles some time and for my English. I will then give me the job!
Ricky Gervais, along with Stephen Merchant, is the co-creator of both the original British and American versions of The Office and two series of the BBC/HBO hit Extras, as well co-host of the most downloaded podcast in history.
He’s written an episode of The Simpsons, performed a trio of sold-out stand-up tours (all of which have been released on DVD in the UK as Animals, Politics, & Fame), co-starred in A Night At The Museum & For Your Consideration, written a series of Flanimals books for children, and won more awards than you can shake a stick at. He also fronted the big Hollywood flick Ghost Town and makes his big screen directorial debut with next year’s This Side Of The Truth.
On Saturday, November 15th, he brings his US stand-up tour to HBO in the form of Ricky Gervais: Out Of England, airing at 9pm EST.
I’ve spoken with Gervais more times than I can shake that aforementioned virtual stick at, and this is our latest…
KP: I was just looking over my records and this is actually the fourth time that I’ve done an in-depth piece with you…
GERVAIS: Wow. Wow. There you go. Cool. I’ve got nothing new to tell you.
KP: And not once have you interviewed me. I’m kind of hurt about that.
GERVAIS: Well, we’ll do a mutual one. I’ll start. What’s the best interview you’ve ever done with me?
KP: I think it would probably be the second one.
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: The nerves were kind of gone. You were successful but not quite as successful as you would eventually become.
GERVAIS: So still humble.
KP: You still had that touch of humility…
GERVAIS: No… Now I know you’re lying, because I’ve always been an arrogant swine. Even when I was a nobody.
KP: You covered it really well early on, though.
GERVAIS: Okay.
KP: It wasn’t until after Extras that really you just said, “Fuck it all.” Then all the pretense was gone.
GERVAIS: I know. Exactly. I might as well just admit it.
KP: But it was a beautiful point.
GERVAIS: Lovely.
KP: Now, though, I’m sure this is going to be a complete disaster.
GERVAIS: Yeah, but that’s your job – to make it look good.
KP: And I promise I will try my best.
GERVAIS: All I do is give you one revelation.
KP: Oh, I get one?
GERVAIS: Yeah.
KP: I like the fact that you’re parceling them out now.
GERVAIS: The reason I’ll never box again is because I killed a man. That’s not true. I’ll have to make something up to be exciting. Look, I’ll tell you what; we’ll stick to the truth and you make it look exciting.
KP: You should just throw out the name of a minor UK celebrity that I’ll never follow up on.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah. Oh dear.
KP: Or you killed Bill Oddie.
GERVAIS: Hey! Now there’s a reference.
KP: You took out at least one of the Goodies.
GERVAIS: Yeah! (laughs)
KP: As part of your long, ongoing Goodie feud.
GERVAIS: I knocked them off their bike.
KP: Yes, yes. While they were doing the funky gibbon.
GERVAIS: Wow. Well, that’s more than most British people know.
KP: Probably with good reason.
GERVAIS: You just summed up the Goodies.
KP: Yes. A bike and a funky gibbon. And being knocked off something at some point.
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: I guess the big news since we last talked was that you finally took the plunge and tried to conquer the US.
GERVAIS: Well, I don’t know if I’ve ever taken a plunge. It’s sort of been drip feeding. But they had The Office on BBC America, and then the Golden Globes helped a little bit – and then, you know, Extras on cable, but I think it’s that nice sort of cult thing. The right people are aware of you and the offers came in and I took a few little cameos. Obviously with Christopher Guest. He’s a comedy hero. Ben Stiller, I’d worked with him on Extras. I returned the favor there. And we know what happened with Night At The Museum. I think it made about 800 million dollars or something. That was fun. I only got half of that, obviously.
KP: That’s why you’re now on your third agent.
GERVAIS: (laughs) And I did a film called Stardust to work with De Niro. I got him in Extras. So yeah, I need more than one reason to do a film. And Ghost Town, there was loads of reasons. It was the funniest script I’d read. It was really collaborative. It was just my sort of role. It was that sort of unsympathetic sort of smart assed curmudgeon, and it had some redemption – which is one of my favorite themes now. But I’ve never really done things to up my profile or further my career. I’ve done things that were fun and were right. And I probably turned down some things that were fun and were right, but I was busy on other things that were more fun and more right.
KP: Now, when you say redemption is one of your favorite themes now…
GERVAIS: I never understood it growing up. I was one of those kids that didn’t understand things like the prodigal son. I thought, “Well, why is he getting all the attention? He screwed up once.” But as you get older you understand that, you know, forgiveness is possibly the greatest virtue. You’ve got to be a very cold person not to genuinely accept a heartfelt apology. And in fiction it is the most beautiful theme. I think we did it in The Office. I’m particularly proud of how we did it in Extras with Andy Millman, who was basically body snatched by fame – this trivial, awful, shallow, shiny object – and left behind the total opposite of that, which is friendship. And that was a joy. I was more excited about that than all the guests and all the funny lines put together.
KP: I would say that Andy was a willing participant in his body snatching…
GERVAIS: Well, of course he was, but that’s what it is, isn’t it? When you become a zombie you like eating flesh…
KP: And you’re wondering why all your friends don’t…
GERVAIS: Yeah. This metaphor’s gone… I don’t know what we’re doing now.
KP: I’m waiting to see how far you take it.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Wow. What I’m saying is he was a willing participant, but it wasn’t his fault. It’s like that episode of Batman when they gave Robin a pill and he was suddenly bad. Batman knew he couldn’t help it. He had to fight him, but he still loves him.
KP: Do you think it’s sort of a case where you get in too deep after a certain point?
GERVAIS: Are we still on Batman now?
KP: We could still be on Batman if you want to talk about that instead…
GERVAIS: No. (laughs) I tried to throw in a worse metaphor so you took your eye off the first one.
KP: You almost accomplished that.
GERVAIS: What I’m saying is yeah, these people are willing participants, but it’s not their fault because, by definition, they have been body snatched. It was gradual. It started off, you think he’s an alright guy – and he was a very normal man. More so than David Brent. Cleverer than David Brent. A more normal person than David Brent. But because of all those things, he was a more dangerous man than David Brent in many ways. And when he put his mind to it, he decided that if he couldn’t beat them, he’d join them. And when we were first writing Extras, we realized that there was something missing with Andy Millman, and that was that he was alright and he didn’t care. And we had to give him that obsession. We had to give him this foible. We had to give him this jeopardy. And that was the fun duality with Andy Millman – that he was normal and funny and he was surrounded by idiots except when he needed something from someone. So when he talked to a director he was suddenly a bumbling fool who was on the back foot and would sell his soul, and he did sell his soul at the beginning of series 2 when, you know… and I wasn’t even saying he should have walked away. I’m saying that that’s one scenario that might happen when you give up integrity for success, in a way. I just think he would have been happier going away and doing something he liked on possibly even a smaller scale. And of course, a lot of it was a little bit of a parallel universe with my career. There but for the grace of God, go I. I always took the other route. But who knows. What if the BBC had said, “We want The Office to have catchphrases and we want you to appeal to four year olds.”
KP: Andy always struck me as a character that had a delayed sense of self-awareness.
GERVAIS: Well yeah, because… you see, that’s what happens as well, because these things are flattering. Some people say, “Oh, he’d never do that.” And sometimes the money goes up. Or their appeal goes down. Or they look around and they’re very Nietzschean about it. They start… people grow stronger on the things you leave behind. It starts getting to them. Some actors take roles because they don’t want another actor to take it. Some actors take roles because even though it’s a bad film, and they know it’s a bad film, they think they can make it a good one. Some actors take films because they think they won’t be asked again. Some actors take films because they don’t give a shit about the film and they want the paycheck. You know, there’s loads of reasons why these people take it. And they’re all fine. All those reasons are fine. But integrity is doing something that you know you shouldn’t really. There’s nothing wrong with doing a comedy that’s catchphrases and putting on wigs if that’s what you like. But it’s if you don’t like that – if you know there’s something better, if you know there’s something more in you, if you know you think you might regret it, if it’s not what you set out to do – than it’s a compromise. And I think compromise in art is a bad thing. And I think it’s a bad thing across the board, by definition, because you either care or you don’t. And if you care, I don’t know what a compromise is, really. One of my favorite sayings is “comedy is a horse designed by committee”. Now, there’s nothing wrong with a camel. Let me say now – I’ve got nothing against the camel…
KP: Well, that’s just to placate the Camel League…
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah. My favorite bit of the camel is the hump. So let’s get that out there. All I’m saying is, Andy knew… he took a risk with his happiness, and it didn’t pay out.
KP: So how close have you personally come to crossing that line?
GERVAIS: Well, you know, I get these little challenges all the time. Again, there’s nothing wrong with doing adverts. I think I did a couple first out, but I wasn’t proud of them. And when you don’t need to do them, how rich do you need to be? I remember I said I don’t do adverts, and I got offered… it was a drinks company in America, offered me a million pounds for a day’s work. And I thought about it and I thought, “That is a lot of money.” But I thought, “I’d hate myself.” And I said no. They came up with two million. They thought I was negotiating. Which annoyed me. So then I really wanted to take that two million, but I couldn’t. (laughs)
KP: So, because of your nonparticipation, you killed the re-launch of Mr. Pibb.
GERVAIS: (laughs) There’s things that sometimes I don’t do because I don’t want to have people sick of the sight of me. I could be on every panel show in England. I could be on telly every day. But what good would it… why? These people who look through the paper and go, “Where am I? Where am I? I’m not in the paper today. Maybe I don’t exist any more.” Jesus. You know, we put that in there when Maggie says to Andy, “You’ll never be happy because you’ll never be famous enough.” If you judge your happiness on how famous you are or how many column inches you’ve got, or ratings… then you won’t be happy. You’ll never be happy. You’ve got to be happy in what you do. And I couldn’t be prouder of The Office if it had got no ratings, no awards, I couldn’t be prouder of it. Because I enjoyed every minute of it. I enjoyed every minute of writing, acting, and editing. I did love the awards because I like the look on the other people’s faces. (laughs)
KP: Did you ever go up with a camera just to capture that moment personally?
GERVAIS: (laughs) It’s usually captured for me, but they always clap and smile like they’re going, “Oh, I’m glad you won.”
KP: See, at that point, you might as well get the digital camera out, go up to each of them in turn, ask someone to hold the camera, and take the photo as you’re holding the trophy.
GERVAIS: And go, “Look at you. Say it, admit it – you’re gutted. Admit it – you are absolutely dying inside.”
KP: “Would you like to touch it?”
GERVAIS: Yeah. “Admit it – you want to shove this Golden Globe right up my ass, don’t you?”
KP: “Come on, say it…”
GERVAIS: The Golden Globe is actually the perfect shape. It is a giant metal suppository. The Emmy? That would be like something out of Se7en. But the Globe, I think, wouldn’t cause too much pain.
KP: See, you should just invite the other four nominees on stage. You get them all together with you holding the trophy in the center.
GERVAIS: Hmm. Exactly. It would be like a group of firemen with a battering ram. It would be like that statue when they’re putting up the flag.
KP: Yes, with you holding it aloft.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Oh dear!
KP: That is the moment, I think, where they show their true acting skills.
GERVAIS: Yeah. (laughs) Oh dear.
KP: That’s a career defining moment. I noticed that, particularly on the panel shows when you rarely used to do it in the past…. I wouldn’t say panel shows – when you were a guest on a show…
GERVAIS: Yeah, I do chat shows…
KP: I was thinking like a Room 101…
GERVAIS: Oh, that was fun ’cause that was almost like a piece of work. Because… yeah, I mean, I try to be funny and stuff, so I would do things like that where it’s… I do chat shows and I do things like Room 101 and I do things like Desert Island Discs because it feels almost nearly a part of your body of work. Whereas when it’s like this… yeah. I mean, I would still do those. I do those sort of things.
KP: I was just looking at you as a guest on Vic Reeves Examines…
GERVAIS: My god. I think that may have been the first show that I did as a guest when I was just starting out.
KP: You were still on the 11 O’Clock Show…
GERVAIS: I know. I think that was the very first thing, and it was this thing about whistling, and it was… there was no pre-interview. Well, you could tell. It was totally made up as it went along. He’d made it up as he went along, and I had to react. It was quite a nice sort of shambles, as I remember.
KP: It certainly plays as an interesting piece of make it up on the fly TV.
GERVAIS: Yeah, yeah. I don’t think anyone was watching it.
KP: No, and I think Vic knew that.
GERVAIS: Yes, I think that’s exactly right. It was almost like radio that they filmed.
KP: There was a little segment showing what art little Vic had done at school…
GERVAIS: I think he takes those pictures quite seriously. I think he sells them now.
KP: He does, but I could see the look on your face going, “Should I give my real opinion?”
GERVAIS: (laughs) I can’t remember them. I did go to an exhibition and he was very funny. The art, you know… he’s very funny.
KP: And then you had the whistling gentleman from the pub come in.
GERVAIS: I can’t remember that.
KP: You sorta gave a look like, “I’m gonna have to react to this. I’m gonna have to be really positive.”
GERVAIS: Oh god. What was this on YouTube?
KP: Oh no. It wound up on the internet. Somebody put the entire series up that they had recorded on VHS.
GERVAIS: Jesus Christ. Yeah.
KP: Everyone has copies of something somewhere.
GERVAIS: Well, this interview is already on YouTube.
KP: It is. It’s already a two star rating.
GERVAIS: I’m listening to it back now just a few seconds out of synch just to make sure what I said.
KP: Have I already been reviewed negatively?
GERVAIS: Yeah, there’s some comments coming up now. I’ve never found either of them funny.
KP: Yeah. Well.
GERVAIS: Oh, there’s a good one. They go, “They both rock,” so it’s even.
KP: Yeah, but that’s probably John Hodgman saying that.
GERVAIS: Oh, now there’s a man. There’s a man who I can’t get enough of. He asked for a quote for his book, so I said he was a very clever, brilliant man, but he has a face like a giant baby.
KP: You’re right. I mean, you’re not wrong.
GERVAIS: I like that in an intellectual.
KP: John’s a friend of mine. In fact I’m the one who send John your way all those many years ago.
GERVAIS: Oh, right. He interviewed me for The New Yorker.
KP: He was basically running up against a brick wall trying to get in contact with you, so I discretely passed along your cell number and said, “Just call him.”
GERVAIS: Excellent. Well he’s done a lovely turn in The Other Side Of The Truth.
KP: And now look, he gets in the movie.
GERVAIS: He’s great.
KP: And I never got a phone call.
GERVAIS: I didn’t know you could play a funny vicar.
KP: You know what? I’m probably less versatile than I think.
GERVAIS: (laughs) I would love that on my CV. Just the opening sentence. “Dear Sir or Madam, I would like to start by saying I am probably less versatile than I think. But this is what I think anyway. I am very versatile. And you just turn it around in the first two sentences.
KP: “My entire goal with this CV is to keep expectations low. I cannot fail to impress.”
GERVAIS: (laughs) Oh dear.
KP: “I’ve done very little in my life. As you will see.”
GERVAIS: “Remember – you have to gauge everything by calibrating it at 50% lower than everything I say, and then you will get a true reading of what I am really like as a person.”
KP: “I perceive myself as mostly competent.”
GERVAIS: Yeah. (laughs) “Although others have always disagreed.”
KP: Yes. “And I am always willing to be more competent.”
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah, “I am not capable. I’m very willing but incapable.”
KP: “Responds well to most criticism.”
GERVAIS: (laughs) Oh dear! “PS – my anger management classes are going very well.”
KP: Yes, “and you’ll be seeing me shortly.”
GERVAIS: John Hodgman is a very funny, nice man.
KP: And I see that you had many debates. We had a massive two and a half hour argument about what I thought was a vital choice that one should have to make. In fact, I’ll ask you the question if John hasn’t already.
GERVAIS: What’s that?
KP: If you had to choose – you could lose one thing painlessly, and your choice is either a finger or a toe. Which would you choose?
GERVAIS: Yeah, but do I get to choose which finger and which toe?
KP: Yes.
GERVAIS: Well, it would probably be a little toe on my right foot.
KP: That’s what he went with. I went with the finger because I was more interested in the balance issues.
GERVAIS: Well, I did think of the balance, but I think I use my right big toe a lot more on my right foot than I do on my left. I think I might be right footed and use that right toe a lot more. I’ve got a huge right big toe. It’s twice as big as my left one. In fact, it’s got toes of its own. It’s actually another foot. I’ve got two right feet and one left foot, so it’s nothing to me, that little toe.
KP: Purely for balance.
GERVAIS: Yeah. I swim in circles. Yeah I think so. I asked him what would he rather have – I think this is on YouTube – tiny penises for nipples or breasts for testicles. And he said it’s a no brainer. He said tiny penises for nipples.
KP: I thought his rationale was well thought out. Those breasticles…
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: You know, he didn’t do the ultimate monkey’s paw and say maybe you could just wish for a small cup size…
GERVAIS: Yeah.
KP: He automatically thought they would be double D’s hanging between. He could have specified.
GERVAIS: He asked me also, flight or invisibility.
KP: I think you made the valid point of saying it would have to be powered flight.
GERVAIS: Yeah. That was my fear, was that I’d choose that like in the monkey’s paw and it’s a stitch up and I’m just flying six feet off the ground and people are punching me in the face.
KP: So, if you had to choose salt or sugar for the rest of your life, which would you choose?
GERVAIS: You mean to add to things? Obviously you can’t live without either, but you mean… so I could eat a plate of food…
KP: As the sole additive that you had.
GERVAIS: As the sole additive, no doubt about it, I’d lose sugar.
KP: So salt is a no go for loss for you.
GERVAIS: Yeah, I’d like salt, I think. These are like Maggie questions from Extras. We do this all the time.
KP: But really, these are the questions that define who you are.
GERVAIS: In fact, I think in one episode she says what would you rather eat, too salty or too sweet? I said it doesn’t matter. If it’s too anything it would taste disgusting. She went, “Well, I’d have too salty, because I like crisps.”
KP: Let’s see if you think your way out of this one. So you’re only allowed one food item…
GERVAIS: Right.
KP: And you have to eat that food item every day.
GERVAIS: Yeah, but you have to define what an item is. Because obviously, you’re not going to break it down to its component food groups. You’re obviously not gonna say a roast dinner. So what is an item?
KP: No, you could say a roast dinner.
GERVAIS: Oh, you can have a meal.
KP: Yes, but what is your meal that you would choose for perpetuity.
GERVAIS: Jesus.
KP: But you can’t have anything else. No other variation. It would be that exact same meal for every meal for the rest of your life.
GERVAIS: Well obviously, I mean, surviving and health is very different to what you get sick of. So assuming you’d get sick of everything, I would go for something that would at least bring me health. So a rough estimate I’d probably have to go something like… oh god, it’s difficult. Because you’d need a chicken or fish in there, wouldn’t you. You’d have to have a chicken or fish. Oh god. It would all get bad, wouldn’t it? It would all get really bad.
KP: I’d say after the first week you’d pretty much regret it.
GERVAIS: Yeah, you’re screwed anyway, so you want to get all the groups. Oh, it’s got to be like a meat and two… I mean, the sensible thing to do would be something like a Cobb salad. I think you’re pretty much covered there.
KP: Yeah, but what kind of life are you leading then?
GERVAIS: Well, you started it. Cobb salad. I think you’re annoyed that I’ve come up with the best idea you’ve ever heard. And it shot through your head. You thought, “That’s brilliant.” It’s so much, it’s got everything. Avocados, it’s got chicken, it’s got bacon, it’s got the salad. It’s got every vitamin under the sun there and it’s got an egg. And you’re kicking yourself, and that shot through and you felt slightly stupid and you lashed out. And shame on you.
KP: And now that you called me out, I’m crying right now.
GERVAIS: Yeah. So Cobb salad. There you go.
KP: I chose a pizza with literally everything.
GERVAIS: (laughs) I take back my speech. You win! Why didn’t I think of that? A pizza with literally everything is the best answer I’ve ever heard. A pizza with literally everything!! Oh god.
KP: Now, admittedly, it’s gonna take a while to pick through things each meal.
GERVAIS: Oh god. I’d just have a piece of toast. I’m fine.
KP: But you got a buffet on a crust.
GERVAIS: It’s amazing. That’s amazing. A pizza with literally everything. Yeah. I mean, I’m looking at it now and it’s actually got a can of Coke and a pint of beer. Oh, amazing.
KP: You gotta monkey’s paw through these things.
GERVAIS: But you’d be fat and happy, but I’d be healthy and bored.
KP: It is a remarkable trade off that I probably would have to deal with, wouldn’t I?
GERVAIS: It’s funny, because that is… I am fat and happy. Where I see a lot of other people healthy and bored. (laughs) It’s like, that’s what I chose in life. I chose the pizza with everything.
KP: When was the last time you had a Cobb salad?
GERVAIS: I can tell you exactly when. It was the Four Seasons Hotel in Los Angeles about a month ago.
KP: And prior to that, the last time you were in the Four Seasons Hotel?
GERVAIS: I think it was. I think the last time was when I was in the Four Seasons in Los Angeles. (laughs)
KP: So the Four Seasons is literally the personification of your wish.
GERVAIS: But salad makes sense when it’s 85 degrees and you’re sitting outside.
KP: No it really doesn’t, I wouldn’t think.
GERVAIS: It… yeah. Well, I only had it once. I was there a week and I had it once. I didn’t make a habit of it.
KP: Was it based on a recommendation? Had you had Cobb salad prior…
GERVAIS: No, but I like it because it is a little bit of everything.
KP: So you can feel healthy.
GERVAIS: There’s nothing quite like… I laugh at vegetables. They’ve got nothing. They’re smug and I laugh in their face. I should dismiss the avocado. But when you taste it, it’s like the banana of the vegetable world. It’s tasty, it’s fatty, chewy. There’s a bit of substance to it. And I respect it.
KP: That’s why the early Californians called it the calana.
GERVAIS: What does that mean?
KP: I don’t know, I just made it up.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Okay. Yeah. Oh dear. It’s like the chicken of the tree.
KP: It is literally the chicken of the tree.
GERVAIS: It’s the chicken of the tree. I want…
KP: That’s what avocado means in the native language.
GERVAIS: If the Avocado Society of America need a slogan: “Avocado – It’s the chicken of the tree.”
KP: I want to see the PSA that you do for them.
GERVAIS: I don’t even know if they grow on trees. Do they? I imagine they’re more on bushes, aren’t they?
KP: No, I believe they’re avocado trees.
GERVAIS: Yeah, but you believe some strange things.
KP: And I’m willing to put my complete sincerity behind it in hopes that you’ll go along with it.
GERVAIS: Yeah, but the difference between me and you is you’re gonna look it up afterwards on Wikipedia.
KP: I could look it up right now to make it really awkward.
GERVAIS: Okay, go on then. What is an avocado, as well? I think it must be a fruit. It’s got a seed, it’s got flesh, and it’s got a skin, so it must be a fruit, surely.
KP: Let’s see… avocado. We’ll go to Wikipedia because they’re never wrong.
GERVAIS: Don’t diss Wikipedia. I’ve dissed it before and I felt guilty because they’re a non profit-making organization.
KP: No, they are trees.
GERVAIS: They’re fruit then, aren’t they…
KP: It is a fruit, yes.
GERVAIS: It is a fruit, but I’ll tell you what…
KP: Also known as the butter pear, or the alligator pear.
GERVAIS: Yeah. It may be a fruit, but in a war, it would side with the vegetables.
KP: I would love to see the fruit-vegetable war.
GERVAIS: The tomato would be… well, it would literally go red because it wouldn’t know what to do, but I think they would sort of… The fruit goes, “You’re a fruit…” and it would look over the vegetables and the vegetables go, “Think of everything we’ve been through. Think of it.” And the tomatoes would go, “Okay, we’re gonna fight with the vegetables.” And all the plums and tomatoes would be going, “Fucking tossers. You fucking…” and the avocado would go over there and the fruits wouldn’t even know it’s a fruit. The avocado would go, “Leave him alone, leave him alone!” And the fruit…
KP: You sure they wouldn’t just call them, like, the Vichy fruit?
GERVAIS: Yeah, they’d be caught in the middle, I think. I don’t know. That’s interesting. I really don’t know what would happen there. Maybe you could talk to John Hodgman.
KP: Or would the tomatoes be the ultimate double agent?
GERVAIS: I don’t know, but I feel…
KP: The fruits going, “Listen, you’re the one who can pull it off. You need to go in there as a vegetable and find out what they’re doing.”
GERVAIS: I really think a tomato feels more at home with other vegetables than fruits. I genuinely believe that. There’s no tomato jam; there’s tomato ketchup.
KP: I think there’s no tomato jam because no one had ever tried.
GERVAIS: I know but it wouldn’t… it’s silly. There’s marmalade that’s made of oranges. There’s strawberry jam. You’ve got all the fruit jams you want. And likewise there’s no strawberry ketchup. So let’s be grown up about this. Let’s not look at the biology – let’s look into the heart and ask it, “What are you?” It would say, “I’m a vegetable.” It would look at other vegetables and go, “Listen, I don’t care about who my biological… you’re my real dad.”
KP: But do you ever think about the hurt that might be there? He might be the outcast of the fruit world, going, “I could have the taste really if you just give me…” “No. You do not taste like us.”
GERVAIS: Yeah, I think it’s been kept from him. I think no one has ever… I think it’s a revelation. I don’t think the tomato knows it’s a fruit, really. It’s so vegetable-y. It’s so…
KP: Do you think it’s like the white child raised by Indians?
GERVAIS: Exactly like that. Although we call them Native Americans.
KP: As do we.
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: You know, really this interview is just a function of you tearing me down now, isn’t it?
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah, but you still are winning. You’re still up because you got ten out of ten for pizza with literally everything.
KP: I appreciate that. It’s how I win all arguments now. I just pull that out.
GERVAIS: Yeah. Have we done anything so far that you can use?
KP: Believe me, this is on par with all of our previous interviews.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Well, then I can only blame you.
KP: I’m completely fine with that. Really, aren’t these the important topics we’re discussing?
GERVAIS: They are. I mean they’re things that…
KP: They’re timeless.
GERVAIS: I was asking Karl Pilkington today… He was getting really stressed…
KP: No…
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah. I was saying, if you’re the last man on a desert island and there’s one orangutan, a female orangutan, and you have kids with it, little kids…
KP: So we’re already pushing past that initial choice…
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah. And I get him hooked in, like, he’s got no choice. And I can see it happening. I can see my slight of hand work when his eyebrows go down and now he’s… ’cause I don’t give him a chance to go, “Definitely not.” He’s already there.
KP: Now he’s a committed family man.
GERVAIS: And I know that I’ve got him there, sitting on the beach. And now he’s, like, fifty, and he’s shaved her arms and done something with her hair, and she’s slimmed down a little bit, and he’s got his three little oranguhumans just sort of running around. They look a bit like him but with shorter legs. And I say, and then the kids grow up and you’re there and you’re in your twilight years and you’re just sitting there holding hands with your wife. I said, would you look back and think it was weird, the first 30 years? You know, “I had houses.” And he thought about it for a while, and he goes, “I wouldn’t do it.” And he’d gone through this whole thing, the whole scenario with me, and then at the end he said he wouldn’t do it. I said, “Is it the sex?” He goes, “Well, yeah, but I wouldn’t…” I said, “Well, what if you can artificially inseminate her?” And he went, “I wouldn’t want to. Forget it.” I go, “Then you’ve got to populate the world.” He goes, “Forget it. If we couldn’t survive, we don’t deserve to survive.” (laughs) Oh god!
KP: I love how he called you out on your slight of hand, though.
GERVAIS: I know.
KP: Which was marvelous. The fact that you pushed right through that initial shock and go, “No, you’ve already got the kids. You’re committed.”
GERVAIS: But the thing is I know that I can hook Karl with a story. I know he’s just like the best person to tell anything to. So I go Karl… and he knows. And I go, “Imagine this…” And I’ve already got him because his brain’s going. It’s in there. I’ve caught him. I’ve trapped him. He’s come into the jam jar.
KP: We were supposed to do an interview with Karl and never heard back.
GERVAIS: Oh, that’s ridiculous.
KP: He’s almost as elusive as Jonathan Ross.
GERVAIS: Oh yeah. He gets enough publicity. Speak to Karl.
KP: Although considering how much money he’s getting from the license payers, maybe I should just call the government and ask for an interview with Jonathan.
GERVAIS: Me and Karl have to earn our money in the free market.
KP: I have noticed over the past year or so Jonathan is making more and more awkward jokes about how much he’s wasting.
GERVAIS: Well, that’s probably to annoy the papers that say he’s not worth it. You get to a point where… that’s why I still say I tend to be arrogant at awards shows, because I like annoying the people it annoys. (laughs) So you get to that position where you think, “Why is my life annoying someone else?”
KP: So you’re saying you’re just going for the Daily Mail readers.
GERVAIS: Well, I’ve named nothing.
KP: I have, though, and you haven’t denied it.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Wow. (laughs)
KP: That was my own cunning trap, Ricky.
GERVAIS: I don’t know that I am going for the Daily Mail reader.
KP: I’m sorry, the ones who go for the coloring.
GERVAIS: I don’t know that…
KP: Because we both know about…
GERVAIS: I don’t think people are that are stupid, anyway. I think people read these things, but I don’t think they’re swayed either way. It’s a weird thing. It’s like… I don’t know.
KP: So who are the people that test you at this point?
GERVAIS: No, what I mean is… yeah, if a journalist says…
KP: You hate Simon Pegg…
GERVAIS: Oh, that was mental, wasn’t it? Because Simon was clearly joking.
KP: I love how they’re so desperate for some kind of feud – because there’s nothing happening in the news right now, by the way.
GERVAIS: Of course. Well, apart from the war and the credit crunch, yeah.
KP: They need to start a feud between you two.
GERVAIS: And Simon sent me a thing saying, “Apparently we’re at war because I called you a fat idiot.” And I sent back, “It’s glandular, you cunt.” (laughs)
KP: He wasn’t buying it though. Are you familiar with The Little Rascals in the UK? The black and white comedies?
GERVAIS: Yeah, I’ve heard of that.
KP: You just brought up glandular. I was doing some research about the film series. And they had, starring in the early versions of the series, these incredibly overweight kids to the point that they looked like they were three and a half foot tall and stuffed in sausage casings. That kind of overweight.
GERVAIS: Where they actually lose their eyes. Where their forehead starts meeting their cheeks.
KP: Yes, where it’s just a gradual descent and enveloping of all sensory organs. And they found out that one of the kids was glandular.
GERVAIS: Apparently it’s about 2% of obesity is glandular. That could be called genetically… basically not their fault.
KP: I think it’s the ones that you see in the papers when they’re two and they’re called, like, “Thunder Baby”.
GERVAIS: Then there’s the ones that we’re getting now, and you see the ones that are really fat, and then you see the parents are really fat, and you wanna go, “Well, yeah, because you’re feeding them what you eat. You’re feeding them too much.” Kids are mammals. They’ll eat what is put in front of them and they crave fat and sugar. You’ve got to control it. It’s killing them with kindness, that’s what they think. It’s terrible. And they’ve started something now – we’ve talked about this on the new podcast – they’re weighing the kids at school and they’re sending a letter to the parents saying “Your child is obese.” And my point is the parents will go, “Yeah, I know – we have to push him out the door to get him to school. We know how fat he is. We have to change his trousers every two months because he eats too much.” Like the parents don’t know when their kid is waddling and sweating from going one room to the other, of course they know he’s obese. But when he goes, “Mom, I want a biscuit.” They go, “Oh, give him a biscuit. It’ll shut him up. Give him a biscuit.” It’s ridiculous.
KP: Well, that’s why they’ve started spray painting them with those scarlet O’s.
GERVAIS: The scarlet what?
KP: O’s.
GERVAIS: What are they?
KP: O for “Obese”.
GERVAIS: Oh, I see. (laughs)
KP: “Oh, see, the fatty’s got the mark.”
GERVAIS: Although I don’t think you need to spray them. I think you can tell. It’s the ones that block out more light than the other children.
KP: They’ve also installed them with those backing up beepers.
GERVAIS: Yeah exactly. They have other children spinning around them in their orbit.
KP: “Child Reversing.”
GERVAIS: They start appearing on the ordinance survey map.
KP: That’s horrible. This is the audience of the future, Ricky, if they make it that far.
GERVAIS: Well, they’re good, fat people, because they can’t move. They can’t even use the remote after a while because their fingers are too fat. So if you’re on the channel their telly is stuck on, they just watch you.
KP: Yes, but imagine if you had the corner on the muumuu market at this point.
GERVAIS: That would be good.
KP: Now the market’s supplying all of these overweight people.
GERVAIS: Well, some of them don’t even bother getting dressed. They just lay in bed.
KP: Just lay in bed?
GERVAIS: Yeah. I’m starting to feel sorry for them now.
KP: They’d change if they could, Ricky. It’s not their fault they wished for the pizza with everything.
GERVAIS: Well, I do this on my standup…
KP: You go down…
GERVAIS: He weighs a thousand pounds, and my point is when he got to 500 pounds, didn’t he start thinking, “That’s a bit much?” That that’s heavy for what is essentially a land mammal? How does it get to that? How do you suddenly start getting 500… I mean, it’s different… by then, something else kicks in, doesn’t it? Something else kicks in.
KP: Sort of a self denial, or…
GERVAIS: I don’t know.
KP: Maybe they live close to a canal.
GERVAIS: Well, maybe some of them who do get to this point already have some sort of genuine mental illness. I don’t know. I don’t know why they don’t… because… Oh, it’s incredible. Some of them literally can’t move. There was this awful program…
KP: You’re going to name one of those wonderful documentaries that air in the UK…
GERVAIS: It was in the UK, yeah. It was called Fat Girls and Feeders. And it’s about these men who find women on the internet and they’re attracted to them, and these women are flattered, and then they feed them until they can’t walk anymore, and that’s their thing. It’s like something from a horror film. I mean, the mentality of the men.
KP: So it’s sort of like Hansel and Gretel?
GERVAIS: It’s weird. And they’re trapped. And they have to be saved by their family, and they just keep feeding them And they want to get them to the point… and what it is, it is a psychological disorder on the male part. They want to get them to the point where they’re totally dependant on them, so it’s a power thing over another human. So they have to wash them and clean them. Empty their bedpan. And it’s really, really strange.
KP: I’m really glad I found out about that.
GERVAIS: See, I brought the tone down.
KP: But now what you’ve done is you’ve rock bottomed it, so now we can only go up.
GERVAIS: Well, sort of. Except I could probably find some more horrific things to talk about. Or find some really horrific things to talk about and then laugh about them so you’re really in a turmoil. You don’t know what to believe anymore. I’ve actually changed your moral compass to a point where you would leave here now and you’d be a different person and you probably would do something quite horrendous.
KP: I’m waiting.
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: When you throw the gauntlet down you’ve got to follow up on it.
GERVAIS: You can’t use any of this.
KP: Have you read the other interviews that we’ve done with other people? Surely you haven’t.
GERVAIS: Damn, I’m worried now. I was saying this because I thought you couldn’t use it. Now I have to go back and look at what I said..
KP: Trust me. One of the things we enjoy is the fact that at least there’s a conversational aspect to it. Even if, frankly, I’m gonna have sleepless nights over it.
GERVAIS: I think this will have people rushing to watch my standup special. They go, “Well, if he says those sort of things to a learned member of the press, what is he gonna say to a load of people in a room that are drunk?”
KP: Now, who are you saying it to again?
GERVAIS: I don’t know. I’m like one of those people – I’ve lost the will to live now. I just want a Mars bar.
KP: That’s good. We’ll call up Jamie Oliver.
GERVAIS: I’m seeing him tomorrow.
KP: Oh really. Are you now on social terms with him?
GERVAIS: Yeah.
KP: Or does he have, like, a weekly barbecue?
GERVAIS: No, he’s a nice bloke. I’ve only met him a few times. He’s coming to a screening of Ghost Town.
KP: Is that what you’re going on Jonathan for this Thursday?
GERVAIS: Exactly, yeah. Yeah, that’s right. Wow. It’s like you’ve got a big telescope.
KP: Well, I keep up on happenings within the UK.
GERVAIS: I know. I was impressed last time when you started saying things from… you shocked me with one that was really obscure.
KP: Well, give me time, I’m sure there’ll be another. Now going back, speaking of the standup, I remember pitching and railing and wondering and questioning and querying you in one of our first interviews, after having seen you UK standup, about why it wasn’t being released to DVD in the US, and you claimed that the humor wouldn’t travel and you were wary about it crossing over…
GERVAIS: No, I did have to… well, there’s two reasons. Obviously, some of it won’t travel. Cultural references won’t travel. You would get references to some of my Big Brother winners and the Goodies and Jonathan Ross, but most people wouldn’t. So I take out all those very specific cultural references. And then anything else goes, really. I don’t take out anything else on concept or taste and decency. And the things that are left are all the universal subjects: Hitler, famine…
KP: Again, it’s a feel good night.
GERVAIS: (laughs) I could have released the videos, but I think 30% of it would be lost. So what I did was…
KP: It certainly would have cut off the bootlegging market.
GERVAIS: … I conflated them, and so it’s like you’ve got the greatest hits. I gave you the greatest hits.
KP: So we’re seeing the Amalgamated Ricky Gervais Stand-Up Special.
GERVAIS: You’re seeing like, oh, um… you’re seeing all three shows with all the bits referencing people you’ve never heard of taken out. And so who’s left? Hitler. Gandhi. Stephen Hawking. And I think when you’ve got those three…
KP: And you’re assuming Americans have heard of at least two of those.
GERVAIS: (laughs) When we have to do the DVD for The Office, we repackaged it for BBC America, and there was a glossary. And I understood the glossary of terms like “wanker” and “bender”. But they put in Shakespeare. And I thought, “Now that is too patronizing.” Because if someone’s getting that DVD and they haven’t heard of William Shakespeare, they are not gonna like The Office. Let me guarantee you that now.
KP: But you’re not looking at the other side. Maybe this was their clever way of getting some poor American to look at that and go, “Who’s this Shakespeare guy?” And that person went to the library they’d never gone to before, found Shakespeare, and went, “You know what? The Office has opened up an entire literary world to me.”
GERVAIS: I still stand by it. If you have heard and seen the British version of The Office, you have definitely heard of William Shakespeare. My Venn diagram would be two complete circles; one engulfed in the other.
KP: It’s not really a Venn diagram at that point, is it?
GERVAIS: And if you know what a Venn diagram is, you’ve seen the English version of The Office and you know who William Shakespeare is. (laughs) That would be another subset.
KP: Yeah, with about 15 or 16 states in the US that exist outside that Venn diagram.
GERVAIS: Yeah, exactly. (laughs)
KP: Now, if it also included, I don’t know, Days Of Our Lives, or some other soap opera…
GERVAIS: Well, yeah. It’s not a perfect system.
KP: It’s not, but you need to fix it, Ricky.
GERVAIS: Yeah. But then again, what sort of weird society is it that goes around giving you one choice of meal for the rest of your life?
KP: A society that realized that choices must be made.
GERVAIS: Death row is the only establishment that gives you one meal for the rest of your life, and it is only one meal.
KP: No, I think by law there’s a requirement of some kind of variety even there.
GERVAIS: Is there? That’s the saddest thing in the world, being given a last meal. I can’t even think about it.
KP: What if you were to ask for a taste of freedom?
GERVAIS: Yeah, exactly. A pizza with literally everything, and that includes a key to the cell. Oh, why is there still death row. Now I’ve brought the tone down again.
KP: You have. I think this is becoming one of the most philosophical interviews you’ve probably ever done.
GERVAIS: Yeah… May I just get serious? Stop capital punishment. There you go. Stop capital punishment. Stop killing people. Stop state condoned violence. It doesn’t do any good.
KP: This is why you’re so good on Comic Relief.
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: Now I see why you don’t do any in-studio bits.
GERVAIS: Did you see the bit I did last year when I pretended to be in Africa and cry?
KP: Yeah, actually, I showed it to an audience at a film festival a few months back.
GERVAIS: Well, one of the execs at BBC said that when I cried, donations hit the peak of the night. And then when they realized it was a joke, they dropped. So in my own way, I have affected Africa.
KP: Yes. Someone can’t be cured of some kind of very simple disease now.
GERVAIS: Yeah. And that’s my fault.
KP: They lost the ability to buy at least a thousand mosquito nets because of you.
GERVAIS: And if you haven’t heard of The Office, don’t know what a Venn diagram is, and never heard of William Shakespeare, you’ve never heard of Africa, either.
KP: Well, that’s true. I think you need to start a Venn diagram of things that Americans have never heard of.
GERVAIS: (laughs) That’s easy. That’s everything in England. Everything in England except Simon Cowell.
KP: Just one circle that says Americans and one circle that says the world.
GERVAIS: America is the world. Let’s face it.
KP: You gotta think, “All we need is a war there.” Then we’ll know more than we ever want to know about it.
GERVAIS: No, you can’t have a war here. We’re an island. No one travels to have a war in.
KP: Could happen.
GERVAIS: Well, France would have a go. They’re very close. That’s happened before.
KP: Yes. I love the fact that France is waiting on the sidelines going, “Oh, we’re just itching for a fight.”
GERVAIS: Exactly, yeah.
KP: “Give us a moment – you’ll be ours.”
GERVAIS: It’s 22 miles. You can nearly walk it.
KP: For the people there, the wars of the Middle Ages never ended.
GERVAIS: Well, that’s where… oh, you don’t have that sign, do you – putting two fingers up. You have one finger, don’t you?
KP: I know which gesture you’re speaking of.
GERVAIS: You know what it comes from, don’t you?
KP: Yes.
GERVAIS: Yeah, exactly.
KP: Now we’ve got literally five or six people scrambling who are reading this interview looking to find our what we’re talking about, because we’re not gonna tell them.
GERVAIS: Well, I suppose it sort of makes sense, as well, because Americans are a lot younger. The post bow and arrow era. You’re showing that middle finger that was on the trigger.
KP: Yes – when you’ve had your pointer finger shot off.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah, exactly. I can’t pull a trigger. Well, John Hodgman couldn’t, anyway, because he’s had his fingers removed instead of his toes… Oh no, that’s you, isn’t it?
KP: That was me. He chose toe.
GERVAIS: Yeah, exactly.
KP: See, that’s my own way of making sure that warfare doesn’t perpetuate itself.
GERVAIS: Yeah. People can’t pull the trigger.
KP: But they can run. With a nice, even gait. And that was all I was really looking for in the end.
GERVAIS: Run away. Being able to run away.
KP: That is exactly it. That is what I chose. I don’t want to fight. I don’t need that fighting finger.
GERVAIS: Yeah. You can run away and count your nine fingers.
KP: I’ll still be alive to do so.
GERVAIS: I suppose so.
KP: So, in the end, I think I made the smarter decision. Obviously John, being the warring fellow that he is… as you’ve seen, he’s a very violent man.
GERVAIS: I think he wants to continue playing piano but without the pedal.
KP: The pedal just holds you back.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah, exactly. Yeah.
KP: That’s because he was born and raised playing just saloon piano.
GERVAIS: I can imagine. John is the man least likely you’d ever see in the saloon. Except he’d be the doc who would go, “I don’t want to get involved. I’m just taking a bullet out. I don’t know anything.”
KP: “Why did I come from the East? Why did I let my wife talk me into this? I had a nice practice in Boston. She said, ‘Yeah, but the land is so cheap…'”
GERVAIS: (laughs) I’d love to see him in a really rough saloon!
KP: Sitting there with his fruity drink.
GERVAIS: Imagine if he got drafted. Imagine John in Saigon in 1972. Just with the same glasses on. Just in all his equipment.
KP: Sitting back, singing a Doors tune to himself.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Oh god!
KP: “This pack is really chafing on me. Can any of you help?”
GERVAIS: “My good man, if you don’t know what chafing is, please look it up. I have a dictionary in my…” (laughs)
KP: “Is anyone up for Scrabble?”
GERVAIS: Poor John! It’s like we’re a couple of bullies! It’s like we’re calling him a little bookworm behind his back. Just because he likes to read books.
KP: He’s rough and tumble. Have you seen the photos of him with his ponytail?
GERVAIS: I don’t want to.
KP: Oh, it’s a completely different John.
GERVAIS: No, I don’t like that at all. I don’t like the idea of that. That’s brought the tone down. That’s brought the tone down worse than having the go at capital punishment.
KP: So you haven’t seen the new book yet?
GERVAIS: No I haven’t, no. I wonder if he used my quote. I’ll be so insulted if he didn’t.
KP: Oh, it’s on the back.
GERVAIS: Oh is it?
KP: It’s rather prominent.
GERVAIS: You know everything. You’re like some sort of weird oracle. Unless you’re part… I think you’re, like, some sort of cyber creature. You’re permanently plugged into Wikipedia.
KP: Yes, I exist within my own matrix.
GERVAIS: Yeah. So have you got anything you can use for the interview yet?
KP: I think so.
GERVAIS: I think these are the highlights. Jesus I’m struggling.
KP: You’re struggling to find highlights?
GERVAIS: Right. I love the fruit vegetable war. That’s got to make it in the top ten. I love the one meal. I was so smug when I thought I did a better answer than you.
KP: I know. I was letting you go with that.
GERVAIS: (laughs) And the more we can insult John Hodgman, I think we’ve got a great interview.
KP: But I will say this. Let me make it clear – he is a wonderful person.
GERVAIS: Well, yeah, but you don’t need to worry about this because you’re in charge of the edit, anyway. So you can just leave out all the nasty things that you’ve said and you probably will.
KP: No no, I tend to leave them in because it preserves the flavor of the awkwardness.
GERVAIS: I quite like the fact that you couldn’t just cheat and say it’s editorial – you had to use it as a quote. You had to say it in this interview for real so you could say it as a quote.
KP: It’s the only way to preserve the integrity of this entire conversation, isn’t it?
GERVAIS: I started off taking this interview quite seriously and now I feel like a fool.
KP: So did I, and so do I.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Oh good. Well good. It’s been a pleasure.
KP: And so the standup, were you happy with the US tour?
GERVAIS: Loved it. Absolutely loved it.
KP: Was there anything that surprised you?
GERVAIS: It was great. I love the Kodak. I did two nights at the Kodak, and then that was my favorite venue in the world. And then I did Madison Square Garden, and that was just as good. I thought they were amazing crowds. In fact, doing America made me really love standup, and I’ve started working… I now work on my standup every day, a little bit, and I never did before. I used to sort of do it in… and now I can’t wait. I go to sleep at night and I wake up, and I’ve got a routine. I think of something new every, every night now. I can’t wait. I get a little adrenaline rush thinking, “This will be my best standup ever.” And it was because of the American dates. They were so smart, they were so on it. They all knew their Shakespeare. They knew what a Venn diagram was. And they’d all seen the English version of The Office.
KP: Now, which cities did you play?
GERVAIS: LA and New York.
KP: Cased closed.
GERVAIS: Well. In fact, on it I say it’s lovely to be doing this American tour. I go, “It’s not a tour. Let’s face it. I messed up and left out the middle bit.” I think that’s in the finished cut.
KP: Have you ever traversed the US via car or other means of transport?
GERVAIS: I haven’t. I’ve only been to LA and New York. No – I’ve been to Boston, obviously. And I think Texas, I went once. But no, it’s…yeah, it’s New York and LA all the way. And I think I’ve spent a lot more time in New York. Well, I know I have. It’s probably 95% of all my time in America has been New York. And when I say New York, I mean Manhattan.
KP: Don’t you have a residence now in New York?
GERVAIS: I do, yeah. So now when I say Manhattan, I mean the Upper East Side.
KP: So not only have you gone to only the elite centers of the US, you now live in the elitist part of the elite center.
GERVAIS: Yeah. It’s funny as well, because I’ve never been interested in politics. I never even watch British politics. But I’ve been following this election more than anything else. Maybe it’s ’cause I’m gonna be there. Maybe it’s because I’ve spent more time in America. Maybe it’s because Obama’s, like, the most charismatic senator in my living memory. But I can’t believe that one of the criticisms of him is that he’s elitist. What they mean is he’s educated. It’s sort of like, imagine not trusting a man because he knows about stuff. (laughs) It’s like the whole of America do to him what we just did to John Hodgman.
KP: Now you’re making me feel bad all over again.
GERVAIS: Yeah. It’s like, “Well, how were we meant to choose our president?” Just a drinking competition?
KP: Rock paper scissors?
GERVAIS: I don’t know what he’s done wrong by being sort of thoughtful and intelligent…
KP: I think you really just give them a wedgie, and whoever doesn’t cry gets to be president.
GERVAIS: Someone asked me what I thought of Sarah Palin the other day, and I said I know one thing about her and I don’t need to know anything else. And that is that she thinks that if you’re raped by even a family member, you should not have an abortion. There is nothing… I don’t need to know any more about her. In fact, I don’t want to know anything. That’s the only thing I ever want to know about her.
KP: And beyond that, in her municipality when she was mayor, she made rape victims pay for their own rape kit.
GERVAIS: Okay. Yeah. But the thing is… it’s like you’ve told me that Hitler cheated at Trivial Pursuit. I’m not going to hate him any more.
KP: Oh no, I’m not saying that that was meant to push you over the edge you’ve so clearly crossed.
GERVAIS: No, that is mental though. That’s proper… that’s mental, because that’s slightly weird because it’s almost like a psychological torture.
KP: Well, that’s like slapping someone and having them say thank you.
GERVAIS: It’s genuinely… Okay, yeah, now I got a little bit of an adrenaline rush there. That is worse. Okay, now I know two things. Jesus Christ.
KP: She’s just insane. Have you seen the video of her being exorcised of witchcraft?
GERVAIS: Oh, for fuck’s sake.
KP: Oh, YouTube is great. You can do a double watch of that and her talent portion of the beauty contest…
GERVAIS: Oh, someone’s put one on today that I saw. “Sarah Palin is like David Brent.”
KP: Oh really?
GERVAIS: Yeah, and she does this thing. They show the thing from The Office and this thing from Sarah Palin, and it’s just like it. It’s like when Brent lies, it’s really good. It’s really funny. I laughed, I laughed. Because I knew what was coming. I knew what they meant before they showed the bit from The Office, and it’s really, really good.
KP: So how does it feel to be a cultural touchstone?
GERVAIS: Well, the other day someone said McCain was like David Brent, so maybe David Brent’s just like everyone.
KP: I’m glad that such a simple, stupid joke as combining two words got a laugh out of you.
GERVAIS: (laughs) That’s good. I like that. Unfortunately, I’m gonna have to go now.
KP: Well it’s not the first time I’ve head you say that.
GERVAIS: This is always a pleasure.
KP: And I still say finger and not toe. I should email you the contract… because we made a bet on the finger or toe thing. I was about to do a convention with the people we were debating with, and we made a public bet about who would be the winner and who would have more people choosing finger or toe.
GERVAIS: People are always gonna choose the toe.
KP: You know, and I don’t get it.
GERVAIS: People are always gonna choose the toe. Same as anything to do with eyes. Nothing’s gonna be eyes. I think they’d lose both hands before they lost both eyes. People want to see. People want to be out there and people want to…
KP: Why don’t people want to have good balance? And a steady gait?
GERVAIS: (laughs) I love this new campaign.
KP: And here’s the thing; we actually were so bad in our argument we pulled in the table next to us at the bar we were arguing at. And this lovely couple who were having dinner, going, “You know, we couldn’t help overhearing – what the hell are you arguing about?” So we let them in, and the woman goes, “Well, I’d pick finger.” “Why would you pick finger?” “Well, I’m a runner.” That made sense. That person’s a runner.
GERVAIS: That’s true.
KP: Her boyfriend, at that point, then picked toe. And we proceeded over the next 40 minutes…
GERVAIS: Because he’s a pianist.
KP: Well, we proceeded to destroy their relationship as they began arguing about it.
GERVAIS: Brilliant.
KP: And eventually left the pub ticked off at each other about the choices they had made.
GERVAIS: That’s amazing.
KP: I’m just saying – John and I bring people together.
GERVAIS: Yeah.
KP: And tear them apart.
GERVAIS: It’s like the opposite of the Nobel Peace Prize.
KP: It is the Hodgman-Plume Peace Prize.
GERVAIS: And say hello to John for me.
KP: I will do so. His book comes out next week.
GERVAIS: Brilliant.
KP: Then he starts on his book tour.
GERVAIS: If it does better than the last one, it’s mainly due to my quote.
KP: That should be your quote on the third one.
GERVAIS: On the third one, yeah.
KP: “I would like to claim all responsibility for any sale that he might have gotten.”
GERVAIS: I think it should be all my quotes and just him on the back saying, “This is a book of Ricky Gervais’ quotes.”
KP: I don’t know why you don’t market that.
GERVAIS: (laughs) Yeah. I suppose that’s sort of what writing a book is, isn’t it? A book full of your quotes.
KP: Here’s something that aggravated me. There’s an author named Sarah Vowell in the US who does these wonderful books exploring history. Very much like what John does, but she does it for history and it’s actually true. I was reading the reviews of her new book on Amazon, and one of the criticisms was “It’s too wordy.”
GERVAIS: (laughs)
KP: I mean, by it’s very definition, shouldn’t a book be wordy?
GERVAIS: That’s really good.
KP: Otherwise it’s just blank pages!
GERVAIS: Yeah. I think Leonardo DaVinci had a similar criticism where there was “too many pictures.”
KP: “You’re too thinky.”
GERVAIS: Yeah, “too thinky.” (laughs) That’s good. I like that. “John Hodgman’s too thinky.”
KP: Well, it’s been a pleasure yet again. We’ll have to make this like a yearly thing.
This is one of the issues with conducting an e-mail interview: you could get one sentence answers.
I’ve been vacillating between being thankful that Juliana Hatfield, whose new album “How To Walk Away” and new book “When I Grow Up” is now available, answered what I punted over to her in-box and downright disappointed at what followed. Yes, maybe she’s just not that into what I was asking. Maybe I was a wretched question asker. Maybe it was just me. What I am positive of, though, is that Juliana was at the nexus and genesis of a musical shift for me. I went from listening to Top 10 radio to being ensconced and swaddled in rough power chords that connoted a youthful sensibility that just spoke to me.
On that same note, though, there is a trap you can fall in if you look at acts like Juliana or a host of other bands that just happened to be fronted by women. It was seen as a movement of sorts but no one asked those labeled as such if that was the intention. Many times it wasn’t. Juliana happened to be lumped into that group that was looked at with a feminine eye. She just wanted to express herself. And that she did as she scored big with “My Sister”, “Spin The Bottle” on the Reality Bites soundtrack and enjoyed a “guilt by association” lifestyle until the fickle tastes of music lovers went on to something else. Juliana didn’t change, though. Unlike the musical stylings of Jewel, changing from folksie to dance (!) to country, Juliana kept refining and experimenting with her sound. Her live shows were, and still are, unique in that she’s a true musician insofar that her concerts are shockingly more focused on the music than they are on the theatrics. While many of those acts many would remember from the 1990s have long since ditched their guitars for day jobs Juliana has been on an even keel of sorts in releasing music in the years following the alternative craze.
This interview came about for the reason that, like the Remington pitchman, I’ve been financially supporting her operation one release at a time since 1992. I’ve become a lot less obsessive since my days in college when I had to absolutely, positively needed to own anything she put to CD and being able to promote her latest effort which is simply solid in every regard. It almost makes the rather brief responses worth it but I am still wondering it had anything to do with my delivery.
Here, now, are the questions I sent out and what I received in return:
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: After listening to the first song of the new album, How To Walk Away, I was struck by the guitar bridge near the end. (It made me think of Fleetwood Mac back in their heyday) I’m curious to know a little bit about how the song came together. Did the melody come first or did the lyrics define where you wanted to go with this?
JULIANA HATFIELD: Melody and lyrics kind of came together together, if I remember correctly. I probably had a chord progression before anything, though.
CS: You’ve mentioned that when you look back at the 90’s you wish you would’ve kept your mouth shut on things. You were young, you didn’t know better, etc”¦ Is it really possible to just stick these songs out into the world without anyone knowing about the artist who is putting them out there? I ask this because your music, for the most part, has never strayed into superficial territory and there seems to be a complexity with your lyrics. A little background about the process of making the album, I would think, would help frame it as a whole.
HATFIELD: Yes I think it is possible for an artist to maintain total privacy and/or a shroud of mystery or non-information. Look at, say, Jandek, or Bonnie Prince Billy. What do we know about them, really?
CS: And, as a follow-up to the above question, what part of you wanted to make this album at this time? It seems a little more hopeful, if not melancholy, than previous efforts.
HATFIELD: I feel a little more hopeful and a little less melancholy with each passing year and so the music is a reflection of that- of where my head and heart are at.
CS: I haven’t been able to read your book but as a card-carrying member of the Juliana Hatfield Fan Club I will have to allocate money to buy it. I know you want to be able and give people a better idea of who you are and your reflections on what has come before this but what prompted you to break through the notion that your life is your life and no one needs to know anything more than what you give them, i.e. your albums? Was it liberating to write the book?
HATFIELD: I really just wanted to write a book because writing prose is fun and exciting and so challenging.
CS: I was, and still am, a huge fan, huge fan, of the video for What A Life. I managed to record it on my VCR during a rather good episode of 120 Minutes on MTV eons ago. You getting knocked around by unseen forces, the blood, it was stark. Where have these creative videos gone? I don’t care to watch dudes in their hoopties, sipping on champagne or women exploiting their sexuality to move a few more units. Surely you have a thought or two about the modern business model of music. It’s sad that I have to work really hard to find original music out there and it’s no longer the MTV’s of the world that are helping this situation out. By that point, and it should be obvious that I’ve been saving this question for years, over decade in fact, did you enjoy the video making process?
HATFIELD: I did not love the video making process back then- I felt I was not a good actor and one must act in videos. I felt a bit like a fish out of water.now, though, the process is more fun for me, if only because I have more control over it and there is less at stake- I can mess around and do what I want, low-budget-style, and it’s just fun and another creative outlet. No high-profile directors or record companies breathing down my neck.
Though I did make cool videos back then- I too love the What A Life vid. And I still can’t believe the record company paid for us to do that. The video’s really sort of shocking and subversive, don’t you think? I have to give the label (Atlantic) a lot of credit for bankrolling that sort of sick vision (the director’s vision, mostly. He is and was a good friend of mine.)
CS: How has touring been for you through the years? I have to imagine that through the early 90’s you were seeing a much different crowd than the ones you’re seeing today. I remember going out to see a lot of different bands back then and I’ve seen that opportunity slowly evaporating as all those who I followed back then have stopped making music?
HATFIELD: Touring is tiring and physically draining, over the long term. But playing shows is fun and cathartic so I guess it all works out in the end.
CS: Speaking of that, a lot of your contemporaries have stopped churning out music at the rate you still do. One artist in particular, Tanya Donelly (who I interviewed last year and was an absolute gem to talk to), has taken a longer time between albums. I know you can’t speak to anyone else besides you but it seems to be a recurring theme with a lot of older bands; they just stop producing music. You, though, seem to be blessed with the ability to have new perspectives, thoughts and ideas. What do you do to keep things going, creatively?
HATFIELD: I just try to work hard and work all the time. Writing, looking for ideas, reading, looking at art, keeping my mind open to new things and inspirations.
CS: What things do you find comfort in with regard to making music? What makes you happy to put something to tape, CD, etc”¦
HATFIELD: Writing is like worshiping or meditating. it’s spiritual. It takes the place of church/religion in my life.
CS: Does performing live still hold a thrill for you?
HATFIELD: See question/answer #6
CS: I know you hate the notion of being a part of the women in rock explosion in the media landscape, Lord knows I didn’t know better but had it not happened I’m not sure I would’ve stumbled upon My Sister, but years after hearing that song I now find myself with two girls of my own, 2 and 5. I now have something vested in the way my girls come to know what it means to be a woman through the pop culture they’re going to be exposed to. You’ve managed to eschew attempts to co-opt your music though making you something you’re not (the video for What A Life is an excellent example of this) but do you think women are in a better place today than they were in the 90’s in the music industry?
HATFIELD: Yes and no. it seems there are fewer females being played on the radio and in fact there just are fewer all-girl bands. Remember Luscious Jackson, L7, Babes in Toyland, Scrawl, etc. etc., etc? Where have all the all-girl bands gone?
But on the up side , I guess, being a girl and playing guitar is not seen, anymore, as a novelty or as something out of the ordinary. It’s commonplace now for girls to play in bands. That is, I suppose, progress.
But definitely not as much girl action on the airwaves today.
CS: You listen to a lot of NPR. I do too. I think some of them are a bit smarmy at times but, on the whole, you can’t beat it. Are you hooked on any programs in particular? I was equally surprised to see you listen to a lot of baseball. Any teams in particular? I’ll share that I’m a Cubs fan so any other team listed from their division that you list will be promptly deleted and a “Refused to Answer” will be put in its place. Oh, and if it’s not too much of a problem, can you list one book you’ve read this year that you just have to recommend or talk highly of?
HATFIELD: I like the Red Sox. I’m from Boston. “˜The Road’ by Cormac McCarthy was pretty devastating. Probably my favorite of all his books. But was that last year or this year?
CS: It’s your life, it’s your career, you can obfuscate all you like if you so wish, but reading about whether this is something (making music) you want to keep doing is a bit disconcerting when you’ve said this might be your last album. I say this only because I don’t know where else I might spend the money I hide from my wife in order to buy things like your albums (I waited two weeks for the official release, with the b-side album”¦and the poster”¦I am officially uncool for admitting all this publicly) so that’s a bit of alarming issue for me, but, honestly, and seriously, does making music not hold that same kind of ambition to best your past efforts anymore?
HATFIELD: I’m not as desperate to be heard and loved, anymore. Now I just want to make music for my own pleasure.
CS: Lastly, and this is just something I’ve asked people over the years, when you’re accosted by some random person who tells you that they’ve enjoyed your work or they really enjoy X CD you’ve put out is there a point where that becomes white noise? Do these chance encounters or moments after a show do something inside of you that would have you believe that what you’re doing means something to someone out there?
HATFIELD: It’s nice to be told that your work has had meaning in someone else’s life.
It’s very hard to pull off non-Superhero fare in comic books, and harder still for it to find traction with audiences. You can reverse that trend by picking up a new slice of modern supernatural noir from Dark Horse Comics, The Cleaners.
Written by screenwriter Mark Wheaton and Joshua Hale Fialkov with art by Rahsan Ekedal, The Cleaners follows a team of SoCal crime scene cleaners led by a former surgeon named Robert Bellarmine, Bellarmine’s team is willing and able – and perhaps unnaturally curious – to take on the types of jobs that other can’t, or won’t, handle.
I had a chance to chat with creator Mark Wheaton about the series, plus his screenwriting career. And, in the interest of full disclosure, I was the Best Man at his wedding.
The Cleaners will be in stores on November 12th, and a special preview story is currently available on MySpace Dark Horse Presents.
KP: So, brass tacks… tell me what The Cleaners is.
WHEATON:Cleaners is a comic book about a group of trauma scene cleaners in Southern California who are on retainer for motels and grocery stores and anywhere else there can be an accident involving blood or biological fluid. If you clean it up yourself, it’s a $10,000 fine from OSHA, so these guys are extraordinary high paid hazmat janitors that deal with that sort of thing. In the course of their work, whenever they come across a crime scene that suggests the supernatural – something that will go unsolved because the police don’t want to press it or don’t have the resources to pursue it – they’ll take it up as they’re willing to accept more esoteric reasons for something to have happened. They work to explain away what appears to be the supernatural using cutting-edge science.
KP: So how would you describe the tone of the book?
WHEATON: It’s a series of four-issue arcs relating to what appear to be supernatural events related to a single crime. In the first arc it’s called Absent Bodies. They come across an incident on the job when they’re sent to clean up like a large blood spill in Sun Valley, specifically in the area where E.T. and Poltergeist were made.
KP: So in a stereotypical suburban setting?
WHEATON: Spielberg made certain movies in the 80s on a frontier, where it’s a house in a suburban sprawl, but he’d choose the house that was backed up against the wilderness.
KP: It was in a brand new development.
WHEATON: Exactly. And this is out in the neighborhoods where those are shot, because the thing you never see about Los Angeles-set things is they try to stay away from the whole movie of it all. But if you live here, all the time you pass like the caterpillar jungle gym from E.T. at the playground and you’re like look, that was in E.T. You pass along Hollywood Blvd. and you’re like oh my God, Harrison Ford was standing right here in Hollywood Homicide! Holy shit. Or, not.
KP: So every day is like the Universal back lot tour?
WHEATON: Yeah, because you’re on Melrose going to the comic shop and you pass the record store that was in The Hidden. You go down by Sony you pass Flynn’s that was in Tron. If you know what you’re looking for, you’re always seeing something that you’re like oh, I’ve been here before. Oh wait; no I haven’t. That was in Battle for the Planet of the Apes.
KP: Does it make the artificialness of the movies more real or does it make the reality of L.A. and Hollywood more artificial?
WHEATON: The second one. Definitely. It just makes you second guess – just because you’ve seen this in a movie, just because the guy walking towards you looks familiar, don’t say hi to him. That’s Ice T and you don’t actually know him, you just owned the Body Count album when you were in junior high. It’s weird when you see somebody you recognize and you’re like, “Hey!” And it’s Mindy Kaling from The Office.
KP: So would you describe the sort of tone of the book as horror? X-Files? Supernatural? Humor? Ghostbusters?
WHEATON: It’s more of a crime book because it’s a procedural, but one where the crime scene has already been released by the police and there is supposed to be no evidence left to collect. CSI types, forensics, all that is done. In the short story that’s on the MySpace/Dark Horse Presents page – The Body Colony – it’s released to the manager of the Rite Aid where an attack has taken place. In Absent Bodies, it’s released to the four homeowners whose houses on the back fence have blood on them. So once it’s released, the families have to hire somebody to clean it up. That’s where this former surgeon – Robert Bellarmine – and his team come in. He tries to figure out why the police weren’t able to close the case. Los Angeles has become an even more unpoliceable megalopolis over the past few years. The crime rate is ridiculous. And as you know, if you don’t solve a crime within 48 hours you’re over. So by the time an unsolved case hits our titular trauma scene cleaners, it’s pretty assured that the cops are not going to be solving this one.
KP: So it’s Quincy.
WHEATON: Sadly, Quincy is way before my time, but it’s always sounded like it’d be right up my alley. For us, it’s just a nasty little crime story where they try to prove over and over that the supernatural doesn’t exist. If somebody’s like oh it must be a werewolf. Like no, no it’s not, it’s this instead. This is what a werewolf is. Supernatural is not as far-off as you think, because it’s easy to write things off. You say, “Oh it’s a werewolf, we’ll never catch a werewolf, who believes in werewolves?” But Robert’s team feels that if there is something that might be a werewolf, whether or not they can prove it, they should try to stop it on its own terms rather than approach it like a more typical serial murderer.
KP: So it’s sort of a procedural Kolchak? Or how about a blue collar X-Files?
WHEATON: If there was a TV show that the lead would be like, Robert would be the guy on Hawaii Five-O. He’s somewhat humorless, but he tries really hard. He hasn’t realized yet that he’s out of his goddamn mind.
KP: So who is the Chin Ho of the group?
WHEATON: There’s this elderly guy, Harlan, who was a crime scene photographer for the LAPD who might fit the bill – or Knut, their lab tech, who is off on his own planet as well. The people who are drawn to this job often are a little nuts. Yeah they’re looking for money, but to not just work for a trauma scene cleaning outfit and take their check and go home, they also have to gravitate towards the bad, more unsolvable type scenes, too. At the opening of Absent Bodies, they’re at a hotel – the Standard Downtown – doing the job that makes them money, but then they discover a case related to what might be supernatural and they push everything aside to stay on that one. So, there’s something driving them. If they’re gonna be on Robert’s team, they’re gonna be a little off the grid. And you learn in the first arc that there are problems with all of them. That they’re all just fucked in the head.
KP: So basically it’s Sneakers.
WHEATON: It’s Sneakers if Sneakers was depressing and sad. (laughs)
KP: Well River Phoenix is dead.
WHEATON: It’s true. See that’s the thing; even though it wasn’t in a movie, every time you pass the Viper Room and you see that little phone booth, you’re like, oh yeah, that’s where they say Christina Applegate was doing an impression of the death of River Phoenix. If you live around Sunset and Hollywood, your life is Kenneth Anger’s Hollywood Babylon.
KP: That’s a way to spend a day.
WHEATON: But it is weird; every time you pass the Viper Room you’re like, oh yeah.
KP: So it’s a profound and deep history, but so much of it is artificial feeling and strangely tacky.
WHEATON: And pop. As much as River Phoenix is revered as an actor and was very talented, it’s not the same as the motel in Memphis where Dr. King was shot. It’s like when you do drive down Wilshire and you pass where they are just destroying the Ambassador, there’s a part of you that’s like, “Oh yeah RFK was shot in the kitchen there,” but then you’re down another block and you’re like, “Oh yeah, that’s where Hugh Grant got a blow job.”
KP: So you’re living a pop culture anecdote.
WHEATON: Yes. You pass Boardner’s where they’re all reading the reviews in the opening of Ed Wood. And that aspect of Los Angeles is one I really wanted to get across in Cleaners.
KP: When you’re talking L.A. crime fiction, how would you compare it to classic L.A. crime fiction of the 40s?
WHEATON: I grew up on that stuff. I grew up reading west coast crime bits, both San Francisco and L.A. Raymond Chandler and Dashiell Hammett stuff, but also more modern, into the 50s and 60s. Like Jim Thompson’s first book ever – Now and On Earth – which isn’t really a crime story, it’s just a troubling story about his time working and struggling in the factories here, but it is a Los Angeles book in his style. Ross MacDonald’s Lou Archer stories are here. And Charles Willeford. Again it’s more San Francisco, but Charles Willeford wrote about California crime. Probably more than anything, Cleaners tries to feel like Edward Bunker, because Bunker wrote out here but because of the people who took care of him, it overlaps with Hollywood. If you read his autobiography that he dedicated to his son, it talks about the kind of people he knew. There was a woman – Louisa Wallis – wife of producer Hal Wallis who took care of Bunker when he was a juvenile delinquent and when he went to jail was instrumental in helping him get his novels done. And when you read No Beast So Fierce, it’s all L.A. It’s all just like weird L.A. locations and shit. And I think more than anything, though there is a back drop with like the Chandler, I really feel that Cleaners is not meant to feel an influence from television and film, but hopefully coming out of Ross MacDonald and Edward Bunker. I’m not claiming something so presumptuous as to say it’s anything on that level quality-wise, but the ultimate goal is to do something that’s as realistic and evocative as some of the great crime fiction that was written about Los Angeles. Even today with Walter Mosley. I just got the new Socrates Fortlow, The Right Mistake yesterday at Barnes & Noble. Walter Mosley is another great Southern California crime writer. I just want Cleaners to have a place in that more than against the X-Files.
KP: When you talk about melding that with the supernatural and bizarre elements, what is the inspiration for those? What well do you draw from?
WHEATON: My mom used to teach Ray Bradbury in school in Dallas. She taught Something Wicked This Way Comes and Martian Chronicles, and I got into the short stories of Bradbury and the short stories of Richard Matheson when I was very young. I’ve always liked that style of Americana what-if, particularly with Bradbury. Similarly, I’ve always liked that approach to the supernatural, and those guys were writing in Southern California as well, and it’s taking that almost sunny approach to just a supernatural thing happening in the middle of a cornfield, that “everyday supernatural” that Ray Bradbury did.
KP: You mean that horror in the light of day?
WHEATON: Yeah. Bradbury really captured that a great deal in Something Wicked where you just have this ordinary town and, you know, Mr. Dark’s Carnival descends and just bad things happen in what’s essentially a Horton Foote play. I’ve always really liked the idea of approaching a story. This is a bad example but when you watch an episode of Buffy the Vampire Slayer, you are looking at a heightened world. Sunnydale is a heightened universe from the second you walk in. But something like the book Something Wicked, it starts as such a peaceful little community. It’s like Stephen King’s It. You have such a normal everyday thing, and then something insidious is visited upon it. I like that better than an X-Files where there’s so much happening in the world. I like the idea that the supernatural or the possible supernatural’s the exception, not the rule.
KP: When you look at your approach to comic writing, this is the first book you’ve done, correct?
WHEATON: Yeah I wrote a short story meant to be published in the second book of Jason Rodriguez’ book Postcards, but I think that might be on hold for a bit. That was the first thing I ever wrote. It’s like a little 12 page short story. But this is my first non short story certainly.
KP: How would you compare then structuring a story and the developing characters compared to screenplay form for a film?
WHEATON: It’s interesting because it’s all about pacing. You have to lock each image in time and that’s not so easy. You can be so uneconomical in screenplays because you can rely on actors; you can rely on a lot of things to trick the audience in regards to pacing and setting. Like on stage you take a ladder, you staple gun a leaf to it. The audience buys that it’s a tree. In film, you’re in a location. Before a word is even spoken by a character; before anyone walks in front of the camera, the audience – from the frame of reference they’re bringing into it – says, “A-ha; you’re in Moscow.” But with comics, you’ve got none of that. You remember those old books that were done where it’s frames of Frankenstein or frames of like a Marx Brothers movie or Ninotchka where it’s four thousand frames of something with the dialogue written under it? It’s like that, where you choose the most evocative image of a moving story and freeze frame the action, even though the reader and you both know that there is movement going on. Also, unlike screenwriting where the different voices of the actor are a cheat to make the voices different in the audience’s head, you’re now writing for something to be read. So you can’t write for the spoken word like you do in a script. You have to differentiate voice in a different way.
KP: What did you find to be the biggest challenge?
WHEATON: First; pacing. How to give enough visual information to make somebody really feel the geography of a setting. After that, it became pretty easy; it’s just about then looking at the art and saying, “Oh, that came across, that didn’t come across.” That thing that I thought would work for a reader doesn’t work in the slightest.
KP: What’s your collaboration with the artist been like so far?
WHEATON: I really like working with Rahsan because he’s here. We can have a really very easy shorthand about Southern California. He lives and breathes So Cal. He lives in Glendale. When we talk about Sun Valley, he knows exactly what’s being referred to. He’s been everywhere that is referenced in the books, and I’d imagine that that is why the book looks like Los Angeles. The standard downtown looks like the standard downtown. Sun Valley, you don’t suddenly have Kilimanjaro in the background.
KP: There’s your supernatural element.
WHEATON: Yeah. Well, there are a lot of books that feel like they’re in anytown USA.
KP: Right. They’re in Generitown.
WHEATON: Right. But having an L.A. based artist do an L.A. based book that wants to feel a real sense of its own geography I think adds tons. More than that, he’s got this great clash of styles – a real moving form for the natural world, the curved lines of nature. But then when it’s something constructed, it’s rigid, humanity-enforced architecture. The humans are then stuck in the middle – half-geometric, half-societal. It’s a terrific style.
KP: This is his first book as well, right?
WHEATON: Oh no. Rahsan has done work on Warhammer for Boom quite extensively before this. That said, I think I can characterize this as a jump up for both of us, trying to get on a Dark Horse book like this. I think that just means we both have a lot to prove and we really wanna kick ass here. That said, his learning curve is a lot less than mine. He figured out Cleaners, the look, how it was gonna be, all of that, a long time before I did, so I’ve been playing catch up with him throughout issues 2, 3 and 4, and then into the short story. The only thing that we didn’t have space for in the Body Colony short story that I would have liked was to establish the Rite Aid in Echo Park next to Dodger Stadium. I would have liked to show that, but there’s the need for economy. But it would have been fun to have one more big panel to show that this is Los Angeles, not just a Rite Aid.
KP: When you talk about the transition, you are a screenwriter.
WHEATON: What are you talking about? I write chick lit.
KP: And a rather successful one financially. What is your view on the accusations of screenwriters essentially carpet bagging into comic books?
WHEATON: I don’t think it’s unfounded in the slightest. I think it would have been a lot harder for me to get into comics if I wasn’t a screenwriter. The worst is when you hear of comic companies that won’t make a comic unless they can sell it in the licensed property, sell it as a TV series, set it up as a movie, but that’s the reality of the business at this point. I’m sure it’s not everybody. I mean fuck, I was reading the new Unknown Soldier that the author went to Uganda to research. And it’s amazing. It’s brilliant. But then on the flip side, you read a ton of comics that feel like a bunch of storyboards, and it’s something that was obviously made for film or television. But then, it does work, so why not? 30 Days of Night was a screenplay before it was a comic in the same way that 25th Hour was a screenplay before it was a novel. That said, if there are a bunch of crappy comics out there that look like storyboards and only go four issues and are really awful, they’re not going to get bought, so the market will correct itself. And if it doesn’t remain financially viable for a screenwriter to move a project along in comics, then they’ll get out of it. The one thing I can say in my defense is I’ve been a comics fan since I was in elementary school and I never thought in a million years I’d be allowed to write one. I think part of the reason I work so hard on it is because I don’t want it to be something that you read and say, “Oh, this is just a screenwriter,” though you might anyway. Like with the chick lit book I wrote – it’s one of the reasons I spent so much time working on that, to make it a viable entry into women’s fiction. Not something that feels like a copy.
KP: So you come at it from a point of respect for the medium you’re going into, not just for a quick buck.
WHEATON: I’d like to convince myself of that, yeah. Because the economy being what it is I don’t know how much of a quick buck Cleaners is gonna make, but all I hope is that it makes enough that we do the next arc.
KP: So you’re in it for the long term.
WHEATON: If possible I would like to do Cleaners for years to come, but I would like to do it the same way as the first arc – four issue miniseries where each one is based around a single crime. One of the reasons I was very interested in working with Dark Horse was because what Steve Niles has done with Cal MacDonald, taking it into short fiction and novels much the way Hellboy has been taken into short stories and novels. More than I see a TV or film outlet for Cleaners, I see a crime novel outlet for Cleaners. If Cleaners moved out of comics, I would hope to move it into prose, not so much features and television.
KP: How far out do you have things planned?
WHEATON: I know what the last two arcs are, and I know what the next two arcs would be, and then there’s a lot of arcs in between. It’s not like a series where you’re making it up as you go along; I know what the end is on this one. When I pitched the beginning of this series to Dark Horse, I also pitched the end and they were pretty excited about it.
KP: So Cleaners is not an open ended story.
WHEATON:Cleaners has an ending. There is an ending to Cleaners. The first four issues are not an origin story of the team, but you hint at where they came from, particularly Robert. And if there is interest in continuing the series, it will just further evolve all those characters and further evolve Los Angeles and further evolve the world that they’re in. That said, getting there could go on forever, theoretically.
KP: But you have an endgame in mind.
WHEATON: I have an endgame.
KP: What’s it been like working with Dark Horse?
WHEATON: I really, really love not only working with them, but what Dark Horse has always meant to me. Dark Horse, as a publisher, taught me that comics weren’t just super heroes. When I was in elementary school I was into X-Men and X Factor, Secret Wars 2, all that sort of stuff. When I got to high school…
KP: Really Secret Wars 2?
WHEATON: Are you kidding me?
KP: Not the first Secret Wars? You went straight for 2?
WHEATON: I was too little for Secret Wars. Secret Wars 2 was when I was a kid. I had a thing for crossovers. Inferno was another great one, but it started with Secret Wars 2.
KP: The jump-suited Beyonder and his wonder perm?
WHEATON: Beyonder was like Steve Perry of Journey fighting the Marvel universe. You have to admit, the Beyonder is fuckin’ cool.
KP: But the perm.
WHEATON: How many Marvel characters had perms? Seriously? Tony fucking Stark.
KP: And if I remember correctly, didn’t he show up on earth first in L.A.?
WHEATON: I believe so. At least in Secret Wars 2.
KP: Isn’t that why he chose the jumpsuit and the perm? I am the Beyonder! I’m Steve Perry of Journey! (laughs) I should be more like you! Don’t stop believing! All right! They’ve been duly noted, human!
WHEATON: (laughs) Yeah but I was a Marvel kid. I wasn’t into Captain America and the Avengers, but I was certainly into mutants.
KP: Really? Who’d you identify with? Who is your token mutant?
WHEATON: Honestly? On the playground. When I was in elementary school…
KP: You were Dazzler, weren’t you?
WHEATON: Definitely, I was Dazzler. Nah, every kid on the playground was either Batman or Superman. I was Wolverine, and I have to say no one knew who Wolverine was. All these kids were all like Batman, Superman, and occasionally Battlestar Galactica characters. Nobody had any frame of reference for Wolverine. Although you know, snickety snickt, giant claws, adamantium.
KP: You were the little kid in the corner going snikt-snikt.
WHEATON: Yeah I was, it began my long descent to where I am now. (laughs) Being the idiot who liked Wolverine means that…
KP: The adamantium bones.
WHEATON: (laughs) Yeah.
KP: I can’t fly, but I have a healing factor. You can’t hurt me.
WHEATON: I know. Well we also tried to play Battle of the Planets so I guess that wasn’t too bad. It was like Battle of the Planets and I was like Wolverine.
KP: No Voltron?
WHEATON: No, Voltron was a little past my time.
KP: What do you mean a little past your time?
WHEATON: I didn’t watch Voltron. By then I had graduated to Duck Tales thank you very much. (laughs)
KP: At which point you latched onto Webby.
WHEATON: Hey. Duck Tales was the shit.
KP: Did you watch Gummy Bears prior to that?
WHEATON: No I did not. I watched Duck Tales. I didn’t watch Rescue Rangers, because I thought it sucked. I kind of watched Tale Spin. I was a hopeless, hopeless nerd as a little kid.
KP: GI Joe or Transformers?
WHEATON: I watched Transformers. Didn’t watch GI Joe really, but read both the Marvel comics of Transformers and GI Joe religiously. I probably still have issues 1 through 50 of Transformers and 1 through maybe 114 of GI Joe.
KP: Well GI Joe is epic.
WHEATON:GI Joe gets epic. Once you get to about issue 30…
KP: Well once Springfield really plants itself in the mythos, and you have all the politicking and Cobra Commander’s son coming in and being a force.
WHEATON: And you start getting into the relationship between Storm Shadow and Snake Eyes. Zartan comes along, when the in-fighting happens between Destro and the Baroness, eventually Serpentor around what, issue 48, 49 or whatever that was. The whole like Invasion of the Body Snatchers Crimson Guard stuff, Bongo the balloon bear.
KP: Was it Fred?
WHEATON: Fred. Yeah, the Crimson Guards. Like all that weird shit from issue 33 through issue 52. The golden age of Marvel GI Joe comics. Holy shit. The best. Oh wait your question was about Dark Horse.
KP: Oh no, my question’s about everything.
WHEATON: Eventually when I was a freshman in high school and I went to the comic shop again across from Klein High School. I started reading all the Aliens series – Earth War, etc., then Aliens vs. Predator, which I thought were the greatest fucking comics. They weren’t slapstick. Those Alien comics took the mythology seriously, and they were great.
KP: They weren’t slapstick until Aliens meet Abbott & Costello.
WHEATON: That just wouldn’t work. Because there’s no motive behind the Aliens, and I think that Abbott & Costello would have had a problem with that.
KP: There’s more motive if it’s the Predator hunting Abbott & Costello.
WHEATON:Abbott & Costello meets the Predator would be great. It’d be very short.
KP: I see green blood!
WHEATON: Yeah, they wouldn’t last.
KP: I don’t know. I think Lou would take ’em out. He’d get Bud, but I think Lou would still be triumphant. This is for Bud!
WHEATON: “When there’s the full moon I turn into a wolf.” “Yeah, you and five million other guys!”
KP: “For you, Abbott!” What, you can’t see Lou Costello slathered in mud?
WHEATON: The image just popped into my head so I guess I can.
KP: “You’ve been a bad boy. Now you boy.”
WHEATON: “B-b-bud! Get to the chopper!” The Predator 2 scenario would be better with Bud & Lou. I can see Bud Abbott standing in the Predator ship at the end looking around all shocked instead of Danny Glover. That could be Bud Abbott. Because he goes the whole movie not believing, not believing, not believing, and then at the end, you know… it all comes around for him.
KP: Suddenly Richard Dreyfuss comes out from the bathroom. I think we’re just mixing and matching things now.
WHEATON: It’d still be great.
KP: Honestly isn’t this what Dark Horse used to be about? Dark Horse was built on licensed properties and crossovers.
WHEATON: Right, but then those licensed properties had ads for like Hard Boiled. And then you had Dark Horse Presents, and when you buy a copy of Dark Horse Presents for an Alien short story, and there’s Concrete.
KP: I will give all due props to the house that Mike Richardson built.
WHEATON: Dark Horse rocks.
KP: There was no other place you could go? Or wanted to go would you say?
WHEATON: Well, if you can have a shot at Dark Horse with that legacy where you’re at Meltdown on Sunset where they divide it by presses – by publishing houses – your book is going to be next to Hellboy, The Goon and BPRD. You can’t really ask for anything more than that.
KP: Just touching briefly on subjects outside Cleaners, and something current and relevant in the screenwriting world, it’s my understanding that you were at one time attached to the Platinum Dunes/Michael Bay Friday the 13th.
WHEATON: I wrote a draft for New Line and when Michael Bay got attached to produce, I started over and wrote a draft for them as well.
KP: Is it a reimagining, a remake, a sequel? What exactly is going on with it? What was it when you were attached?
WHEATON: When I was attached I had pitched it as a non-supernatural, new Part V. It took pieces of the existing mythology from the first four films, but it wasn’t a remake. If you remember, in Part V, Jason’s not the killer – it’s Roy the paramedic, who turns out to be avenging the death of his son. Part VI then begins as Corey Feldman watches Jason’s brought back to life with a lightning bolt, and from then on Jason is supernatural. And of course, the franchise gets to space, gets these demon worms, etc. The series became something other than what I think people really liked in 2, 3 and 4; the Steve Miner and Joe Zito years. My pitch was all about that.
KP: Just as a quick aside, I loved the idea of Corey Feldman as the universal observer of cult fiction, sort of like Forrest Gump.
WHEATON: He watches the C.H.U.D.s rise. It’s like, “Look, it’s the C.H.U.D.s!”
KP: Yes. He’s off on a backpacking tour in the jungle as Schwarzenegger runs by chased by a Predator.
WHEATON: Hell, he is in The ‘Burbs after all.
KP: He is in The ‘Burbs. I honestly think he is the Forrest Gump of genre filmmaking.
WHEATON: He is. But he should have been in Fright Night. He should have been in Monster Squad. He should have been in Alone in the Dark.
KP: If you’re gonna have just one Corey…
WHEATON: You can’t quarry more Coreys.
KP: I’m so glad that that line is in the interview.
WHEATON: I’m not. Thank God I get to edit it, right?
KP: Well see. I still have the tape. I can put shit back in. You, I’m assuming, were an aficionado of the Friday the 13th series.
WHEATON: Oh yeah.
KP: What was your opinion of what Platinum Dunes wanted to do with the franchise? Were you on board with it? Were you concerned?
WHEATON: Frankly, I loved what they did with The Texas Chainsaw Massacre, but for the record I probably shouldn’t talk about the movie they made as I’m sure they have their marketing in place and I don’t want to interfere with how they’re positioning the film. They let me write two drafts of what I wanted to do with the franchise, and that’s all I could ask for. They were great to work with, very encouraging. I introduced them to fansites like Bloody-Disgusting and Dread Central, etc. It was a great time. We got Jonathan Liebesman on as the director at one point who was a very good friend of mine and who I just ran into a couple of weeks ago where we talked about what the movie might look like. I actually had a fantastic working experience.
KP: So what is your take on the resuscitation of those classic 80s horror franchises? Positive, negative, concerned?
WHEATON: It’s funny that we mention Abbott & Costello because you talk about the Glenn Strange Frankenstein. There were so many different Draculas, so many different Frankensteins. For better or worse, I mean. I don’t think Lugosi was the greatest Frankenstein but he was an interesting Frankenstein. But then you have John Carradine in House of Frankenstein. For me, I’m not a fan of the John Carradine Dracula. But I’m glad that they kept going. I’m glad because then you get Abbott & Costello meet Frankenstein with Glenn Strange as the monster who is an utterly fun Frankenstein. It’s the makeup, it’s the image, not just the story.
KP: Then would you say the same thing about other horror franchises? You know when you look at Halloween and…
WHEATON: Yeah, why not?
KP: Nightmare on Elm Street?
WHEATON:Elm Street never really did anything for me, but they went through different incarnations of Freddy. I mean look at Nightmare on Elm Street 2, the Jack Sholder one; the mythology in Nightmare 2 is different than the mythology of Dream Warriors which is different to the mythology of Freddy’s Dead and the mythology of New Nightmare. I mean they do change the mythology in there.
KP: And your take on Freddy vs. Jason?
WHEATON: Again, it’s a re-invention. Jason’s weakness is water, Freddy can haunt his dreams. It’s the same masks and make-up, just a different take on the mythology.
KP: When you’re talking about Dark Horse, they were the ones who first put that sort of genre clash of these cinematic cult icons.
WHEATON:Robocop vs. the Terminator.
KP: And that obviously was the inspiration for every something vs. something that’s tried to make it to screen in recent times.
WHEATON: But before that was Spider-Man vs. Superman. That was years before the Dark Horse Aliens vs. Predator.
KP: Yeah but then you’re talking superheroes. I’m talking about cinematic cult figures. You can say that Superman and Spider Man are iconic figures.
WHEATON: Right.
KP: But I’m sure Arnold Schwarzenegger at the time would not have said that Predator was about the Predator.
WHEATON: This is true. You’re right. Freddy vs. Jason is similar to Bride of Chucky. You have a franchise behind you and you’re looking to re-start it, so it’s self-referential, it’s re-invented. There were a lot of different twists and turns that the Jason mythology took throughout 8, 9 and 10 and I think that reinvention continued with Freddy vs. Jason.
KP: Reinvention or wandering in the desert?
WHEATON: Reinvention is good.
KP: I guess another genre thing that your involved with is Fangland.
WHEATON: Yeah it’s a book by Jeff Marks, a former 60 Minutes producer.
KP: What is the basic premise of Fangland?
WHEATON:Fangland is a modern day retelling of Dracula, but whereas a lot of the films of Dracula have focused on Dracula as lBela Lugosi, sexy beast that he is, the actual Stoker Dracula…
KP: I just had a vision of Terrance Stamp.
WHEATON: Terrance Stamp?
KP: Not Terrance Stamp. Ben Kingsley.
WHEATON: Sorry, Sir Ben Kingsley.
KP: Yes. Make sure you append the Sir.
WHEATON: I know I’m dead meat.
KP: Can you see him playing Dracula?
WHEATON: I think he’d make a great stage Dracula. Like if they ever brought back the like…
KP: When was the last stage production of Dracula?
WHEATON: There was the one Edward Gorey did the production design for in the seventies.
KP: Really?
WHEATON: Yeah, it had Frank Langella as the Count on Broadway and later became John Badham’s follow-up to Saturday Night Fever. But then there was a ballet; I think the Winnipeg Ballet did a Dracula and that’s what Guy Maddin did as a movie, DraculWHEATON: Pages from a Virgin’s Diary. So there was a recent Dracula ballet.
KP: But not Andrew Lloyd Webber’s Dracula.
WHEATON:The Phantom certainly comes close. Yeah, there hasn’t been a straight Dracula revival. In regards to Fangland, the Stoker book takes on a lot of the ideas of, “We’re in England, everything’s safe. All that stuff is superstition.” And then Dracula shows up on their door, not on the frontier but in the oh-so-technologically-modern London. Fangland that idea that few really believe in the supernatural anymore. We’re in the modern day. Who could believe this? It then tells the Dracula story on the backdrop of that. I think Variety called it Dracula meets Network. Without giving anything away, I think that’s fairly accurate.
KP: So what is the status of that project?
WHEATON: I turned in a draft a couple weeks ago. The strike put it on hold for a bit, but everybody got back together this year. I’ve been running notes and turned in a draft to Das Films and Hillary Swank’s people a couple weeks ago.
KP: So Hillary Swank’s attached?
WHEATON: To produce and star, yeah. I think the actual press release said something like as a “producer with an eye toward starring.” So you should go with that.
KP: I know that just based on your IMDB listing you’re certainly not limited to what some would call genre pics.
WHEATON: I like to type.
KP: It’s gonna be on your tombstone.
WHEATON: “At one point, this man liked to type.”
KP: Let’s do a rundown of the projects that I’m assuming you have in play.
WHEATON: If I say, “oh goodie” does that come out right on paper?
KP: Only if the transcriptionist actually puts the “does that come out on paper if I say oh goodie?”
WHEATON: So it is written, so it shall be done. Because you know I’m gonna have to ask for all the Friday the 13th stuff to be deleted.
KP: Too late now. So let’s go down one by one. Are you ready for this?
WHEATON: No.
KP: Cape Town.
WHEATON: Can’t actually talk about it. Just started. But as the title suggests, I’m doing my third Africa-set script.
KP: What is it?
WHEATON: The title is Cape Town so it must refer to South Africa. That is all I can say.
KP: Then we’ll go on to Chosen Few.
WHEATON:Chosen Few’s a project I did for 2929. Turned it in right before the strike. Rewrote on it this year. It’s about Task Force Faith and the Battle of the Chosin Reservoir – one of the worst battles of the Korean War. It’s a big epic war picture. I actually like writing those. When I did Son of the Morning Star – a Custer/Crazy Horse thing – it really got me into doing big epic material. This past summer, I got to do another huge epic thing with a French filmmaker, and it was the same kind of fun – mountains of research. For Chosen, I have books on Korea rising to the ceiling. It’s really fun to work on that type of material.
KP: Unfinished Country.
WHEATON: Might still get made. I wrote that thing back in 2003, so a lot has changed in South Africa since then.
KP: What is that in the chronology – what was the first script you wrote? You came to L.A. in what, 2000?
WHEATON: Something like that. The first script I ever wrote that got out there was Striking at Kings which was being optioned by Showtime. It had been a stage play I wrote in college and adapted to screen all about the war between Edward R. Murrow and Joseph McCarthy. We got killed by Good Night, and Good Luck, but Zide/Perry, the producers behind American Pie and Final Destination were producing and we got close a couple of times. Off of that I met Blue Star Pictures who I eventually did The Messengers with, after I wrote – on spec – Unfinished Country, which then got set up at Miramax. Miramax sent me to Johannesburg to research it further at the hospital in it, Baragwanath where most of the action takes place. At last blush, it’s not being financed by Inferno. When that was announced in the trades, they announced Samuel L. Jackson in one of the leads and now, on Inferno’s site, they show that Jim Sturgess is now attached as the second lead.
KP: Okay so tell me about Chinese Wall.
WHEATON: Legal thriller. Takes place in Washington DC and Nigeria. That’s being done with producers I actually really love – Rainmaker Films, based out of London. Clark Johnson, who directed S.W.A.T. and The Sentinel as well as pilots and multiple episodes of The Shield and The Wire and Homicide: Life on the Street among many other things is directing. When he got attached, we went to London and worked on it with the producers, which was fun and I think that one might actually get made. By day, we’d work and work and by night, I’d run off to see Frost/Nixon or We Will Rock You: The Queen Musical. Because of the people involved, that’s been really fun to work on.
KP: I see something listed as the Untitled Harlem Project. Anything you can say about that?
WHEATON: No and it’s probably dead, but never say never. Suffice it to say, I loved working with State Street as it was to be directed by George Tillman, but it’s been awhile on that one. That said, I just got off the phone with George’s producing partner and we may work on something else that we’re interested in. Though I can’t really talk about the Harlem Project, I’m really proud of what we managed to come up with on the page.
KP: Personally I must say that I can’t wait to see a project that I’ve held near and dear for quite a while, just because of the title and the script – Night of the Scorpions.
WHEATON: Okay, you’ll laugh, but Night of the Scorpions has done well for me. That thing is always optioned somewhere. Somebody is always picking up Night of the Scorpions. It’s had multiple directors, it’s gone through over a dozen producers, it’s had talent attached, it’s had locations scouted, it’s been discussed as theatrical, straight-to-video, television and even as a four-hour miniseries. It’s been optioned so many times and I wrote that thing in 48 hours. I hope it gets made one day. I love Night of the Scorpions.
KP: What do you really feel about it?
WHEATON:Night of the Scorpions is the only good thing I’ll ever write.
KP: What about Day of the Grubs?
WHEATON: You joke, but Shaun Hutson, the great British gory horror novelist, wrote these amazingly grotesque Slugs novels. They are some of the best killer insect things you will ever read. Shaun Hutson. He’s amazing. He would write the greatest Day of the Grubs you’d ever seen. Kind of already did.
KP: Yeah but I wanna see Mark Wheaton’s Day of the Grubs.
WHEATON: No one wants to see Mark Wheaton’s anything.
KP: I would not say that. What about March of the Millipedes?
WHEATON: Too military.
KP: What about Scent of a Centipede.
WHEATON: It’s a video game property, right?
KP: Speaking of video games, what’s this announcement that came down about you working on a video game?
WHEATON: I can’t really talk about it, but yeah. I worked at Vivendi Games on a couple of games before Vivendi and Activision merged and destroyed that.
KP: So it’s no longer a going concern?
WHEATON: Probably not, no. You can never say never, because I’ve been shocked when things come back around, and I have to say writing video games, just like writing comics, is an education. You learn so much about writing action and just communicating information very quickly and economically to your audience in video games. I had a grand time working with those guys.
KP: You’d do it again?
WHEATON: In a heartbeat.
KP: So you have the choice of all the projects you have currently in play, and some that are no longer in play. If you had the choice, besides Night of the Scorpions, you could pull the trigger on one and get it made instantly which would it be?
WHEATON: You think this would be tough, and I’ll pretend that it’s tough just so that no one gets their feelings hurt.
KP: Hold on; put a little more filler in. We’ll pretend a little bit longer.
WHEATON: Hesitating, hesitating, hesitating… but it’s because it’s what’s new. The French project I worked on this summer.
KP: You mentioned a couple of times but no real context for it. Would you like to talk about the chick lit?
WHEATON: Not really. Suffice it to say I wanted to prove that I could write 125,000 word first-person chick lit novel, and I did, and you’ll never hear my name associated with it again because I’m hoping to publish it under a fake name.
KP: Done and done.
WHEATON: There you have it sports fans!
KP: Now we’ll do something you haven’t written. If there’s any one project you would love to take a crack at, what would it be? Doesn’t have to be an existing property either. Let’s say there’s a story that you always wanted to tell. Although maybe you don’t want to mention that.
WHEATON: I don’t mind because they’re all long shots. I’ve always wanted to re-adapt Alan Sillitoe’s Loneliness of the Long Distance Runner. I’ve always wanted to do a big epic project about the different phases in the life of Mao, similar to Downfall. Actually came close to doing that a couple of times here and there.
KP: Ending with Apocalypse Mao.
WHEATON: Heh – yep. The good thing is, the research helped inform Chosen, so it’s never wasted. I’ve always really wanted to do something about Houston and where I grew up there. Always wanted to write a very small story about life in Indiana, because I went to grad school there.
KP: Has your perspective on Houston changed any post witnessing what happened with the hurricane?
WHEATON: It’s weird to say this as a bleeding heart liberal, but Republican Bill White, the mayor of Houston, not only did kick ass things during Katrina that he knew might have an adverse, long-term effect on the city, he has also shown real leadership during Ike. Last summer, I drove out to Louisiana to take a look and spend some time down there and I just got back from Houston a couple of weeks ago. Even though it’s not the same as you didn’t have the same levels of flooding or loss of life, there was still real devastation. It’s odd seeing the paired destruction of places I used to hang out, in Louisiana and Mississippi, but also in Galveston. It’s shocking. Places you knew, places you will never return to because they don’t exist anymore. It’s weird and alien. New Orleans can never again be the New Orleans that sold a 17-year-old me cheap liquor off Canal Street.
KP: So if there’s one project you could point to that’s probably closest to your beliefs and how you grew up and exemplifies, someone would go that’s truly a Mark Wheaton project, which one do you think it would be?
WHEATON: When I was in college, I wrote a series of plays called Life in the Floodplains about Houston. It sounds really crass, which is probably half the reason I’m a screenwriter, but whenever I’d need money to get by, I’d submit them to like collegiate playwriting contests, and take the money I’d make from winning and then write a third or fourth Floodplains play. There was Floodplains, Big Time & Elmer, White Girl, and The Shirkworkers. It all came from stuff I picked up working in factories during the summers. I work a twelve-hour shift, listen to what other people said and come home to write it down. So, that’s straight from my experience. But then, even in stuff like Messengers, you get a lot of crows. I’m a bird watcher, so that’s personal in a way. My chick-lit novel takes place during a writing fellowship outside of Paris, which is something I did last year, so it’s close to my experience in a way.
KP: So.
WHEATON: And Cleaners. Because, that’s what this interview is about and because I drive around picking up corpses.
KP: I want that so to be in there. And then, “And Cleaners.”
WHEATON: You know what the best thing about writing comics is? When they call you and say, “Hey, we need to come up with what we’re gonna call the letters page.” And you’re like, oh, too bad, Tomb of Dracula already used Tomes to the Tomb. But yeah, Cleaners – at its heart – is oddly religious and by the time issues three and four roll around, hopefully you can see that in the comic, which is “me” in a way. If I’m lucky enough to get my second comic off the ground, called Chavez Ravine which I’m doing with an artist named Tony Fleecs, it’s even more religious, so it’s even closer to me in a way.
KP: So almost a decade in, do you view yourself as a Los Angeleno, or still a transplant from Texas?
WHEATON: It depends on the day. To be honest I don’t consider myself as much a Los Angeleno as I consider myself a Laurel Canyonite, because Laurel Canyon, where I live, is all trees and canyons and birds, which is like Texas. You can look out and be like, “Oh I’m in the Travis County – hill country.” And so it’s like bringing like a little part of outdoor living in Texas. The hills are not what people typically think of Los Angeles. They think of Training Day. But I don’t know. I’m a resident of Laurel Canyon. I live near Harry Houdini’s old house and where the Doors used to crash.
KP: So do you still have a bemused attachment driving through downtown or on the Strip?
WHEATON: Um… yes, but when I go back to Texas, I don’t feel connected there as much as I once did either. When I’m in downtown Houston by the art museums and all the weird places I used to hang out, it feels like a memory. And when I’m in Los Angeles, it certainly feels like home; it’s where I go, it’s my grocery store and my barber and all of that, but it’s still fantasyland in its own weird way. Los Angeles is still such a strange, strange place that it’s really hard to pin down the nature of the city. You have to pick apart and then say okay, I understand the nature of Laurel Canyon, and I’m trying to figure that out, and once I get that maybe I’ll branch out into Hollywood or Los Feliz or Silverlake.
KP: So it’s just a sweaty, steamy, sometimes scuzzy Disneyland?
WHEATON: Yeah, but that still doesn’t get across the magic hour feel to everything. When you’re this sun-drenched, it’s just a little strange. It’s strange to live in a place without seasons.
KP: So it’s like the sun sickness you’ll get in the northern reaches during those never ending days up north?
WHEATON: It’s not that. It’s just that when somebody calls you from London and it’s pissin’ rain and they’re just like, “God I wish I was there in sunny Southern California.” You talk to somebody in New York, where it’s like, “Oh my God, it’s cold and snowing – I wish I was in Southern California. Ha ha.” And you’re like, yeah, it’s great! Yeah, it’s great. Everybody smile. Fool the world.
KP: So you feel you’ve come from central casting, and you’ve got a role to play in the back lot of L.A.?
WHEATON: I play the guy who’s conned everybody into thinking I’m a writer, and so they pay me to write. When they figure it out, they’ll chase me out of town.
It was an unexpectedly cool outside of the Hotel Valley Ho, the higher end resort-style lodgings actually looking more like a motel with all the rooms on the outside, and I was going over the questions I had after seeing the film days before.
I’m naturally more apt to not go the “What was it like working…” route with any performer or person involved with the production of a film during an interview but I was prepped that Mike Leigh is a tougher interview to some people just because you really do have to dig a little deeper than the morning show retardedness that plagues so many programs that get the opportunity to talk to great people and then squander it on things like, “Did you enjoy making the movie?”
As I reflected on what I was going to ask, the door opened and Colin Boyd walked out. He said that Mike was excellent, a great interview. However, he paused for a moment and whispered that Mike corrected him on some questions. “Be careful,” he said. It wasn’t ominous or something that caused me to rethink my questions but it did rattle me a bit. I’ve never been in the position to have someone be actively picking apart my questions in their head, make it known out loud, so I tried desperately to speak in specifics as best I could and avoid anything that could be constructed as lazy. And, as I saw the diminutive man with a thick beard, suspenders and an amiable greeting as he welcomed me into the room where we were to conduct the interview, all alone which was a different experience, he closed the door and went after it.
Yes, it gets a little awkward at times, and I left those unadulterated moments in there, but Mike seems like the kind of guy who doesn’t mind telling you how it is…and how it’s going to be. You’ve got to respect that kind of assertiveness.
CS: I think the film spoke to a few different levels, the most superficial being the positiveness of life. When you were fleshing this out, over the months of figuring out what you wanted to say, was it always the same story or during those months did you find something you weren’t expecting?
LEIGH: Well, it’s all about finding things you’re not expecting. For me, the journey of making this film is the journey of discovery as to what it is. I started with a very strong feeling, a sense of the spirit of the thing, but the journey ““ the months I spent, which is what I think you’re talking about, preparing the thing are merely arriving at the premise of the film, but it’s shooting of the film that I make it up and define it as I go along.
It’s a constant, endless harvest of feast of surprises, of discoveries, of revelations. That is what creating a piece of art is all about. So, if the question, which sort of is I suspect, has something to do with starting with a fixed notion and how much it grows or deviates from that, that really not appropriate because all you have is something nebulous and fluid and you move toward coming into existence and that, the act in itself, is where all the surprises are and decisions are made and you decide what it is ““ abstract, really is what I’m talking about.
There you have it in a nutshell. I couldn’t elaborate. Picasso once said that if you know what you’re going to do before you do it, what’s the point of doing it?
So, let’s move on.
CS: Yes, absolutely.
LEIGH: Let’s get more specific.
(Laughs)
CS: Let’s talk about Sally Hawkins.
LEIGH: You can’t get more specific than that.
CS: No, I cannot. I thought she was wonderfully effervescent on the screen. I want to speak more about her character itself, about Poppy. When you looked at it and as you were developing her… By the end, which I wasn’t expecting, I was completely amazed.
LEIGH: I’m glad you were, but of course you were. You couldn’t know. But then you know it shouldn’t be possible to talk about any movie where you expect anything. Unfortunately with all too many movies you get what you expect.
CS: Exactly. But there are some movies where you know exactly where things are going and sometimes rewards you for being that predictable.
LEIGH: That’s true.
CS: Can a woman like Poppy exist in our culture?
LEIGH: Absolutely. Absolutely. Plenty of them around, and men too, of course. It’s about, I mean, you have to mean this is a cynical world and of course it is. Look, apart from anything else Poppy is a teacher and a good teacher and you know there are millions of good teachers out there and teaching kids in that positive kind of way is an act of optimism. You are nourishing the future. Those kids are the grandparents of the 22nd century. See what I mean?
CS: Absolutely, I do.
LEIGH: So, it’s a gloomy, cynical world and we are destroying it, etc. etc. etc. but there are people out there getting on with it while we may be gloomy. And Poppy is such… That is what the film is about. So, yeah.
The truth of the matter is, apart from anything else, if I didn’t think, if I genuinely didn’t think that people like that weren’t feasible, then I wouldn’t make the film, because I made a film about life as we live it, life as it is and life with it’s real potential.
CS: And this is a move about teachers and I think Karina Fernandez deserves a lot of credit. She’s a nice punctuation to what the film is saying.
LEIGH: She’s wonderful. She’s someone I didn’t know. I got her in just to see what would happen. She’s never done flamenco at all.
CS: You’re kidding.
LEIGH: She’s not Spanish. She’s English but her father is Spanish. Sally and I were talking ““ I bring people in gradually ““ I contract them to join us but then not sure what I’m going to do with them and I said to Sally one day, we were talking about Poppy, working on Poppy, and I said maybe she needs to have another leisure. And she said I was thinking about salsa or tango. And because I like Flamenco I said “How about Flamenco?” and she said, “Yeah.”
So I sent Karina off to Flamenco lessons every day for weeks. She’s an actress not a hoofer. So we created this character and sent her off to Seville for a few days. But all the characters…we create all these characters in 3 dimensional complete with their whole back stories and life histories and all that. That’s what motivates and makes it all live. Sometimes it’s great to be able to tap into a fascinating…Wanting to channel that emotion about the man who has cheated on her.
(Laughs)
So I said, “Let’s pull it out.” Whereas in other cases, like the wonderful performance by Stanley Towsend who is the homeless guy, there’s a whole life there and you just get maybe a sense of it, what he’s doing is too discombobulated you get a sense there is a man and a woman he’s talking about there. So, she is wonderful isn’t she, Karina?
CS: Oh yes, I would never have known”¦
LEIGH: Of course you wouldn’t and I expect you haven’t seen the last of her.
CS: The homeless man scene ““ I’m glad you brought that up. I think this movie has a lot to do ““ you have multiple characters and they all are in their own orbits and we see what happens when you bring these orbits together. Could you talk about”¦
LEIGH: What that scene is about?
CS: Yes, please.
LEIGH: Of course. It’s about Poppy. It’s about openness and the ability to connect, complete ability not to be judgmental, and not to act on preconceptions, and her bravery ““ she didn’t think about being in danger. Some people say it’s naivete. No, it’s not naivete. She not concerned with that. She’s inquiring ““ “What is this?” It happens at a moment when she’s feeling more reflective perhaps. And she really connects with this guy, whoever he is, she doesn’t know. And the next scene when she goes back to the apartment when Zoe says, “Where have you been?” She doesn’t say because some things are private. It’s about something she shared with this guy. She’ll never see him again but perhaps would betray. When we were planning that scene I said to the production designer and the cinematographer, “It needs to be somewhere.”
We don’t know where we really are, and subliminally the audience needs to be pulled out of their comfort zone.
CS: I was a little frightened for her.
LEIGH: It’s about Poppy dealing with stuff. Being open. Warm. All that stuff.
CS: The whole film, she doesn’t allow anyone to alter the trajectory that she’s on.
LEIGH: I don’t know whether that’s”¦.I know what you mean you say that.
She certainly doesn’t allow anyone to get her down but I think to suggest anyone to alter her trajectory would suggest a kind of inflexibility. You can see for example the final and traumatic thing that happened with Scott again being caring and sympathetic but also firm and tough and also dealing with a kid. which she is very inexperienced in doing. I very seldom in my films have actions where someone just walks about ““ that’s not what I do, but there, toward the end when Scott drives off, you see him walking around just reflective for a while. And you know what that is. And she’s affected by it.
You can see it in the next scene but it’s only in the end, in the grander scheme of her life, the time she took a free driver’s lesson from this nutcase will pale in significance, of course it will but still, she’s affected by him in the sense that she’s obsessed because she cares. I think any sensitive person must feel someone else’s pain basically. And when Zoe says “Don’t you think we should call the police?” and she says “No, that’s not going to help him” that’s a caring, un-judgmental position she takes.
CS: She does and I see that when she sees the boys go after one another. She’s concerned and takes the steps to”¦.
LEIGH: I think it’s an important detail that they are not going after one another ““ one is attacking and the rest are victims.
CS: Yes. And she does what needs to happen in order to take care of that. I want to be sure we stay on point. The overarching theme ““ there is a lot of teachers in this film, there’s a lot about learning, those who are in charge of teaching others to do some thing. In your estimation, what is the value of teaching in general?
LEIGH: That’s too vague a question. It’s important, isn’t it?
CS: Well, Scott doesn’t care.
LEIGH: No, no, no. You said what is the value of teaching in general, and the answer is it’s important. If you want to talk specifically about Scott, that’s a different thing. What is your question actually?
CS: In relation to Scott as it pertains to Poppy.
LEIGH: What’s the question?
CS: What’s the value? Are there two different ideologies of how to teach someone?
LEIGH: Oh, I see what you mean. Obviously Scott subscribes to an old fashioned ideology that you learn by rote. But the bottom line is that Poppy is a natural, very good teacher. The flamenco teacher and hasn’t learned the number one rule of keeping your personal shit outside the classroom. Scott has no teaching ability whatsoever. He talks about it but he’s a very nervous, neurotic, isolated, frustrated and bitter individual basically.
CS: And Poppy, with her relationships with her sisters who all obviously have some issue with one another, she doesn’t ever criticize her sisters for whatever faults they have. Scott and the other sister makes mention that Poppy lives in her own world.
LEIGH: But, that is their perception. I’m not going to accuse you of saying this but one of the most stupid things against the film is because they say that then ipso facto is the case. But it is not the case. She is plainly all the things that Helen from her own insecurities is plainly isn’t and the same thing with Scott. I mean Scott says to her, “You want to be loved.” Actually, he says to her, “You had no intention to learn how to drive, you set out to reel me in.” Both her sister and Scott are talking from positions of their own insecurities and their own isolation and not seeing her for what she really is which is an open, generous, understanding, fulfilled person. So, any notion that Poppy is compensating for anything is rubbish basically.
CS: She’s gotten along just fine without any…
LEIGH: Because she’s intelligent and open and focused and you know, motivated, and committed, and serious, and caring and all those things and has a great sense of humor and has a great sense of fun.
CS: What do people see in her, you just mentioned insecurities. She’s almost a mirror to some other people to show them how they are to themselves. And I’m speaking here of Scott and I’m going to use Scott and the social worker who eventually comes together with Poppy and that relationship seems genuinely healthy and he loves her.
LEIGH: Because he is as centered and comfortable with who he is open to the world as she is and they are quite a good match I would say.
CS: Absolutely.
LEIGH: You would get the impression that they are good in the sack as well.
(Laughs)
CS: In your own estimation, the characters of, and again I’m going back to Scott because he seems so diametrically opposed to Poppy, what happens in life that Poppy retains that sense of wonder and hope and optimism that we all have as children and somehow”¦
LEIGH: This guy has never been loved. You can tell he’s had a terrible family life. There are clues. But with all due respect he’s not as bright as Poppy, he’s not as sharp and he’s isolated. People have said you know he’s like the homeless guy. No, he’s not. The homeless guy has obviously had emotional experiences. When, this homeless guy breaks out into a piece of Sinatra, he’s got romance in his soul. You can see. He’s just damaged. But this guy Scott, he’s impotent, arid, paranoid, fascist, a sad case. Nobody has ever given him a coddle. He’s desperate for it. If a woman came along, we dealt with it in the back story, he just doesn’t know how to deal with it. So, classically, he’s the kind of guy who is in the teacher kind of role from his insecurity because dominating people is the only way he can be in power. He’s the classic case. Because you get reports of the other guy giving him a hard time.
CS: Right. It wasn’t so much the student as the teacher. Now, I only have time for just one more question and want to ask about when you created this movie and went through the process of making it and putting it out there, how are you finding people responding to it? Not so much a like it or love it but, again, this is a piece of art because you put it out there and whether or not people like it or not is irrelevant, what are you getting back from people from what they are getting from the film after they have seen it?
LEIGH: A multiplicity of things. The good news is ““ OK, there are critics and there are people. Today, for example, we got a lot of rave reviews. But actually I’ve been going to a lot of screenings doing Q&A’s. To enumerate what is too much of a chore except to say there is a wide range of reactions within an overall positive reaction. Occasionally there are people say they wanted to throttle, they say they couldn’t stand her”¦
(Laughs)
I don’t get that.
CS: I don’t get that either.
LEIGH: If you don’t fall in love with her then I don’t know what you do, basically. It’s just a character ““ somebody said to me, to be stuck on a desert island with her would be great ““ yes, please. Let me know when. I’m looking forward to it.
Watching SEX DRIVE in a crowded theater I was pleased that I was able to laugh along with what was happening on the screen without feeling sorry for the producers of the film. With abhorations like DATE MOVIE, EPIC MOVIE, MEET THE SPARTANS or any number of forgettable films that seek to be outrageous SEX DRIVE just wants to be funny. And it succeeds, in part, because of the man who helmed the co-writing and directorial duties, Sean Anders. It’s a name that not many people are familiar with but people should. Anders has crafted a movie that balances, like the scales of justice, genuineness and abject depravtity in a way that hasn’t been seen for some time.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: I really liked this movie. I think I went from casually enjoying the trailers to, after I saw the film, to appreciating what you managed to do. As an aside, I think the older I get the more cynical I get about comedies. None of them speak to me anymore. American Pie? I thought it was just OK. This one I genuinely found myself laughing and having a good time sitting in a theater with other people.
SEAN ANDERS: Oh good.
CS: It was all over the board, in a good way. It wasn’t obnoxiously crude and, during those moments, it was done in a way that was fresh. How did you come in to all of this? Because I read the production notes, and it seemed like there were a lot of people pitching about what they wanted to do in order to make this movie.
ANDERS: It started out as a book and the book was sent to us. We read the book and immediately liked the sort of throw back teen comedy appeal of the premise. Kid meets the girl on-line, and of course that’s not throw back, but the idea of the kid who feels a little bit of a romantic outsider getting an opportunity.
We didn’t really go out to Hollywood with the intention of making a teen comedy. That’s not what we set out to do. We didn’t set out to do any particular thing except comedy in general. When that came up, it was all of a sudden really exciting. We grew up with those movies. Those were the movies that my friends and I, people that I have been friends with since high school, still speak to each other in quotes from 16 CANDLES. So the idea to have a crack at being a part of that world was really exciting to us. But unfortunately the book itself was not really the kind of thing that we do. I think it was focused a little younger and just wasn’t the kind of road movie we wanted to make. So we went back and said, basically to say no to it, to say we read it, we really liked these characters and the premise but the story that’s in the book, we don’t really want to screw up your book but it’s not what we do. And they said, “What would you do?” And we said, “Well, we would do something more like this.” And they said, “We love that, why don’t you do that?”
And really from that moment on there was a lot of creative freedom of “What do you guys want to do?”, “OK, let’s try that.” So then what happened is not printable because it’s just a convoluted boring story but what happened was the movie was already set up at another studio. We went and pitched the idea for it and the deal kind of fell apart and the producers asked us if we would be willing to go pitch it around town to other studios. So we did. We took it around town, we pitched it and it didn’t appear that it was going to sell. Everyone told us the same thing. They said, “It’s very, very funny but there are no big stars we can put in this.” So, that was sort of the end of it.
So then John and I went on to make a pilot for Fox and while we were making that pilot, which was so crazy and so much work, we got the call from Summit Pictures that they wanted us to write the script. We were so swamped and so freaked out working on this pilot that we almost said no. And instead of saying no, we really came out to Hollywood to do was not be writers but writers/directors/producers. So we told our agent that tell them we’d write it if we could be directors and producers.
That’ll make “˜em go away.
They called back and said, “Yeah, OK.”
(Laughs)
But they called back and said, “Let’s have a meeting and talk about it.” I think the thing that won me the job ““ there were two things that won me the job – in that meeting and one is that they asked me what my philosophy, my approach to comedy was and I said it was all the in the casting. Put funny people in a funny script and you’ll get a funny movie. And then the other thing I said that resonate with Erik Feig was I think in general, comedies are over-lit. And he was like, “Yeah.” So that’s where we started. On the same page. Comedies are over-lit and anybody who would read that would say, duh. But that’s always been a pet peeve of mine. So, they said, “OK. You can direct this if we greenlight it.” So we finished the pilot. Went off and wrote the first draft and they greenlighted it off the first draft. It was great.
Because once they got the first draft and said they wanted to make this movie and hired a line producer, then we were shittin’ bricks because I was worried our pilot might get picked up. It’s very unlikely that any pilot is going to get picked up But we were like, “Please don’t let this pilot get picked up.” We were finished with the pilot at that point and we were so glad when we heard it wasn’t going to get picked up. Again, what we came out to Hollywood to do was to write and direct movies. I loved that pilot and would love to do some television down the line but that was job one. So we got the opportunity to do it that way. Sorry that was the really long version.
CS: You are probably sick of telling variations of that “¦
ANDERS: Again, I don’t know how useful that is because it would take forever to write all that but it was this weird sort of thing that didn’t look like it was going to happen but then when it did, it was first draft, line producers, scouting locations, casting. I m that thing ““ from the day that we turned in the first draft ““ a year from then we were already showing the movie to test audiences.
CS: Really?
ANDERS: Yeah, that’s how quick this thing got done.
CS: You said that it’s all about casting and there are no big stars in this. However, they were all excellent choices. You’ve got Josh Zuckerman, Clark Duke and Amanda Crew, who I thought was a brilliantly cast because she doesn’t look like one of those vapid women we see in many comedies ““ I’m thinking specifically of AMERICAN PIE as all these kids look like they are straight off the runway but this one seems a little more natural, if I can say it that way.
ANDERS: And I think that makes her so much more gorgeous.
CS: Yes.
ANDERS: Because she looks real and looks like that girl in high school that you would just be terrified to talk to, even though you know she would be very nice to you because she’s a real nice girl but she’s just beautiful and has this sort of inner glow to her.
She’s actually one of my favorite stories because the studio had been pushing for more of a named actress for that part. The studio was always very good to us and at the end of the day they would always err on the side of making a good film, and they did in that case too but we were auditioning a lot of girls in LA and they would come in the room and we thought we had 4 or 5 very good choices for Felicia. Then we get this video from Canada and any actor will tell you it’s almost impossible to get a job on video because when the actor comes in the room you give them a little direction and kind of help them to let them know what you’re looking for and they adjust and we say, “OK, that’s good.” But when you see a video, you see what it is and then you’re done with it. So we see this video and we are gathered around this QuickTime of this video of Amanda Crew that was sent in from Canada and we all said, “That’s her. That’s Felicia.”
And it became me going to the studio saying this is the girl ““ this is Felicia. And they were like, “Take it easy. Let’s see what else we got.” But of course they are thrilled it worked out that way because they love her and she’s great in the movie. She and I talked about what her job was in the movie and I told her you’re job is to make us fall in love with you. As an audience if we fall in love with you and we get why Ian is in love with you, we’re there with you.
I think that’s it. What really separates this from the pack and why I’m a convert after seeing this movie Monday night and I need to see this movie again she felt like the kind of person that this could really occur among all the zany shit that happens around them ““ it just felt natural.
[Sean asks whether I would be around to see an additional screening with Clark Duke and Amanda Crew in attendance. I ask about the marketing plan for the film and how high profile the film seems to be for a relatively unknown comedy]
ANDERS: Well, what happened was the movie turned out so well that the studio wanted to have word of mouth screenings all over the country because they know this movie is a hard sell.
The problem with selling the movie is that it doesn’t have the big cast members in it and we knew that any rated R teen comedy coming out a year after SUPERBAD was going to get, “Oh, they are trying to be SUPERBAD.” Of course, this was written before that. So we knew that the movie would have to speak for itself. So they have been having these word of mouth screenings all over the country because whenever we get people in front of the movie they tend to like it and hopefully will walk out and talk about it. So anyway, we were doing this one and I lived here for about 8 years so this is sort of my second hometown. I know a guy from Harkins [a local theater chain in Arizona] real well because he helped us with NBT, the first movie we made, and getting that going. So he asked me if I would come out and do some Q&A and I thought that would be fun. They set up this party for it and everything and we were talking yesterday he said that maybe we should get some cast out for this. So I said I would call them and see if they’re around and talked to Amanda and Josh and they said they weren’t doing anything so they said, “Yeah.” It’s totally a last minute thing that they are coming out.
CS: And I have to mention before we go any further ““ Seth Green who I think absolutely steals”¦.
ANDERS: How about him, huh?
CS: You obviously approached him to do it but the performance he gave ““ that dry, sarcastic, sharp manner ““ it just works very well.
ANDERS: We had written the character to be this dry, sarcastic, but hopefully loveable Amish guy. And a guy who just really enjoys being around non-Amish people and then when the name of Seth Green came up, it was absolutely perfect. He’s just great with sarcasm, he’s really funny, and he’s just great on so many levels. But even then, none of us knew how great he was going to be until he got there. We just knew it was going to be so funny. That scene with the buggy with Clark where he says the line about butt fucking that was in the script but every time we shot it ““ everything we shot we just let it keep rolling and let people go past the scene and try different things and every time Clark and Seth got to that line they would just rip on butt fucking for the longest time. We cut some of that together for the extended DVD. It’s hilarious. It’s so over the top, disgusting and funny and really sharp, sharp stuff.
CS: His delivery is just wicked.
ANDERS: Well, the thing is about Seth Green is he is so funny all the time. He could be just sitting there and he’s not one of those guys who’s bouncing off the walls and trying to be the center of attention trying to be endearing to everyone, he’s just fucking funny. The way he turns a phrase, he gets his point across. He’s just funny. He’s always on. It’s a little bit intimidating.
CS: That part at the end when he talks to Fall Out Boy in front of the bus, was that all him? Did you know that line about [redacted for not wanting to spoil it] was coming at the end?
ANDERS: No. We had follow up boy for such a short time. We wanted to do a bit like that but just didn’t have time. That’s why it’s jump cut the way it is. It was basically, “OK, we have an hour before we have to go inside, let’s set up a camera and put Seth and Fall Out Boy in front of the camera and just roll and see what Seth does to f with those guys. And they were great sports and he was really funny and we shot like 20 minutes of stuff and cut it down to a minute for that little extra piece.
CS: It was a nice sort of kick at the end. How did that all come about when you are doing all these gags? It’s a thin line between obnoxious ““ in my advanced age, I’m 33 ““ I’m no foggie but when I see it ““ I get it, it’s supposed to be funny but you can have humor that just tries way too hard. But a massive majorirty of the gags here work very well and I don’t have any reason why they do ““ from your standpoint”¦
ANDERS: Well, I think, and you work for Kevin Smith, and I think you know what he’s so good at, of the many things he’s so good at, you can have a character say really raunchy ““ my friends and I, all of our conversations are raunchy, even when we are being serious. So you can have characters that behave that way and talk that way as long as the characters have heart and care about each other and they have real flaws and issues ““ as long as they have that sort of warmth it feels kind of real, where you were aspiring to on this ““ it gives people license to just relax and laugh.
And, one of the things that blew me away on the movie that I never would have predicted in a million years and almost the thing I’m proudest of the whole thing is ““ you do the test screenings for the test audiences and for a movie like this the studio cares far and away men 25 and under and then men 25 and older because this a movie that is going to be driven by guys and then the quadrant of girls 25 and under so females 25 and under but the women 25 and older, they don’t give a shit about. They know they are not going to go see it. Nobody’s mom is going to see SEX DRIVE. Nobody cares. So we go and we do our test screening and we get our numbers back and our number on women 25 and older were 98%.
That’s insane.
I’m sure those are numbers ““ like NIGHTS IN RODANTHE probably didn’t get 98%. For women 25 and older. It’s crazy. It almost seems like there has to be a mistake. And my mom saw the movie.
(Laughs)
And loved it ““ I don’t know ““ even though we are showing old man’s balls, I don’t know. All those things and despite that we can have a scene where we have a girl that almost shits on somebody.
(Laughs)
Or maybe does, depending on how you watch that scene, and that we still have women coming away loving the movie is such a huge compliment to us. We didn’t go into the movie trying to alienate any group.but you just know that when you walk a certain line people are going to be turned off by it.
CS: Why do you think women are responding so well to it?
ANDERS: Dude, I don’t know. I think the romance in the movie really works ““ that’s a part of it ““ but I don’t know. It’s mind boggling to me.
CS: I do have to ask about Andy and Randy.
ANDERS: If the movie does well enough to warrant a sequel, I already told the studio I will only do it if it’s a movie about Andy and Randy.
(Laughs)
Because I would love to do a whole movie about Andy and Randy.
CS: How did these characters materialize themselves? If the book isn’t like this at all and it’s openly exaggerated…When you were coming up with the ideas to incorporate Brian Posehn and Seth Green to fill out these characters, how did their names come up as probables?
ANDERS: I don’t know. The way John and I write is we just sit around and bullshit all day and we’ll be talking about a certain topic and say, oh, this one time a friend of mine went to a carnival and then oh, there was this guy, this or that, and then it becomes an idea or a character. When we look back on all the characters we almost wrote and thought it was funny and look back and say thank god we didn’t try and put that in the movie. I don’t know man. I don’t know where that stuff comes from. You just sit around and talk about the idea and the characters until something funny comes up. And then there’s the arduous process of writing that first draft where you just write a whole bunch of unfunny shit and try to get to the end. And then go back through and try and find out why that stuff is not as funny was it needs to be and keep working on it. But I think a big moment in the movie was the moment when we wrote the line, “You love me, you love me too. OK.” Because we wanted to have that at the end because we knew it was going to be cheesy romantic we had written all this schlocky shit that was nauseating in the beginning. And then we just said “Fuck it. We don’t need big speeches. Let’s just simplify it and just let Ian be a man and step up and admit that he loves this girl” and when that line came up at that point in the script it was like I think we have a movie here. Because despite all the wacky raunchy stuff and at that moment writing that scene I really felt good. So, it’s weird. I’m new at this and I’m so proud of the movie. I realize it is what it is and is just one of those things that all I can do is hope that people like it as much as we do and they have a good time with it and hopefully 20 years from now that people would still be quoting it the way my friends and I quote 16 CANDLES and WERID SCIENCE and those great movies we grew up with.
CS: And the last question ““ I will make it brief ““ It’s no secret that you don’t have a whole lot on your resume behind you. You’ve managed to go from independent moviemaker to studio filmmaker ““ what’s the biggest lesson you learned in that transition?
ANDERS: I think the biggest lesson ““ man, there were so many, it was a lesson a minute all the way through that stuff. But, I think the one I’m going to apply the most is to just really try to enjoy it and have a good time and that seems to translate to a higher quality and that’s what we tried really hard to do all the way through it just not to get caught up in all the stress of the process but of course we did, and the next one even more so we will be able to because we know now that’s a formula that really works ““ to try and create an environment that’s really fun and laid back and have a good time and take that good time and put it on the screen and that’s something we learned from the Farrelly Brothers. They always sound like they are having a good time.
One of the most delightful interviews I was able to do when I was at the San Diego Comic-Con this past July, Zachary Levi and Joshua Gomez were able to riff long enough for this video to show why CHUCK is one of the best comedies on network television. Forget your sitcoms and ensemble programs too because CHUCK developed its legions of fans out there (and if you question its popularity just let me know whose face was on the WB bags everyone was carrying around on that Friday at the Comic-Con) because of its idiosyncrasies and dedication to just good writing. Zach and Josh are but two players in a true group of talented actors who know what the material is and simply have fun with it.
Season 2 sees guest stars from John Larroquette, Nicole Ritchie, Tony Hale and Jordana Brewster, among others, and this season is all about regaining the momentum that was surreptitiously lost when writers all across the country went on strike. Although, that momentum seemed none too lost as I sat in on the CHUCK panel during Comic-Con and saw the legions of the faithful ready to keep this show atop the ratings heap.
This interview represents the 4th time I’ve talked to Zach, more times than I’ve ever talked to anyone during my tenure with this site, and it really is for good reason. Zach has been nothing short of professionally wonderful in every sense of the word. I remember talking to him in support of BIG MOMMA’S HOUSE 2 (Oy vey…the horror…) and coming away with the sense that his was a career who was going some place more prominent than the role he was saddled with. Fast forward a few years, and a whole lot of success, and he is still the same wise ass that really resonates with me in ways that I know this is just an interview that defines where he is at this time. I know we’re going to meet again.
As for Josh? This guy was always talked about in “Oh, you just HAVE to talk to him!” kinds of ways. He was hyped up to the point that I believed there was just no way it could live up to the back-and-forth kind of mind meld that people were telling me they had with one another. It was all true and as I watch this interview again (watch for the Navy Seal who interjects. The joy of live interviewing!) I can’t help but laugh at the casualness the two of them have about a show that has a lot of money riding on it but I also laugh at how funny they are with each other.
PART 1
[flashvideo filename=”http://www.smodcast.net/sdcc/stipp-chuck-sdcc-2008-01.flv” width=”480″ height=”360″ image=http://www.smodcast.net/sdcc/stipp-sdcc.jpg /]
PART 2
[flashvideo filename=”http://www.smodcast.net/sdcc/stipp-chuck-sdcc-2008-02.flv” width=”480″ height=”360″ image=http://www.smodcast.net/sdcc/stipp-sdcc.jpg /]
PART 3
[flashvideo filename=”http://www.smodcast.net/sdcc/stipp-chuck-sdcc-2008-03.flv” width=”480″ height=”360″ image=http://www.smodcast.net/sdcc/stipp-sdcc.jpg /]
It was the late 1980’s and I was living in suburban Illinois. As a budding uber nerd I liked to consume my media in various forms; be that in the shape of reading Science or Discover magazine, watching the television stylings of the revamped Smothers Brothers program on CBS or even booking time to spend on my middle school’s Apple IIe there was always something different about what intrigued me. To this day I can’t remember what I loved about INNERSPACE but I do know that it led me to love two things: Sam Cooke records and Dennis Quaid.
I don’t think I ever really thought that much about the films I liked (this was around the same era where I found Jean Claude Van Damme and would hold his ballerina ass up as the second coming of ass kicking Christ) but INNERSPACE was just one of those films directed by Joe Dante that was representative of films which didn’t really want to change cinematic history unlike every auteur who nowadays wants to remake film in their own image. A lot of movies around that time weren’t necessarily pushing boundaries but they were damn entertaining and a joy to watch. INNERSPACE was a watershed moment in my youth as I loved the film for reasons that, by any debatable standards, were paper thin but that’s not the point. The point here, though, is that when you have these kinds of movies that you reflect on later in life with a halcyon-like nostalgia it’s a bit mind blowing when you find yourself sitting literally next to that person talking about movies in general. That little governor in the back of your brain that keeps yourself from geeking out on someone in situations like this really gets a workout but I can tell you that as I walked in the room where me and other journalists got to talk to him there was a little something sweet and kind about shaking the hands of the guy who was in one of the greatest films for the 13 year-old who lives inside me.
The guy wasn’t going to be having any talk of GI JOE (Goddammit…) but he did riff on all things civil rights and where he’s been since being an astronaut 25 years ago in THE RIGHT STUFF (which I still haven’t seen…along with D.O.A.). We were there to talk about THE EXPRESS and the film opens today in theaters everywhere. The movie, for those who don’t know, is based on the true story of college football hero Ernie Davis (Rob Brown), the first African-American to win the Heisman Trophy. It was definitely a step above most inspirational sports films where I have to feel shitty about being a white guy as I watch bumpkins of the Southern variety remind me why I’m happy the North won the Civil War and definitely one that I would recommend to my parents.
Thankfully, and quite literally, the story about Quaid’s past with Meg Ryan and his reported philandering broke about an hour after I talked with him. Since then, the media have done more to promote this story than with anything involving his movie. Thankfully, no one was the wiser and this interview is private & personal life free. And, to add in the fact that one of my queries led him to say the word “whore” makes the 13 year-old inside of me laugh a little bit, high fiving the other juvenile sensibilities that live on in my noggin…
QUESTION: How did you get involved with this project?
DENNIS QUAID: There was a script that got my attention but when I [found out] John Davis was involved it really elevated it more. What John Davis does do, which is one of my criteria to do a sports movie, is make it more than a football movie. It has to be something universal that people can relate to and identify with I think. John Davis knows how to do that.
And I think THE EXPRESS ““ although it’s a football film and it deals with racial issues of that time – it’s also about living your life gracefully and facing the challenges of your life which Ernie Davis certainly embodied.
QUESTION: I have a friend who knew the coach that you played and said you nailed it right on. How did you prepare for this film?
DQ: That’s nice. I saw some film of him and I don’t really look like him but I feel some responsibility when I play a real person to capture their spirit and to play them honestly and not idealistically. But my main resource was Jim Brown. He’s a friend of mine already and we did ANY GIVEN SUNDAY together and play a lot of golf together. He’s a very straight talker and he told me about his relationship with Ben which is contentious at times but he had a deep respect for the man. He told me how it really was and told me about his times there and the atmosphere in Syracuse and Ernie Davis who he was very close with.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: This movie deals with segregation, racism. We have the Confederate flag flying prominently in the film. Did Jim Brown ever intonate, or even in your investigation for this role, of how we got to where we were to where we are today? It’s just common place for black men to be on the field nowadays.
DQ: Really, it’s not that long ago.
CS: No.
DQ: What I really liked about the movie is that although it deals with racism and segregation as it existed back then it really does speak to where we are today and still where we have to go I think. And it was just one little barrier at a time the way it is progressing and people like your age ““ how old are you?
CS: 33.
DQ: Yeah, people like you see the film and for the most part are in shock to see how it really used to be. I grew up in Houston and I remember separate restrooms and drinking fountains and Black people sat in the balcony in theaters and that’s just the way it was.
It was unspoken but were the rules of society.
The way it existed.
My generation really started to question that and the civil rights movement did a lot to change that when Martin Luther King came along. That’s just the way it was ““ it was status quo. Schwartzwalder really represented that status quo where in today’s standards would be considered racist but that’s how white people, certainly more in the south, that was the rules of society back then. Ernie really kind of changed Ben on a personal level.
QUESTION: You dealt with issues from back then before ““ did you notice anything similar ““ not necessarily the story but when you go back were there any similarities between this and that?
DQ: Well, yes, in the sense that there were a lot of issues that just didn’t get talked about or people were entrenched in their point of views that change was not ““ it was slow in coming.
QUESTION: Was there any uneasiness on the set with other actors when dealing with issues like that?
DQ: No. Not really. We had a very open discussion. First off, what we wanted to do was not be politically correct. We wanted to be open and honest about it. That way we could make a film that had some impact instead of just sugar everything over. With Ben we didn’t want to do a 21st century version of him back in the 50’s when ““ we would make him more complicated ““ he had issues himself about race and color.
QUESTION: It definitely did have an impact at our screening. There were a lot of kids in the audience that were brought in from school groups and I heard them walking out ““ a lot of them were 6 or 7 and had no idea that this existed back then and I could hear them saying, I had no idea people treated people that way.
DQ: That’s what we’ve been getting from the screenings too. It’s more than a football movie.
QUESTION: How familiar were you with Ernie Davis’ story before?
DQ: I really didn’t know Ernie Davis. I knew the name but I didn’t know the story. When I read a script it’s the only time I get to be an audience member and get that experience and it had a profound impact on me. It hit me in the heart and in the gut. In the place where you really don’t have words. And he came along before the civil rights movement started to bubble up and I think that’s one of the reasons his story was lost for a time. Had he lived he would have had a significant impact on the 60’s civil rights movement. Certainly Jim Brown did.
QUESTION: Will General Hawk [in G.I. JOE] be anything like Ben Schwartzwalder?
DQ: No. General Hawk is a little bit more light hearted. He is a combination of General Patton and Hugh Hefner. Super models are his aid in camp.
QUESTION: In real life are you more like General Hawk or Ben Schwartzwalder?
DQ: I am like neither of them but that was a lot of fun to do. I can tell you knowing is half the battle.
(Laughs)
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: Looking over your resume you are not one of those guys who does 4 or 5 movies, as much as you can, every year…
DQ: I’m not???
(Laughs)
CS: No. We just don’t see you in the theater every nine days. We were talking about Sam Jackson prior to talking to you and it got me thinking about how he seems to be in many films throughout the year. Any rhyme or reason that you appear to be picky and that somehow you seem to be saying, “This year I’ll only want to make two or three films”?
DQ: Actually, I have been working like Sam Jackson. There’s just a lag time with them coming out. Just you wait, You are going to be like, “Oh my, that guy is such a whore…”
(Laughs)
We have to see him again. I did THE EXPRESS, G.I. JOE and a movie called PANDORUM and I have another film I shot called LEGION, and they are all very different films. The only reason I have been working like that is because it’s just a fruitful time for me. The scripts have been really great and very different movies and I’m enjoying working now more than in my 20’s. I had fire in my belly about it.
QUESTION: One of the things in this movie that caught my eye is the football seemed authentic at the time. It’s tough to go back and create that. How long did it take to create those sequences?
DQ: That was filmed throughout the shooting. Allan Graf was in charge of shooting all the football scenes. He did ANY GIVEN SUNDAY and also did “Friday Night Lights” and he’s been around. I’ve known him for about 30 years. He paid a lot of attention to being sure he got the era right and really had to re-teach the players to block with your shoulder ““ not with your helmet and get that real old school technique that was taught back then.
QUESTION: Looks real though.
DQ: Yes, it does.
QUESTION: Do you have any plans to get into directing and writing?
DQ: Yes. I’ve written a movie that I would like to direct but not worth talking about it until after I make it and then we’ll be back here and talking about that.
(Laughs)
You’ll say, “Are you ever going to stop working? You’re in everything!”
(Laughs)
QUESTION: I watched THE RIGHT STUFF this weekend ““ the 25th anniversary coming up. Do you ever go back and watch the old stuff and think, “Even today I couldn’t improve on some of those things”?
DQ: THE RIGHT STUFF is a very special movie for me. It really was like being a kid because I did want to be an astronaut and Gordon Cooper was my favorite astronaut and I grew up in Houston ““ space city ““ and I got my pilot’s license for that film and Gordo Cooper lived three miles from me in LA and I went flying with Chuck Yeager ““ he was on the set the entire time and that was great. That is one movie that when I channel surf and it’s there I kinda watch some of it.
Nerds worth their 8 sided die know who Simon Pegg is.
From SPACED to SHAUN OF THE DEAD to HOT FUZZ to everything else the man has stick his pinkie in Simon brings his own unique humor to every project he’s involved in and HOW TO LOSE FRIENDS AND ALIENATE PEOPLE is no different. However, you mention the name Robert Weide and you would be likely to see the kind of expression reserved for a dog who has just been shown a card trick. Robert, director of HOW TO LOSE, is the director behind CURB YOUR ENTHUSIASM and has even won a little Emmy gold because of his work.
When I had the chance to talk to these guys couldn’t pass up the opportunity. Even though it was a roundtable I wasn’t about to let that small quibble get in the way of me and my Spaced geek obsession. It was an odd thing, though, when I asked Robert a question about how hard it is to hold on to your vision as a director and producer of material. His answer both intrigued me and made me realize what must be happening on a daily basis in that goofy town.
Now, for those that don’t know the story of the film is as follows:
In this hilariously funny fish-out-of-water tale, How to Lose Friends & Alienate People tracks the outrageous escapades of Sidney Young (Simon Pegg), a smalltime, bumbling, British celebrity journalist who is hired by an upscale magazine in New York City. In spectacular fashion Sidney enters high society and burns bridges with bosses, peers and superstars. The film is based on Toby Young’s memoir of the same name and also stars Kirsten Dunst, Danny Huston, Gillian Anderson, Megan Gox, Max Minghella and Jeff Bridges. Directed by Robert Weide, the film will be released by MGM Distribution Co. on October 3, 2008. After disrupting one black-tie event by allowing a wild pig to run rampant, Sidney catches the attention of Clayton Harding (Jeff Bridges), editor of Sharp, and accepts a job with the magazine in New York City. Clayton warns Sidney that he’d better impress and charm everyone he can, if he wants to succeed. Instead, Sidney instantly insults and annoys fellow writer Alison Olsen (Kirsten Dunst). He dares to target the star clients of power publicist Eleanor Johnson (Gillian Anderson). He upsets his direct boss Lawrence Maddox (Danny Huston) and tries to make amends by hiring a stripper to dance for Lawrence during a staff meeting. Sidney, of course, doesn’t stop there, finding creative ways to annoy nearly everyone. His saving graces: a rising, sexy starlet (Megan Fox) develops an odd affection for him, and in time, Alison whose friendship with him might be the only thing saving Sidney from torpedoing his career.
Both Robert Weide and Simon Pegg stopped by Phoenix a few weeks ago to talk about the film which comes out today.
QUESTION: How’s Arizona been treating you?
PEGG: Hotly. It’s been overwhelming for a pasty British man to walk into this incredible heat. It’s amazing. The first thing we saw last night was possibly the most spectacular light show I’ve ever seen in my life in that storm. We were having dinner at Mastro’s and eating possibly one of the best steaks I’ve ever had in my life and the whole place is being illuminated by this strobe light.
And there was this rumbling thunder.
QUESTION: But you were here a few years ago Shaun of the Dead. Different time of year, though.
PEGG: It was still hot. I remember ““ not quite like this ““ Nick stopped by and we stayed up at Camelback and I was really looking forward to coming back here. This is the only place on the whole tour I’m staying two nights and I’m quite happy to be here.
WEIDE: When I was packing yesterday my wife and I were talking about it’s great because it’s going to be one weather, two days, just one pair of shoes. I talked to her last night and said it was a monsoon last night and my clothes are soaking wet.
QUESTION: So, you said this is the last stop of tour so you’ve probably fielded every question there is?
PEGG: Pretty much. You can have a free cookie if you ask me a question I have not been asked before. Bob’s just joined me here. I started out in Boston and went to Toronto then Chicago and Dallas then here, so yea, it’s been pretty intense but I think it’s good to go places rather just stay in a hotel in LA and expect everybody to come to you. I think it’s important when you provide something it’s good to go out and pound the beat.
QUESTION: How much time do you split ““ are you here in the States a fair amount of the year now, or just for press?
PEGG: Just for press work. I’ve been out a lot this year ““ been back and forth for various reasons, but generally speaking I’m in London. I don’t have any plans to move here because you can just commute these days. The film industry is far more global than it was and films get made all over the world. You buy a house in LA and then suddenly you find yourself doing 5 months in the Isle of Man. So it’s kind of pointless. And, all my stuff’s there. My light sabers are there.
(Laughs) CHRISTOPHER STIPP: Can you talk about the movie itself? It talks about the idea about how Americans revere celebrity vs how you in Britain revere yours. You really want to write a hit piece and here we like to coddle our celebrities. Did you find any parallels or do Britians like their celebrities are certain way?
PEGG: I think it’s a generalization in some respects. I think that particular syndication that Sidney goes to work for behaves like that but I think there are publications in America that want to undermine their celebrities the same as in Britian. There’s a culture of disdain for celebrities in the UK but similarly there are magazines like Hello and OK that worship them unconditionally. But for the purpose of this movie, Sidney’s background is in one of snipe and take crack at celebrities and Clayton’s magazine, Sharps, is very much one of those that is greasing the wheels of celebrity and stoking the flames. I think it’s a very timely piece in a way. The movie itself is based on a book that was set in 1995. There was a memoir from 1995 and I think Peter Straughan is fictionalizing that and bringing it up to date and creating a fictional group of characters around the central character, who is called Sydney instead of Toby, and they do something of a satire of the nature of celebrity worship now which is at a completely ridiculous height. The snake of popular culture is most definitely eating itself. It’s a bizarre, frightening time.
QUESTION: What about your own celebrity? Going back to when you were here years ago you could go anywhere you wanted to go in this country. People would never recognize you but that is not the case now.
PEGG: The interesting thing about it is, I’m still pretty “cultie”. I was in Dallas yesterday and everywhere I went people would say, hey Shaun of the Dead, but just knew it was a movie I had done but didn’t say hey there’s that guy who I don’t know what he did but I know him, which I think is where things get slightly precarious when people start to resent the fact that they know you. And that’s where the sense of delusion starts to come. That’s when people start to think you are famous for what?
WEIDE: There’s a group of people now that are famous for just being famous. It’s not about work or anything they have achieved. They are celebrities because they are celebrities and this is how behind the times I am, I think it was three years ago maybe a little less when I turned to my wife and I said who exactly is Paris Hilton? Meaning, I had seen her picture everywhere and I saw her name everywhere but is she a singer, and actress? My wife tried to explain to me.
QUESTION: She’s all of that now.
PEGG: Yea, now she’s all of that but quotation marks perhaps.
But then I said is she famous just for being famous? And she said yes, but then said oh there was that sex video. Oh, then she’s a porn actress. She said, no not exactly but”¦
QUESTION: That’s her best talent.
PEGG: Clearly. I think they have been around for a long time to some degree, but more at the ridiculous end of celebrity culture as it is now is produce people that they are famous for something and are famous for being famous and they work at it, like Paris Hilton, Victoria Beckham. They work at it because they know that people do want to know about them. Who’s laughing really? They are making shit loads of money from just doing very little because people just want to know about them. We’re idiots for buying those magazines. Who cares what Paris Hilton’s vagina looks like? Idiots like men.
So there is an argument that you can have a crack at those people who are exploiting their celebrity or you can say well if we stop consuming what they do, then they go away so stop complaining about them.
QUESTION: But this movie makes an illusion to when Sophie walks through the pool that’s something Jane Mansfield did in the late 50’s to get herself famous.
PEGG: Yea.
WEIDE: And there’s that telling moment too ““ I heard people after screenings discuss whether that was an intentional ploy and I think the clue is Gillian’s dialogue as she’s coming out of the elevator when she’s on the phone with somebody saying bring the car around front and then she says never mind what I said before, I want it in front now. Meaning that it was sort of understood that she had walked through the pool, paparazzi would come after her and instead of sneaking out the back now she’s supposed to go through the front where she knows the photographers will be waiting and sure enough, as Sydney says, she’s everywhere. I have read those stories of celebrities eating in various places where they get seemingly ambushed by the paparazzi as they step out of a restaurant and it’s understood later that in fact they weren’t ambushed, it was the publicist that told the paparazzi where they would be.
PEGG: It’s interesting. When you look at a celebrity like Elizabeth Hurley, the genesis of her fame was the Versace dress she wore to the Four Weddings premiere. She went with the star of that film and completely upstaged him and the film that wore a dress that was held together with safety pins and now she’s the face of Estee Lauder and has kind of an acting career. But that’s all it takes really. That’s a stunt that’s on par with what Sofie does in the movie. Sofie knows what she’s doing. As Danny Houston’s character says, she’s going to go far. It’s just when you take it on in real life you are taking on a beast. If you want to swim in those waters, you have to know it’s absolutely packed with sharks.
WEIDE: I think fame is sort of like a Frankenstein monster. It’s something people think they want to create and then when it happens they have something quite uncontrollable. And there’s the one level if you eat at the Ivy in LA you know you are going to get snapped when you come out and perhaps that is fair game, I don’t know but there is that level of the true ambush for the people with the long lenses in the building across from you getting you while you’re eating or getting undressed, sunbathing or being with someone you shouldn’t be with, I think is the next level. I’ve seen pictures of Kirsten just coming out of her mother’s house in Hollywood walking to her car. She’s visiting her mom and there’s someone waiting across the street and I remember seeing pictures that she dropped her keys and this guy was in her way and a series of pictures of her picking up her keys and getting in her car and it was so unfair and people say if you want to be famous and want to be in movies, you are asking for it and I don’t know that you are asking for it. I don’t think they are. I think there is a certain level where people do deserve their privacy even their careers put them in the public eye.
QUESTION: You got to work with Toby Young?
PEGG: We hung out a little bit. I didn’t want to play him as him because not many people know who he is and Toby’s got a way that would be distracting on the big screen after a bit, and also, it’s Sydney ““ it’s a fictionalized version of him so I was able to have a few dinners with him and hang out and get under his skin a little bit a decide that that’s not the way I was going to play it. But Toby has mellowed. There was a time he was just very tenacious and just lead pipe cruel and thought that was the way to go and as a result continuing messing up.
QUESTION: The improvisations you get to do ““ did you have to stick to the script?
PEGG: We didn’t do much did we?
WEIDE: You would occasionally come up with something on the spot. There’s the business where you are on the phone ordering the credit card and basically each take you made up a new line. The one we went with was the Queen ““ yes, I know the Queen, she’s in my break dance posse.
PEGG: Oh yea.
WEIDE: And on each take he adlibbed some different line about that he knew the Queen and met at the Cub Scouts “¦
PEGG: Oh yea.
WEIDE: That was a treat in the editing room.
QUESTION: The scene when you call the landlady Mrs. Lebowski?
PEGG: Yea. No, actually that was in the script.
WEIDE: In the screenings that I’ve been at, one of the biggest laughs of the movie, if you have all seen the film be careful how you write this, is basically the scene where he is called on the carpet in Clayton’s office and waiting for him to come out and remember he is [redacted] (Ed. Note: Yeah, that was a funny part, actually.) and when we did that take, Simon said to me, because there is really no line there, that the idea the secretary would just be staring at him and said be prepared I have a line I’m going to say, and I won’t give away the line and you said that and the whole group just laughed during the take and it’s the biggest laugh.
CS: You mentioned doing Spaced there was a parallel when you talked about how the reception of how that television show brought you a lot of success over here and now you have this great career but you said there is a difference between these sorts of sharks in the water and American movie making culture vs. the kind of experience you had in the UK.
PEGG: No, I meant the sharks in the water thing is entirely to do with the celebrity culture. I think the movie machine here and in the UK are similar. We collaborate a lot because we have big studios in the UK, Bond movies, Potter movies, Star Wars movies are made there, Raiders and our crews ““ I’ve done movies in LA and half the crew has been British and I think the machine is a little ““ when you get into the studio system in America, I don’t know if this is where you are going, then it gets kind of ““ the producers are more like what you might expect. In the UK we only have one production company that can fund a movie entirely, which is working title. Everything else, like our film, had to be made by a conglomerate.
CS: Yes, lots of fingers in that.
PEGG: Yea. But I think I meant the shark infested thing is if you are going to get involved in being a celebrity and get caught going to those places to get people interested in your private life, then you are taking on a monster you know. Were you going to say the British are different?
CS: Not so much that, but the idea when you make a production over a year, somehow it turns into a beast ““ a lots of fingers in the pie ““ a lot of people saying, I want you to cut this out, cut that out ““ there’s certainly enough satire to go around. A lot of people have a lot to say about that final cut before it’s released to the public…
WEIDE: I think that’s inherent project to project. Not sure that’s just American anymore than it is British. Your situation with the Edgar Wright directed films you have a producer who is really part of your team, who is kind of helps protect you guys from any forces who might come in and try to”¦
And also a production company that lets us do whatever we want. I think the more money that’s involved, the more risk, the more people panic and want to stick their finger in the proverbial pie.
QUESTION: But then you have, but not to bring up Star Trek, but you can’t discuss in detail but JJ has a lot more control than a lot.
PEGG: I think you get people like JJ who they just trust and say I know you know what you’re doing because he’s proved himself with MI3 and they know ““ and because he’s done a particular kind of movie, he’s the absolutely perfect guy to do Star Trek. None of the other producers are going to question what’s he doing because they know if it fucks up the fans are going to be unhappy and JJ is a fan and he understands it. So in that situation it’s like, you do it. You just get on with it an do that. That’s why he’s given that autonomy. Also, he’s JJ ““ he has that manic enthusiasm you couldn’t possibly question.
QUESTION: Then you also hear the stories about on Gangs of New York the notorious fights between Martin Scorsese and Harvey Weinstein ““ that’s Scorsese when somebody told him what to cut.
PEGG: But that is also Harvey Weinstein.
(Laughs)
Have you seen Tropic Thunder?
PEGG: We are seeing that tonight actually.
WEIDE: In my little neck of the world, that was the greatest thing about Curb Your Enthusiasm, which everyone says well, that’s HBO and it wasn’t HBO so much it was Larry David not needing to do a TV series because he could stay home and count his hundreds of millions but it was the guy who created Seinfeld so he never had anybody telling him what to do because A) Larry would just say hey, get your own show and walk and once you create Seinfeld there aren’t many people who could take a position that they know more about comedy. I talked to other friends of mine who were executive producing or created series for network television and I told them the way we work with no creative interference, no notes whatsoever they would just start to drool because in the world of broadcast network television here in the states everybody has something to say right through writing, casting, production through editing and really never leave you alone. And if the show starts to falter at all instead of saying OK, we’re going to stand back, they just get more and more involved and it becomes pretty suffocating.
CS: That’s a brilliant comment. At what point in your career can say, “You know what, I’m not interested in having any of that…” If someone tries to make you capitulate early on I can see how that can easily happen but is it hard coming up through the ranks, sticking to your artistic vision? At what point do you muster that courage and say, “I have to stand firm.” At what point does that happen for you?
WEIDE: It’s interesting ““ my background having started through documentaries from the get-go I never really had anybody tell me what to do because documentaries aren’t supposed to be money makers anyway and my first things were for PBS and so when I started I didn’t have anyone tell me what to do and then I did a film 10 years ago that was a low budget enough film where I was left alone, Curb I was left alone, and oddly enough this film was my first experience of kind of having to listen to other opinions and people suggesting this and that and it was odd for me because you would think I had a lot of that and this point in my career, and I’m not a kid anymore, I’m going to be 30 soon”¦
(Laughs)
It was odd to hear people, and in some cases who really had no comedy credentials say I think this would be funnier, and you know you have to be a team player and listen to everybody’s notes and let them know they are being heard and ultimately have the backbone, conviction and the confidence to know what you are doing to weed out the bad notes and keep the good ones.
PEGG: One thing I always found when collaborating anyway, I write with Jim Wright and write with Edgar and Nick and when we work with Working Title that’s a close knit group there and sometimes something you are absolutely sure is right you’ll get or hear something from someone and say hang on I’ll reevaluate that and you realize that I think there was a note when we were making Hot Fuzz from one of our producers at Working Title to drop the female character because the romance in the film was about Danny and Angel and the bad girl and we realized the female character we’ve written was kind of token and it was an absolutely right on note. So, sometimes you might think as a sort of precious writer you say, you don’t know a thing, but come out with a very, very good point and taken on board. It’s just a fine balance when you are in a room and something you think belongs to you to actually have the courage to let it go and stand up for it I think.
WEIDE: The sort of typical network situation for television, I had an experience where a network bought a pilot script from me, absolutely wanted to make the pilot but I developed it for a specific actress and they knew it going in and they met her and liked her a lot and said go ahead but when push got to shove they got a little nervous about this unknown actress having a pilot let alone a series and asked me if I could cast the part and I said no, I wrote it for her. I’d rather do something else and finally the word came down from the head of the network that he would order the pilot that day if I was willing to cast the part and I said no and walked away and my agent said you realize what you are potentially walking away from and I said, yea I’m walking away from a situation with a network where they are going to try and tell me what to do every step of the way and make me crazy. The only real leverage you have in a situation like that is the willingness to walk away and if, and I’m not a typical TV producer, most of those guys they just want to get on the air, they want to get their pilot made and want to get a series on the air. I was sort of ambivalent about the whole thing anyway so it made it very easy to walk away ““ nothing heroic about it I just didn’t want to set that precedent and everybody thought it was the craziest thing to do but for me it was the easiest.
QUESTION: The last time you were here in Phoenix for Shaun of the Dead you talked about what would be Hot Fuzz ““ do you have any ideas that you are working on right now?
PEGG: Yea, Nick and I just finished something we will go into production with next year hopefully and will be shooting in New Mexico and Edgar and me will eventually get back into the office when we are done with our prospective other projects and come up with a third film which we are calling Blood and Ice Cream. I really want to get on with that. We finished Hot Fuzz and other things came up and we agreed to go do other things and then come back together and those things obviously take up time.
QUESTION: Can you share what that would be about? What about the working title?
PEGG: I don’t think it will be called that but when we spoke about Hot Fuzz on the Shaun of the Dead tour in Phoenix last that was like a year before we even started writing Hot Fuzz so people were like, Hot Fuzz, OK, where is it?
QUESTION: You didn’t even have a script?
PEGG: Yea, we had the idea and had the concept.
QUESTION: So that forced you to have to write it because people were writing about it?
Meeting Clark Gregg was an absolutely normal experience.
There was no hovering publicist, no throng of people who are just seemingly “there” when you do an interview like this at a swanky hotel which was where I was at and there wasn’t a thing about Clark that would suggest that in front of me stood a man who made a movie about a sex addict whose best friend is a chronic masturbator.
I was just glad I was the first guy he got to talk to.
Clad in his jeans, a nondescript shirt of no fashionable importance, rocking a tarnished platinum wedding ring and a watch that looked like it could have belonged to the guy who delivered a couple of pitchers of water to the room we sat in. The guy was just smiling, proud of his little movie that could, and we simply had a laid-back, casual conversation about a flick that has some heady themes.
Clark exuded a lot of that comedic vibe that he sports in shows like THE NEW ADVENTURES OF OLD CHRISTINE and as we had the place to ourselves, cut off from the usual claptrap and hubbub of observers and minders, what follows is simply the best example of two guys talking about a common theme, with the exception he’s worth a lot more money, posses wheelbarrows of fame and while he would be able to tarry away to his posh room after we were done I still had to go back to my 9 to 5 job. The experience couldn’t have been more pleasurable.
CHOKE OPENS TODAY AT THEATERS EVERYWHERE
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: First of all, it was a good movie.
CLARK GREGG: Thank you.
CS: I think in order to start things off right I have to find out something first ““ I can see why this film wants to be made if you read the book but how hard was it with the topic that it deals with to actually get made?
GREGG: You know most of it ““ I don’t know how I circumvented all that but I thought this is going to be impossible to get made but I was so focused on successfully make an adaptation and then once I got the adaptation working, which took a couple of years off and on between when I was doing other stuff.In the back of my mind I thought, “Come on, it’s a conservative era these days ““ and here’s yet a sex addicted colonial theme park movie.”
(Laughs)
And then I thought it might be a long shot and I loved it and I already put years in and I thought “What the hell…” I got to take a shot.We went about it in a way that we just sort of side-stepped all that.We got actors that we really liked.Sam Rockwell, Angelica Houston who got us a small amount of money but a substantial amount of money that got it done as long as we forwent all luxuries and then, we had a movie.So I guess we were lucky because we found financier producers ““ in ATO Pictures.
Because we went to them with Sam Rockwell already attached, and a script that they liked, they knew they were signing on for the package.We weren’t inviting people in for development.I did that with a friend and a partner and partner in the project for many years so luckily people signed up who were with the vision.I think that’s probably where the miracle is, that people were willing to put up some money to risk making this.And then I think the second scary part was taking it to Sundance at a time when they sat us down in a condo the day before our movie premiered ““ last of all the competition films – and said, “None of them has been bought.Nothing has been bought.One documentary may be being bought even as we speak but 32 movies had been shown and nothing has been bought so just have a good party.” Well of all the movies that will be bought I doubt the sex addicted colonial theme park movie is going to be for sale but then it turned out to be the first narrative sale and I guess we just got lucky that there are some off-kilter people out there, fortunately some of them finance small movies, some of them apparently work at Fox Searchlight.
(Laugh)
CS: How’s it been coming off the festival circuit?What’s the process?You made the movie, obviously working in Hollywood for as long as you have, you have such good experience with the production side of being an actor. Being a filmmaker now…what’s that process like now since the film has been bought and released?Has there been anything ““ now that it’s been bought by someone – or any second thoughts when you had to turn over your baby?
GREGG: That’s a good question.
When a company like Fox Searchlight shows up at the after party and says they want to buy the movie which is just everybody’s dream to have happen at Sundance and some good friends of mine, many who made very good movies, didn’t have so we just feel lucky to have had that meeting.
When they kind of ““ we feel each other out and every one feels OK – they adjourn to another condo and they negotiate stuff until ““ I was so exhausted from the relief of showing the movie to Chuck Palahniuk who liked it, that I was ready to go home.I basically went to semi-sleep and I would get these phone calls that are exactly what you are talking about.They bought the movie as is, which means they weren’t entitled to change anything but I had finished it on the tiny budget that we had to make it and that means you have less time to mix and edit and the sound stuff is really hugely important, which is one of the things I learned.
By the end of that process and watching it with huge audiences at Sundance I really felt like there was some things that I wasn’t 100% happy with from the basic things like the lines ““ the dialogue wasn’t clear enough and it would get a better laugh to ways that I felt like what I intended the ending to mean wasn’t focused enough so I took what I felt was a risk because all artists are a little bit suspicious of studios even the kind of cool artsy ones like Fox Searchlight but their track record is so magnificent that I went to them and I said, “Look, I see things that can make this movie better.I don’t feel like I need to reshoot and I suspect you wouldn’t let me but there some kind of things that we can change with the way the score and the soundtrack are used and kind of re-cutting a couple of things.It’s small stuff but I think it would add up.And, I guess with your track record I would feel lucky if you guys chimed in.” I didn’t want to be like, “No one knows what’s good but me, ” although all directors including me are tempted to feel that way.
I wanted to hear what they had to say.
The seemed smart, everything they said was smart so it felt scary to walk into the office and say that and I may have been imagining it but they may have been a little surprised that I did and it ended up being a real cool thing.I got to go back and work with an editor and kind of do a lot of little things that would have bugged me for the rest of my life seeing them but also do the little things that I think make the movie now superior to the one we did at Sundance.And they had some really cool ideas.
CS: Really?Did they suggest something you never would have thought to do?
GREGG: Well, as is often the case you live with something, certainly it’s a novel and it’s been rattling around in your head.You think things resonate because you read the book and basically know the book by heart but it doesn’t really resonate for someone who is just watching the story for the first time.So a lot of what they had to offer was the ways they were experience in the movie.When I talked about what I felt about the last fifth of the movie might work, they responded to that.If that’s what you’re intending I feel like this moment isn’t as clear to us as it seems to be to you and so if you have really smart people giving you those kinds of ideas and feedback that’s really valuable.And it was never like, here’s some ideas that will help appeal it to a broader audience and they were never things like, “Here’s how we can bump this down to a PG.”I think everyone knew that was never going to happen.
CS: Right.There’s no way.Not a chance.You mentioned that it was a tough sell for some people, expecially when I was watching it. What was your idea going into this film with a character that is so hard to like?He shows glimmers of it in the beginning when he visits his mom and you’re thinking “Here’s a dirt bag but he’s got a great heart” but how did you keep that level, that there’s something icky about him but there is also something wonderfully sensitive about him.
GREGG: Wow.I don’t want to give myself away but I always felt a lot of compassion for that character.I always felt like there’s a lot of stigma attached to sexual compulsion and he’s also working as a con artist, he’s got a lot of other things that don’t really recommend him but I feel like Chuck in his book had a certain kind of compassion and I feel like it’s easy for us to stand in judgment of people especially people that are on the extremes of our compulsion but I feel in a society where we all love to consume ““ whether it’s food or cars or alcohol, you name it, whenever something doesn’t feel right I feel like people are using sex to the detriment of intimacy to satisfy those unhappy feelings in a lot more homes than one might be aware of.At least I trusted that more people would relate to him than one might think.And certainly people who we talked to about financing the movie why is anyone going to relate to this guy.I don’t know, maybe it’s just me but I think a lot of people will.I went to some sex addict meetings.It not like you go in there and see creepy unshaven guys in trench coats, it’s just the most normal people in the world.
CS: So was that the idea when it took you so long, off an on ““ a year, two years, to get it actually written? What did you want to distill most of all from this book to a feature length film?
GREGG: The problem was that I started out not wanting to distill anything.I liked the dialogue.There was so much funny stuff and so much moving stuff and half the things that the narrator says I didn’t want to lose because it was so damn funny but you can’t make a 5 hour movie but even if you could it wouldn’t be focused.At a certain point the movie has a different kind of focus because it’s a different medium than a book so I had to try and find what’s a story in this book that would make a good movie and that took a long time, took some distance ““ write it, leave it alone for a little bit ““ come back to it ““ try and retry.There’s a line that says,he’s just freeing the figures from the rock and I think that’s right.You are freeing the movie from the book.And the only way to do that is to chip away some really beautiful pieces of granite.
CS: Exactly.And I was reminded…and I wasn’t going to bring Harry Potter into sex addiction but…
GREGG: That’s the next one.You haven’t seen it yet.
(Laughs)
Don’t do any spoilers.
CS: When kids had that book read to them, long before the movie was made, the teachers would ask “Do you want to see the pictures in the novel?” and the kids said no because they already had an idea in their head of what it was.
GREGG: Exactly.When you read a book you kind of watch a movie of sorts in your head.Certainly it’s a scary thing to adapt something because everybody watched a movie and the odds that my scenes are just going to be what they saw or my Victor is going to be exactly what they saw are very slim and they are going to have to let go.And on the other hand I something that equals or surpasses the movie they watched in their head, which on our budget was really never going to happen.
(Laughs)
CS: But you have a wonderful guy in Sam who showed range that he can go from ““ he is Victor.At the end of the day”¦
GREGG: The thing is every time you see Sam do anything you say he is that guy and he’s actually none of them.That’s what makes him so amazing.He sort of connected to this and it felt like a really good fit.The first time I went over to his apartment and read a bunch of scenes with him I just breathed a sigh of relief that might have knocked down a wall.I just knew that the very largest part of my job was done.The others might be manageable.I knew he just connected with this guy.
CS: And at the end of the day, when you started piecing things together and you were on the set and you were the guy who had to be there from the moment everyone got there until even after everyone went home, what was that education like about seeing the other side?I know you’ve made some reference to it in another interview where you compare it to being a passenger on a plane and having someone say, “Fly it.”Two different things.
GREGG: Yeah.Two different things.
It was a really interesting combination of going well I spent a good chunk of the last 15 years of my life on movie sets and TV sets and writing and I had so many moments where I thought I learned a lot more than I thought I did or before that I was acting and directing theatre and plays are story telling where you tell the whole story and I found that those ““ I had a lot of days and moments where I went I learned so much more kind of in the school of on the job training doing this stuff for years than I thought I did.A lot of times I thought I couldn’t have been more equipped than I thought but then you have those days where you think, “I don’t know anything about this.How could I have been so close to these cameras all the time and asking questions all the time and not understand this part of it or that part of it?” But you know, I was lucky and smart enough to hire really good people on the job where I knew my education was lacking so I hired people who were not just really good at their jobs but who I tested were willing to answer questions.
I wasn’t going to be content with, “Shoot it as you want, man!”I really wanted to be involved as much as I could ““ “This is what I want to do, what do you recommend?” Kind of having that dialogue having only a few hours to get the scene, that’s tricky.
CS: Now, the relationship with Sam and his buddy, Denny, why does Denny ““ it seems like a very abusive relationship ““ Almost like Victor is against Denny in a way – and Denny has his own problems but I was instantly connected to him.
GREGG: Chuck said he was one of his favorite characters.
CS: Why do you think Denny likes to be around Victor ““ I couldn’t understand why he takes Victor’s shit.
GREGG: To me, Victor always felt like one of those anti-heroes from the 70’s.He’s a cross between Bud Cort from Harold and Maude and Nicholson in The Last Detail. I think it’s about the nature of friendship, what is it that kind of pulls someone.I always thought that Victor had this charisma but also, that it could speak to Denny. He’s living at home, he’s a chronic masturbator who has been kicked out of art school, he’s met Victor at the sex addict meetings, he’s a chronic masturbator ““ that’s certainly a spear of some loneliness.
(Laughs)
Trust me.
(Laughs)
And here’s this guy who, as twisted as it is, he’s actually disappearing from the meeting into the closets and bathrooms with various female paroles or what have you.That has a certain allure.When they met especially Victor represented a superb mentor if one wanted to break out of the chronic masturbator thing.And I think what’s beautiful about the story is that the story captures that friendship in the moment where this guy who has been a follower and a lonely loser is actually developing some of his own ideas and what I like about it is he grows right past Victor.And some of the recover stuff that Victor’s been making fun of, Denny is embracing and is actually paying off.
CS: He keeps reminding him, his fourth step.
GREGG: Yeah, you got to do what you have to do, but in a compassionate way.That’s the other reason I think that Denny has a friendship with him despite whatever abuse Victor may heap on him is Denny’s got a little bit of Buddha going on and he understands that that is just a form of Victor acting out his anger or his sadness.He doesn’t take it personally too much.I think we can all take a page from Denny’s book and I don’t think it’s one of the books that he chronically masturbates.
(Laughs)
CS: Your character in the movie – you decided to play the douche of the film.How did that come about?
GREGG: Well, I don’t know how familiar you are of my oeuvre of work.
CS: That you constantly play these guys?
GREGG: Well, it’s mixed up really.I play quasi-benevolent people or quasi-douche bags.But I certainly, within the realm of what I get hired for, are jackasses like Lord High Charlie and I was determined to cast somebody else.I had a list of great actors who I was going to con into doing it but I definitely dragged my feet because if you do play any of those guys to play anybody who’s name is Lord High Charlie seems like a hard opportunity to pass up.So when I put this cast together I didn’t want to miss an opportunity to act with those guys.If I would have known what an idiot I would feel like standing there in a puffy shirt trying to direct the movie and calling action while I was doing it I would probably not have done it.
(Laughs)
I also felt like I was on such an “I can do anything” ego trip that it just felt like the perfect thing to include for the narcissism express.
(Laughs)
CS: Well the thing ranges ““ the humor that we get from that is outrageous, and the humor ranges from dark to very superficial – but when you had this finished piece in the editing bay, you looked at all your footage, what was the first thing you said ““ “I need to start cutting…” ““ where did you start the process of editing this thing down?
GREGG: My first thought was “Thank God for my DP, Tim Orr” because I know that a lot of times we only have an hour and a half to shoot that people usually would take a day or two on.And I was mostly terrified that I would get in there and literally the story piece just wouldn’t be there and they were almost always there as if we had a day and a half and when they weren’t somehow the material was there to find a different way.So I mostly felt guilty, mostly felt grateful about that.And, I don’t know.You usually look at a rough cut, I’ve seen other people’s rough cuts and you just kind of go, “Oh Jesus, what a mess. This is never going to work.It’s the end of my career.”
And I guess it’s just a stillborn career.
(Laughs)
But it was really clear that there was some terrific acting.It was really clear that there was some funny moments and I chose it because I wanted it to range from excruciatingly painful stuff to silly.And I liked that about the book, that it had that kind of breadth.So I had the pieces there, more or less and that it was up to me to blow it”¦.or not.
CS: And my last question I have is now that it’s done and you’ve seen where it’s gone how do you look back, obviously it was quite a favorable experience you’ve had, what do you think the educational experience has been for you looking back on it?
GREGG: Honestly, it borders on miraculous.It was so difficult and so felt like my little delusions that I carried around my computer and noodled that for years and people would say, “Oh, you’re still working on that? Oh, that’s sad.”And to have it get made with those actors and have it come together and have some people not want to represent it for press purposes at Sundance and feel like we were taking this disastrous home movie up there and have it get picked up by a great company and really championed it, it’s just amazing and I don’t want to lapse into Tuesday’s with Morrie but you know it’s amazing how if you kind of find something that hits that bell chiming you if you stick with it long enough, I’m sure a lot of times it can end up being a nightmare that costs you years and does nothing, but in this case it has been an awful good experience and I hope people like it.
Filed under: Interviews — UncaScroogeMcD @ 2:37 am
-by Tim Williams
If you only know songwriter Randy Newman as the man who does gleeful tunes for Pixar flicks, or from parodies of him on the Family Guy and Mad TV, you’d do yourself well to pick up the new CD, Harps and Angels. The current collection of Newman’s personal work (his first in nine years) proves he’s lost none of the acerbic wit that made him a wicked response to the sunny bellbottomed singer songwriters of the ’70s. With albums like 12 Songs, Sail Away, and Rednecks, Newman crafted perfect three-minute character studies that delved into the twisted lives of bigots, barflies, and blowhards, while later works like Little Criminals and Trouble in Paradise produced one huge hit, “Short People,” and a maddeningly catchy piece of anthem rock, “I Love L.A” (an early MTV favorite).
Today Newman earns the big bucks for memorable soundtracks like The Natural, Toy Story, and Leatherheads, but it’s the release of Angels that has longtime fans buzzing and Newman talking,
KP: The new album is great. I’ve often wondered if you put things aside when you’re working on movie soundtracks, that you want to keep for a personal project like Harps and Angels, or if you actually sit down and write a set of songs for an album…
NEWMAN: B – I go in there and say “I’m going to give ten weeks to writing songs for a record,” or whatever it ends up taking.
KP: Do you ever have song fragments that hang around?
NEWMAN: Yeah, sometimes. I’ve got a few things now that maybe I’ll finish, but usually when I don’t continue with a song I had some kind of reason, like because it wasn’t going anywhere.
KP: You think you’ll put out a new album quicker this time?
NEWMAN: I swear I will – I have to. There are people who like me a lot, and I know they have other things going on in their lives, but I haven’t done enough. I mean, it’s not like I’m working on Brahms’ First Symphony here – I don’t need 40 years to write 45 seconds.
KP: Do you have fun doing the soundtracks?
NEWMAN: Writing is work, unless it’s really going well. But it’s getting to be more of a chore, because all of the tools that are now allowed directors and editors, they have a temp track in their movie that they become wedded to. Directors are so used to being in charge, and telling everyone what to do, that they become the same way about the music. They want the music they want, and I want to give them that, but they don’t know as much about it as my uncle Al did, or Alex North, or John Williams. If anyone makes a movie and has John Williams doing it, they’d be better off leaving it alone and not saying anything, and I think the same is true with me. But you don’t want to do anything that’s completely what the director doesn’t want.
KP: Do ever get frustrated or have you ever walked out on a project?
NEWMAN: Toward the end of Seabiscuit, I couldn’t take it anymore. I redid things, but just couldn’t stand seeing my music hurting the picture, and I could see it happening. All you want to do is help it, no matter what it takes. You don’t want it to stick out – everything is subordinate to the picture. The director was slowing stuff down to the point where I couldn’t stand it…and it was costing a lot of money! It’s the only movie I could say was a bad score and I’m not proud of it. It’s got some music in it that I like, but he got someone else in there to re-record and it was mainly slowing stuff down. It was a pretty bad experience.
KP: Well, let’s go to the other end of things – what’s the best experience you’ve had on a film?
NEWMAN: Well, Barry Levinson is a good guy, and Jay Roach is really a good guy, and he’s shockingly modest and unassuming for a director, but I’m not sure if what I did made much difference on the two films of his that I did – Meet the Parents and Meet the Fokers. John Lasseter and the Pixar stuff has been a good experience and they have, to a great extent, left me alone, and when they’ve had problems with things I can see what they mean and I’m willing to change it – but I’d change it even if I didn’t understand what they were talking about.
KP: How was working with George Clooney on Leatherheads?
NEWMAN: He’s a good guy, but he’d never done a movie with a score before, and subjectively I disagreed with what he wanted to do and about not being true to the fact that it was in 1925 or ’27, because he wanted to use things from the ’40s. He’s really a nice guy, and I like a lot of the stuff I did – I love those rags from that period, but he told me half way through he didn’t like jazz… How else are you going to do 1925? (laughs)
KP: What pop songwriters do you think are top of the line?
NEWMAN: Hmmm… pop songwriters….well, Neil Young, Prince, Stevie Wonder, and Dylan’s early stuff is about as good as lyrics ever got.
KP: Were Dylan and The Beatles big influences on you?
NEWMAN: Not really, not consciously, I couldn’t tell you what came next on Freewheeling Bob Dylan – I didn’t buy it or have it at home. I did have Sgt. Pepper, because that was the time when all of us in LA where waiting to hear what the Beatles would do next, and The Beatles were waiting to see what Brian [Wilson] would do next. Lennon told me that The Beatles had my demos and that McCartney carried around my first record. That really pleased me.
KP: Did you see Brian Wilson much during those days in Los Angeles?
NEWMAN: Very seldom. I’d see Van Dyke Parks, Ry Cooder, Don Henley – but I had a family and wasn’t really part of the scene, or the Troubadour thing.
KP: Where you close with Harry Nilsson?
NEWMAN: We were close, but then all of a sudden I didn’t see him much anymore, mostly my fault. When I started going through his stuff to pick something to do for his memorial album, I was amazed – I always knew he was good, but he was much better than I thought, and way better than he thought. I have a lot of self confidence – he had none. He was really hard on himself. He would always tell me how good I was, and he almost ruined his career doing an album of just my songs.
KP: What’s the worst cover of a Randy Newman song?
NEWMAN: Uh, let’s see… Leonard Nimoy did one of my songs, and all I’ll say is that it seemed well intentioned. Bobby Darin could sing, but he did “Sail Away” and, well… I don’t think he understood it. He did it like it was a happy song about coming to America.
KP: He didn’t get the slave trading elements…
NEWMAN: Uh, no…I don’t think so.
KP: Would you write a song for Justin Timberlake or some other pop artist of today?
NEWMAN: Yeah, I’d do that, but my stuff is so strange that people don’t want to cover it. People like straight love songs. “Feels Like Home”, from the new album, has been covered more than anything. That’s nice, but it doesn’t interest me as much as the character stuff I do.
KP: Is there anyone you’d like to work with?
NEWMAN: There are a lot of people that I admire, but I can’t think of anyone off hand I want to work with. Let’s see…you’ve got to remember you have to be in the same room with that person and they’d have to be in the same room with me…
KP: Which might be the harder part…
NEWMAN: You’re right! (laughs)
KP: Do you think you’re a happy person?
NEWMAN: No. I wish I were. I can’t figure out how to do it. I’m a workaholic that doesn’t make himself work enough.
KP: But you’ve done a lot of movie scores.
NEWMAN: Not like James Newton Howard or Hans Zimmer. My uncle Alfred did 200 films…I don’t know how many I’ve done. I have more free time than a person with a normal job, but I can never just sit back and enjoy something like the Olympics, I don’t get piece of mind like that. I’d like piece of mind, you know, where I’ve got everything done and the kids are all fine and I’m getting along with everybody…yeah, I’d like that sometime.
And I am far from the only one. In the past seven years, Improv Everywhere has quickly established itself as the preeminent group for pranking on a mass scale – and brilliant pranking, at that. When you hear the word “prank”, your mind may go straight to the much bemoaned Kutcher vehicle Punked. Your mind is lying to you. As Improv Everywhere – and in a larger part its founder and number one “agent” (The Improv Everywhere term for a team member), Charlie Todd – has proven, pranks can be so much more then juvenile stunts or embarrassing folks in public. They can be a sophisticated artform that not only is hilarious, but sometimes is damn right sublime.
Charlie not only runs Improv Everywhere (which has now spawned chapters in countries as varied as some European nations and even the strange mystical land known as Canada!) but also teaches Improv at the Upright Citizens Brigade Training Center in New York City and performs in weekly improv shows at the UCB NY.
Before we get into the good stuff, here is a selection of some of my favorite Improv Everywhere pranks. If you haven’t caught these before, sit back and enjoy. If you are already familiar with the stellar work of Improv Everywhere, you know what’s up. (Added note: some videos feature an interviewer/straight man. That is Mr. Charlie Todd)
BEST BUY
FROZEN GRAND CENTRAL
SLO-MO HOME DEPOT
NO PANTS
MEET A BLACK PERSON
My all-time fave is the U2 prank, “Better then the Real Thing”, which is mentioned in the interview. Definitely give it a click.
In Charlie’s own words, here is how Improv Everywhere got its start.
“In August of 2001, I went out to a West Village bar with my college buddies Brandon Arnold and Jon Karpinos. On a whim we decided to pull a prank where I would pose as musician Ben Folds. Three hours later, ‘Ben Folds’ was drinking on the house surrounded by women and his ‘two big fans’ were thrown out of the bar for ‘stealing Ben Folds’ wallet’. I had always been a prankster, but this experience enlightened me as to how far a prank could be taken. As an actor new to the city, I discovered I could create my own theatre rather than waiting around for someone to give me stage time. I got tired of telling the story to friends, so I typed it up and put it on the web. Improv Everywhere was born.”
I recently caught up with Charlie while he was doing some top secret work over in Russia (I told you this thing is global). After a few minutes of pleasantries and catch ups, we got down to the nitty. And here is said nitty. Enjoy.
——————————————–
MATT COHEN: What were your comedy influences growing up?
CHARLIE TODD:Saturday Night Live was a big deal for me growing up. Starting at the age of about 10, I used to tape it every Saturday night (it was on past my bedtime) and watch it as soon as I woke up on Sunday morning. I discovered the show during the awesome late 80’s cast and fell in love. I was a big Seinfeld and Simpsons fan in high school, like pretty much every dude in America was.
MC: When was the first time you realized you were “funny”?
TODD:I was never a class clown but more of a straight-A student who did so well he could fly under the radar and get away with mischief every now and then. So I wasn’t the guy cracking jokes in class in 2nd grade, but I was subtly subverting authority behind the teacher’s back every chance I could. I guess that’s when I realized I was funny.
MC: Do you remember the first time you heard of/saw improv?
TODD: I went to see the University of South Carolina’s short form troupe, the We’re Not Your Mother Players. They used to play on Friday nights in my hometown. My older cousin took me and I was floored.
MC: How did you get started performing?
TODD: I had a “speech” class in middle school that was really just a drama class with a funny name. Maybe because it sounded more substantial to parents? The teacher exposed us to improv games and exercises, and I just loved it. I had performed in school plays in elementary school, but everyone had to. It was in this class that I realized how much I enjoyed it.
MC: When did you first get involved with the Upright Citizens Brigade, and what was your initial experience?
TODD: I had heard great things about the UCB from friends who had visited NYC before, so I checked out a show as soon as I moved here in 2001. I saw a Harold Night show with Respecto Montalbon and couldn’t believe how funny it was. As I walked home to the train that night I literally made a decision right then and there that comedy, specifically UCB-style comedy, was what I wanted to focus my entire life around.
MC: What, if any, are your views on longform vs. shortform?
TODD: I did short form in high school and college and had tons of fun. But once you get exposed to long form, you don’t want to go back. The freedom that long form gives you is just too much fun. Also, I’m not great at puns, rhymes, and one-liners, which many short form games are based on.
MC: You have taught improv to countless students at the Upright Citizens Brigade training center in New York City. In your experience, can “funny” be learned, and does one need to be funny to succeed at improv?
TODD: I think at UCB we give people the tools to do their best possible work. Certain people have a natural ability, where every thing out of their mouth is funny. I don’t. UCB taught me how to get laughs by being myself, playing real, and reacting to my scene partner. So yeah, I think we do teach people how to do successful and funny improv scenes. Often it’s the people who think they are funny that have the hardest time in class.
MC: Do you think there is such a thing as “going too far” in comedy? Any boundaries you won’t cross?
TODD: I don’t really think anything is off limits as long as it’s done in a smart way. I’m personally not offended by anything. Should someone make a joke about Bernie Mac the day after he died? Probably not, but if it was done in a smart, intelligent way and not just for shock value, then I see no problem with it.
MC: When did you realize that you wanted to perform/be involved with comedy for a career? What made you take the risk? And if you had not done so, what would you be doing today?
TODD: I moved to NYC to be an actor after college, so that was the first risk I took, and I guess it’s a pretty big one coming from the south. It was after seeing that first show at the UCB Theatre that I realized I specifically wanted to try to make a career for myself in comedy. I worked my ass off at shitty temp jobs and took classes at UCB as much as I possibly could. I made a decision to quit temping and really work on comedy full time in 2005, and that was probably the best decision I made. If I hadn’t done that, I guess I’d still be an unhappy temp.
MC: What is your proudest accomplishment with Improv Everywhere?
TODD: That’s tough to say. There are certain pranks I’m very proud of pulling off successfully. I’d say our U2 prank was a real high point, as was the Look Up More prank in the department store windows. Both of those were incredibly satisfying to pull off. I guess I’m most proud of the fact that it’s still around. That after 7 years we’re still doing what we love to do and providing an outlet for people to have fun.
U2 – EVEN BETTER THAN THE REAL THING
MC: Improv Everywhere, with its growth in both size and notoriety, has run into some issues with legal matters and arrests regarding some of the pieces (most famously the No-Pants Subway Ride). Has this changed the way you approach performances, or put any creative restrictions on you at all?
TODD: We’ve been pretty lucky with the police. We did have a couple of run-ins, but it’s been two and half years since we’ve had any trouble. I always take the law into consideration when planning a mission, but I usually don’t worry too much about store policies or park regulations. Those rules are meant to be broken (so long as it’s in good fun and in a way that’s not disruptive or law-breaking).
MC: With an already tremendous presence and success on the internet, are there any plans to take Improv Everywhere to a different medium, possibly making it more accessible to “mainstream” viewers?
TODD: Yes. I’m writing a book right now with fellow agent Alex Scordelis. It’s being published by Harper Entertainment and should be released next spring. We’re super excited about it. The book is a behind-the-scenes account of our most popular pranks along with tips for how the reader can try their own.
MC: What is your ultimate goal, comedy wise?
TODD: My goal with comedy is to keep creating new things that make people laugh, and find a way to support myself while doing it. I’ve been pretty lucky so far, but there are so many unknowns in the entertainment industry – you always have to keep plugging away.
MC: Do you have any advice to someone trying to break into the comedy scene, whether it be as a performer or a writer?
TODD: Yup. Either move to New York or LA, and take a class at UCB. It’s the best decision I ever made.
MC: Anything you are currently working on we should know about?
TODD: Our big annual Mp3 Experiment project is happening in a few weeks. Details are on our site – this year we’ve found a sponsor that will let us tour it to 3 new cities – Chicago, San Francisco, and Toronto. It’s always a blast, and I’m really looking forward to taking it to new cities.
MC: And just so I don’t insult half my reading demographic, who is your favorite superhero… and why?
TODD: My favorite superhero is Banana Man, from the old Nickelodeon cartoons. I remember thinking he was not only badass, but also hilarious. Otherwise I’m not much of a superhero fan – I tend to nerd out with Picard and Sisko.
If you haven’t already, check out Improv Everywhere to see what all the fuss is about. I think you will like what you find. And remember, the site is updated often so keep stopping back in for the newest Charlie Todd brand mayhem.
Sadly, tis all for this week but you know the deal… I’ll be back (in my best Arnie voice at that). Until that happy day friends, as always…
“Keep em’ bagged and boarded”
Matt Cohen is currently having a no-pants dinner… 2k8?
One of the things I keep coming back to is that Steve in this movie is a lot like Charles Bovary in “Madame Bovary” by Gustave Flaubert. They’re cuckolded, emotionally beaten yet the two of them share that sense of ignorance that makes them endure. Steve Coogan’s turn as a teacher who is inspired more by the thought of succeeding than the actual succeeding itself makes for a few moments where you’re just pulling for the guy who needs to taste a little bit of triumph. However, it wouldn’t be a comedy if he actually did so it is his continual downward spiral of bad decision after bad decision that makes this not only funny but poignant in that you wonder if he will ever rise above the odds that seem inexorably against him.
And that’s what makes this movie so vital for people to see themselves. It’s a movie filled with diametric opposites that add to the film’s greater comment on the movies we’ve all seen where the inspirational teacher is the one who brings order to chaos. It’s Steve who brings chaos and he’s wickedly sharp about where to draw the line between believability and complete farce. Dana Marschz is a consummate positive thinker who genuinely believes in the world around him and it’s a story filled with the dark truth about how smart and resourceful students really are, teachers always seem to be the primary fount of inspiration in these films, and how he gets caught up in his own psychological issues to put on the one movie musical where you will honestly be humming the soundtrack on the way out.
I know a lot has been made of Steve Coogan’s “almost there”-ness here in the States, his brilliance seemingly ignored by everyone with a modicum of influence, but it’s going to be how consistently be funny that will allow people to feel this man’s power as a comic performer who deserves a lot more than he’s been given. Thankfully, HAMLET 2 is all Steve’s to helm and he does so with the kind of orchestration that should have him in more prominent projects. Aside from all that, the man does have a nice ass.
I met up with Steve the morning after the HAMLET 2 screening at the San Diego Comic-Con and he was thankfully introspective about the work he conducted on the film.
HAMLET 2 opens today.
STEVE COOGAN: I heard the reaction was really good.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: Yes. loved the movie. I didn’t know what to expect but that’s not what I was expecting.
COOGAN: Oh good. Great.
CS: It seems like it’s a chance for you to do what you have done in England for so long. What was your reaction when you got the script and saw what you would be able to do with Dana?
COOGAN: Well, being on the sidelines of the movie industry here, scripts come my way, I’m pretty low down, but I’m on that list”¦
[Laughs]
So scripts come my way and sometimes they are formulatic and they don’t have any heart or backbone or have no attitude ““ they are hacky. And this one came along and it had a real ““ felt like someone had written it from the gut themselves. The voice of the writing was authentic and it made me laugh in a way ““ and I read a lot of scripts and I write comedy so I think I’m a pretty tough audience ““ it made me laugh in a real fresh way.
It also wasn’t just cynical ““ it was smart and edgy but there’s a little bit of love in there too. I’ve always been a fan of Pam’s writing and I love South Park and Teen America and read other scripts she’s written and I met up with her and was very keen to get the script off the ground. The studios passed on it because they couldn’t see how it could work or who would be right for the part so it was a privately financed movie. That was the only way to get it going because it’s not easy to pitch the movie in one light. It’s hard to describe. People would say, ” What’s it like, an inspiration teacher movie? But there’s laughing. It’s called HAMLET 2. Is it serious? Is it like Hamlet?” And I would say, “Not really, no.” So it’s a tough one. The only thing that makes the movie work is for people to go and see it and tell other people about it. That’s the only way it’s going to work.
CS: Right. And it’s absolutely something that lends itself ““ it’s got Pam’s sensibility, it’s got that cynical edge – but you’re right and I think one of the things that ““ leading all the way to that final moment when the kids actually put on Hamlet 2 it’s one movie. But, honestly, it was that one moment when Dana ““ the triumphant moment when he says he forgives his own father that it becomes something else entirely but was always there. I think that had one of the most genuine moments I had ever seen in a comedy. Did that come though on the page, that one part that brings everything back?
COOGAN: Yeah. It was salvation but not in a ““ it’s very difficult to do those things in both a comical to make you laugh but also touch you a little and you can’t do it all the time but there are moments when you can do it and it’s hard but, yes, it did come through on the page and I felt like I wanted to do that character.
And still has edge, and takes risk, and sail close to the wind.
CS: One of the things about Dana is that he seems ““ and that’s other thing about this movie too is that Dana could be almost be a foppish kind of man but the way you played him you root for him ““ you feel kind of bad for him ““ he’s given up alcohol so you obviously have that back story there ““ you feel genuinely for this man who seems to be trying and trying and nothing is working in his life. How did you want to get that across? When you got the script and this Dana is failing ““ a failed actor, can’t even do high school drama right, when you saw it how did you”¦
COOGAN: What you see is someone who believes in himself ““ someone who is passionate someone – who’s a bit of an ass but not selfish, not cynical, he really believes in something and in that kind of postmodern world it’s very fashionable to blame everything else but he has this, in some ways, a little bit of naivete but another way”¦belief. He has moments of self-doubt but he believes in art, believes in trying to make people’s lives better.
Well, you can imagine, you can’t see it in the film, you see the head teacher but ““ you imagine that the head teacher is kind of cynical, obviously living in a world where they are just servicing these kind of students, not really inspiring them and he’s trying to inspire them so, however bad his judgment is, and it’s true of his character and true of the movie, there is kind of a ““ he has some sort of a vision, however, skewed or distorted it is. At least he has some idea and some passion and in a way, my theory was ““ I said to Andy, “How will you make the script that people believe that this play from this guy who is a bit of a buffoon? How are they going to believe that this play will become successful?” And he said it’s not really the concept of the play, it’s the fact that it’s done with passion by people who are passion about it – students who are inspired to give the best performances – that itself is just life enhancing. People can be charmed by the sheer chutzpa of something and it just enhances your life having seen it a tiny bit. I think that’s true of the movie and the play within the movie. You can believe that it goes on to become a success.
CS: I absolutely agree. I think the Gay Men’s Choir of Tucson ““ that was a brilliant musical choice when they were actually singing, Someone Saved My Life Tonight. It was utterly brilliant.
COOGAN: When I watched it the first time I thought something you don’t feel when you are making because it all has to be pieced together…This was something ““ you kind of have to stay with the movie because first you really have to find your feet and once it starts motoring, then you are with it and it does build. When I watched it I felt like I really feel for this guy and this strange bizarre mutant play. It touched me. I thought it worked.
CS: The musical numbers ““ when you saw what you would be doing – the very titles of the songs…
COOGAN: Again, I was a little nervous some of these songs like Raped in the Face“¦.
CS: And to that point, one of the things that has made you so recognizable outside of America is your British comedy. Is there really a subtle difference between the comedies between American and British? Especially with Dana as you did this ““ are there sensibilities that you have to be aware of that American audiences respond to?
COOGAN: Yes, I think so, yeah. I think ““ only subtle ones. I think in the sense that American audiences want to be reassured or given elevation emotionally in the comedies they watch and the characters they like. British are more predicated to losers and failures. We like failures. The British are often more cynical audiences. They tend to shy away from sentiment because they see it as a weakness or morkish or unrealistic or a rose-tinted view. That’s my observation. America is such a huge, huge, the USA is a huge nation ““ so many different tastes there is room for all kinds of comedy. Just by facts of numbers the amount of people in America, the niche taste, the people that want that can be sustained because there are enough people to make economic sense. Programs like Curb Your Enthusiasm can sustain itself.
But I think just the shear facts of numbers it’s very disparate. You just can’t make generalizations. It’s easy to make a generalization about British comedy because it’s smaller. The taste seems to be a bit more uniform. Over here, people would say “American comedy is not as good as our comedy” but I would say, “Hold on a second.” There is Larry Sanders of Curb Your Enthusiasm, Seinfeld”¦consistently good quality ““ even Friends ““ consistently good quality stuff that manages to be both broad ““ I look at South Park, Family Guy”¦they are knocking it out of the park.
So, like I say the Americans are more professional about it. There is more structure and is more of a business. But that business can produce some really exciting comedy. In Britain, there are a few maverick people who find their voice, find a way for their comedy to come through.
CS: Who are some of the leading edge guys in Britain?
COOGAN: Simon Pegg who is here in town is a good friend of mine. Simon supported me when I did my last live tour; he was my support act. He filled in on stage while I was getting changed.
CS: Really?
COOGAN: Yeah. If you Google “Steve Coogan Live” you might find some stuff that Simon and I did together.
And then he went bang. But Simon is someone I worked a lot with about 10 years ago and we share ““ he’s someone who can make me laugh ““ those are the kind of people who can just make you laugh a lot. Sometimes when you meet someone you respect creatively, there’s kind of a competitive edge but what it means is it’s the nicest kind of competition because you both are trying to see who can make the other one laugh the most.
And you can do things ““ you can indulge in the kind of taboo comedy that you couldn’t really do publicly because you are doing it in a way that you both understand the sophistication and know exactly where the other person is coming from because you know the mechanics. Anyway, he’s a person that is really great. And, there’s Sasha Baron Cohen ““ all these guys I’ve known for a few years. Although I came along a little before they did in the UK. I’m playing catch up with them now.
CS: And I know we only have a couple minutes left but the last question I really have ““ when people see the movie, especially the way when you read the script, how does Dana change from the beginning where he starts to the end ““ how does he come out through the other side?
COOGAN: I don’t think he really does change a lot to be honest with you. I think everyone else changes. It’s everyone else ““ he doesn’t become enlightened or change his attitude ““ he stays pretty much true and pure to what he believes in the first place. It was the doubters who fell in line with him. I think he’s just vindicated. Maybe he’s lost some of his neurosis because he finally gets approval. But what’s nice is that however much people knock him or set him back he doesn’t change. He stays true to who he is. Not a lot I guess.
True story. I took a girl on a date to see THREESOME. Now, for those among you who would give me the benefit of the doubt and think this was an honest mistake if I didn’t know what I was getting into should actually not give me said doubt. I had seen the movie the week prior and thought it was actually a funny, warm, careful examination of self-discovery at a time when it seems like so many of the jokes people make that start “When I was in college…” actually come from. I still value a lot of what the movie was about and what it ultimately had to say. Besides that, the soundtrack was just manna from heaven in the form of a compact disc; where else could you hear U2 mixed in with some Bryan Ferry, New Order, Apache Indian (a sweet track) and one of the greatest songs ever put to CD, The The’s “This Was The Day”? Yeah, I guess the REALITY BITES soundtrack was pretty damn close but Andrew’s film, however, had a little something extra to day about the lives of young people who were caught in that time in their lives when it wasn’t about a career as it was just finding a path that led to where you wanted to go.
Needless to say, and I wish I were kidding, after seeing the movie I think the girl pegged me for a perv. Que sera, sera.
On the other side of that spectrum you have Pam Brady. Extracting what part she had in making SOUTH PARK: BIGGER LONGER & UNCUT, along with TEAM AMERICA and many other co-writer credits she has, so sharp is a moot point. Pam, to her credit, knows how to take a subject that needs to be dressed down, stripped, tar and feathered and sent on its way with the kind of pop sensibility others simply can’t manage to do on their own. The reason why South Park has lasted as long as it has is because everyone involved in producing the show know how to make a show that is at once a piece of entertainment and a sly switchblade of social commentary that manages to stay just beneath the veneer of a jolly cartoon show.
HAMLET 2 marries together the best elements of Andrew Fleming’s directorial skills and Pam’s ability to take a situation an imbue it with a subversive element that is not always readily obvious. From the heart that Steve Coogan gives to the hapless teacher who means so well but is completely, throughly ill-equipped to do anything but mess his own life up to the kids who don’t necessarily fit the archetype of rising above their lot in life the film is simply a wonderful commentary on horrible teacher/student pictures and what it really means to finally face the one thing that has held one man back for so long. Besides, where else can you see Jesus re-enact the KARATE KID crane kick while dancing to a song that you absolutely, positively won’t be able to get out of your head. HAMLET 2 opens this Friday, August 22nd.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: I saw it last night and loved it. Loved the movie. I think it already was a good movie, but I was just telling Steve [Coogan] that what I thought really brought the movie together was The Gay Men’s Chorus of Tucson singing “Someone Saved My Life Tonight.” I think that was a pivotal point where everything is brought together. When you two were scripting it out, blocking it out, how did you get to that point? Did you have an idea to begin with and how did it eventually had get to that moment?
ANDREW FLEMING: That song, is the one. The play wasn’t really fleshed out. That song was always in the script from the very first draft
PAM BRADY: Yeah.
CS: Really?
BRADY: But it’s way more emotional. You already knew it was going to be emotional but it seems like a joke. It seems like it would be funny for these guys to sing this. It kinda hits home.
CS: I was laughing but I got those little hairs on my arms standing up as I realized how important that scene was.
FLEMING: It’s a great song. And the words are like a poem about “¦..being near suicide from being in a bad relationship and breaking out of it by somebody leaving and that it can save somebody’s life. It wasn’t a joke but I don’t know why that song is so good.
I always love that thing about music ““ you can do all the legwork but you need the right piece of music to make you feel the right thing at the right time, at the right moment. Music is important. It really is.
CS: In scripting out Dana, he seems like a guy who would be almost easy to make stereotyped ““ failed actor, failed teacher ““ what was important to you when you wrote it out to not make him a hackneyed kind of character?
BRADY: We always love delusional characters because we truly love them. I don’t think there was ever any kind of superior feeling. I feel like everyone can kind of get in touch with that part of themselves that feels like they are just not going to make it and feel like a failure but put themselves up and motor through it. So I think the most important part was to never judge him as a character. We always truly pull for him. Know what I mean?
CS: Yes, exactly.
BRADY: We are trying to tell a story about someone we actually love as a character and then look at what happens to this guy.
FLEMING: And then putting on this play, everybody has something they are trying to do and they feel like everybody is against them. Obstacles are thrown in the way and you are just trying to pull through and it’s just chaos. And that play becomes ““ I remember feeling like that making the movie. Like, “You idiot”¦.Get everybody on board!”
[Laughs]
BRADY: Yes, and I think everybody has the feeling where you sort of want to be cool and you sort of know ““ like you. You know how you want this interview to go and how you want it to come across but it probably isn’t but we sort of know how to play it a little bit ““ I think that feeling is a universal feeling. I don’t think it’s just me or Andy.
FLEMING: But it was a reaction to “Let’s do a movie about a teacher ““ What are other teacher movies?” and we were going down this list ““ there actually are some very good ones like BLACKBOARD JUNGLE, TO SIR WITH LOVE. Those are good but it gets worse from there. Some of them are fine movies but there was always like the sense of self-satisfaction or superiority ““ the teacher is there to teach and it’s like that’s really not how it works. The teacher is this person in the room and they are a human beings and they are not inherently superior to their students.
There was always this sanctimony to those characters.
BRADY: Yeah. And also that great white hope kind of feeling that we’re going to go into the inner-city school and jack up some kids against the locker to get through to them.
FLEMING: And teach those ethnics a thing or two.
BRADY: That’s why we wanted to make sure that Octavio [Joseph Julian Soria] was going to be brown because he was so incredibly high achieving. It’s insulting how it’s presented in movies.
FLEMING: And the kids are always “types.” And you just peg them and that’s all who they are. And we just wanted to come up with a fresh batch of who those kids are. We actually did a pilot, but it didn’t get picked up, and it was set in high school and we were shooting in Ventura and all of our characters ““ these cute skinny white kids in faux thrift store gear ““ it was actually all from Barney’s. Really adorable.
BRADY: Very bright colors.
FLEMING: And they were all done up. A cute bunch of kids but the real kids of the school where we were shooting were all wearing blue and black and all had this kind of attitude. It was like, “Why are we making a movie about them?” They are more interesting and is the reality. Let’s get something going about those kids.
CS: So it’s set in Tucson ““ I’m from Phoenix.
FLEMING: Phoenix is a big city ““ a big interesting city. Tucson is not.
CS: The idea of place ““ that this is where dreams go to die.
[Laughs] BRADY: Does sound rougher when you say it.
CS: Just speaking from experience. These kids they seem a little bit different ““ like you said ““ high achieving. “We’re going to put it on the big play, things are going to go well…” and so speaking about Steve it was that fine line of keeping the “Hey, look at me…I’m putting on a play about Jesus in Hamlet 2!” It’s a thin line of being subversive but not being obnoxious about it. Was that a problem? Was it effortless to know where that line was or was it back and forth?
FLEMING: I think we were trying to go for obnoxious.
[Laughs]
No everything’s a fine line. I think for us it’s between silliness and sadness or lightness and darkness or something reassuring and heartwarming and something disturbing. Being in the netherworld between those two things is always of interest to us.
BRADY: And part of the songs too like RAPED IN THE FACE ““ it’s like, “What is the worst thing he could sing right now to this group?” And it’s not deliberately set out to be shocking but we sort of wanted to see how far we could push it. If we were in high school and we saw our teacher was getting in touch with his inner self and wrote a song about being raped in the face that would be pretty shocking. But it all works and it only works because the way he plays it and Andy directed it you feel it’s real. You feel like this guy exists. If he was a joke, it wouldn’t matter.
FLEMING: It comes from something he said. Some inner feeling he had and it’s an honest image. It’s coming from something he really feels.
It’s an inappropriate bunch of words to use around minors, of course, but it’s real.
CS: You’re right. In some ways you are pulling for Dana and he’s such a miserable man ““ one after another, failed this, failed that, but on the other hand he’s someone you genuinely try to root for, he’s trying to quit drinking and he genuinely cares about trying to make a difference. He ends up just getting shafted every which way. So where did you guys say ““ “We got this guy, we want to make him a loveable loser” – but at the end how do you want people to see Dana ““ after the play is done ““ how did you want the audience to look at him ““ like, “Ah, he’s been vindicated”?
FLEMING: No, I mean he’s had some kind of affirmation and it’s actually very important to us in that last scene he’s still a bit of a boob and he’s still peeing in the sink.
[Laughs]
And he’s not really paying attention to what people are saying about protestors and the meaning of being on Broadway and the message. He’s still a bit of an ass but he’s a little happier than he was.
BRADY: And the fact that that the play becomes about his very destructive relationship with his father and it’s sort of like that he faced that straight on in the only way he knows how and it’s raw and the feelings are raw it’s almost that that’s what the movie is about ““ if you can face it down, then you can overcome it.
Even if you have no talent.
CS: It is so cathartic at the end when they were singing that song ““ what pulls it all together is that he’s confronted it. It was like, “I was laughing just moments ago and here’s this great moment that just shines right through.” Honestly, I didn’t get it until that moment happens and then I get it. Hamlet ““ the father, the ghost.
BRADY: He was haunted by his father.
CS: So, what came first, Hamlet or Jesus?
BRADY: That’s a good question.
FLEMING: I think there was always some talk about Jesus and Jesus being hot”¦.
[Laughs]
CS: It’s the truth. Those abs!
FLEMING: Jesus has been sexualized throughout the millennium.
BRADY: Yeah. I was raised Catholic and he’s up on that cross and it’s no accident that he’s cut, like a swimmer.
CS: Describe the collaborative process when you guys came together. Day one when you started to write it out ““ what was that like ““ back and forth? Pam, did you have the idea?
BRADY: Oh yeah, it was all me.
[Laughs]
FLEMING: We were already working together so we just said “Let’s write a script” and went through it step by step and it was a shared madness.
BRADY: It’s true. I was actually cleaning out Andy’s gutters doing some odd job and he said, “Hey, do you want to come in here?”
But we started with the character first. It all started with the character. We wanted to find the guy that you would feel the most sorry for.
FLEMING: Which is good. In the past we told stories and started with structure and then found the character but we built everything around who this guy is, which made it go better and easier and took our time, which is really good. We didn’t have any deadline ““ kept going back to it because we enjoyed it.
CS: You obviously did because you got someone to independently finance it. You’ve worked with major studios ““ Paramount, what have you ““ What made you think you were going to take this one privately and do something else with it?
FLEMING: I think we were feeling adrift and we did set it up briefly at New Line. It was mostly to give us a sense of self worth.
BRADY: I know. That’s true.
FLEMING: We could have begged.
BRADY: Just option it for six months.
FLEMING: Which they did and nothing happened and I think we were very lucky we didn’t make it there because we would have gotten caught in a maelstrom.
BRADY: We did it for fun. That’s part of the story ““ that we enjoyed it and I think when we work together (we did two pilots together) it’s so much fun except that you keep getting these questions all the time like, ” Why would he do that?” And sometimes with comedy I don’t know. You can’t go to meetings and just defend everything.
FLEMING: We instinctively, for no logical reason, just realized later that that was a good idea after the fact. We only made HAMLET 2 because it made us laugh.
BRADY: And with a 2 to make it look like LETHAL WEAPON. That’s the worst idea.
FLEMING: And we had to go like, ” Wait, what happens in Hamlet?” We actually didn’t do the homework we should have.
BRADY: I actually watched the Mel Gibson version of it.
FLEMING: But it turned out to be the perfect play to use. It wasn’t even until the last minute we thought, “Let’s take all these characters and undue the tragedy?” ““ That evolved much later.
BRADY: But it’s normally towards the end of the process that you realize what you are writing about. What you are trying to say. And the idea that culturally we are taught that everything can be worked through with therapy.
FLEMING: The Oprah of it all.
BRADY: But in a way that actually ended up being true with us.
FLEMING: That’s what I love about that.
BRADY: Making fun of it.
FLEMING: It really is frustrating watching Hamlet. It’s like, “Why doesn’t he just get his shit together and work though his stuff?”
BRADY: Hamlet 1 wouldn’t be a hit today I don’t think. I don’t think the audiences are up for that.
CS: Although if he was the Dark Knight ““ if it was Batman – it probably could work.
BRADY: Maybe Christian Bale can play him.
FLEMING: Christian Bale can play anything.
[Pam Laughs]
BRADY: I was going to say something rude but I didn’t. Laughs. I held back because it’s Sunday. The Lord’s day.
FLEMING: Be nice. We’re being recorded.
CS: Looking back on it, you have the finished product – you’ve now seen it with audiences – how do you two look at what you’ve done and what you put on the screen? What kind of distance do you have ““ you know, is it thrilling from a personal standpoint in that “We’ve done something that we love and this is what we have to show for it”?
FLEMING: Basically it’s our way of saying, “Screw you world.”
BRADY: How funny. I thought you would say it’s a love letter to the world.
[Laughs]
BRADY: It’s both. Take that.
FLEMING: It’s fun. It’s a lot of work to make a movie and at the end of it when people are laughing and telling you that they like it it feels good. There is no denying that.
Many times it’s just a perfunctory element tossed in just for s and giggles but in MY BOYS, the television series on TBS, being a part of Chicago’s environment seems integral to making the story of a female sports columnist and the men in her life who define her life as a working woman. While I wouldn’t suppose that Chicago is one of the only defining elements of this series MY BOYS is a step above many of the weaker sitcoms in that the cast is exceptionally adept at, ironically enough, not being sitcom punchlines. There are real elements such as the lead, PJ (Jordana Spiro). She’s not window dressing, she’s not just a pretty face in a crowd of other actresses but rather, if I could make a comparison, she’s like Maura Tierney’s character in NEWSRADIO. PJ’s smart and has enough wherewithal that you would hope many other women would posses.
And then there’s Kyle Howard. The guy does not know the meaning of the words “sit on your hands.” As an actor in the Hollywood system for more than a decade, and only being 30, the man has made the transition from young actor to mature actor without the series of burnouts, bouts in rehab or paparazzi run-ins that seems to define what it means to be young in a town that wants to chew ’em up and spit ’em out. He’s incredibly grounded in his approach to his job as an actor and, as you read what he has to say about working as one, he’s got an outlook that, frankly, I don’t know if I would be able to posses; I would be given to feelings of constant paranoia and despair, moving from acting job to the next, but that’s why I keep my paranoia and despair locked in me as a writer.
Apart from also being funny, he’s got a great technical eye for what has made this series a winner for TBS and why he feels so safe in the hands of Betsy Thomas. He also deserves credit for being a Cubs fan, that instantly gets him a free pass for anything he does ever again from me, but deserves the most credit for being honest about the series and where he sees himself going.
MY BOYS airs on TBS, Thursdays, 9:30/8:30 Central
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: One of the first things I wanted to start off with is this ““ I didn’t realize until I looked into it is that this is actually TBS’s really first foray into original programming.
KYLE HOWARD: Yes, it was. The year that we did our pilot it was us and Ten Items or Less which is their sort of improv sketch show that they have. But the two of those were, as far as I know, their first run at that and are both still going at this point. That’s pretty exciting.
CS: But it must have been interesting from a taking-a-job sort of standpoint that here comes this opportunity where the water has been untested for TBS ““ But from a practical standpoint do you share studio space with anybody or did they build a whole new studio just to accommodate what your production?
HOWARD: No. We just, Sony, the studio behind the show, rents space from Paramount mainly because they have a back lot there that we try to sell the whole Chicago thing so it wasn’t anything to build a studio for us or anything like that. But it was sort of new territory for them.
CS: And for the show itself, it’s ostensibly set in Chicago and do you do exteriors here in Chicago?
HOWARD: Yes, we have in the past. We didn’t this season actually but the previous two episodes we came out there and did our finale of our first run ““ the Wrigley Field episode that was just so fun. We spent the whole day there and running around the field and playing catch in the outfield and it was amazing.
CS: Really?
HOWARD: Then we came in there again at the end of our second chunk of episodes and we did pieces from maybe three or four different episodes ““ we shot at the Sears Tower and the Art Institute, Oak Street Beach and just sort of sprinkled in there throughout and it really helps to just authenticate things a little bit. The majority of stuff is at her [PJ’s] apartment or at the bar or at our regular weekly sets but just to have that stuff in there here and there really legitimizes that whole Chicago thing that we are tying to sell and I think people in Chicago appreciate that too. They appreciate all the references that we make to restaurants and cross streets and whatever. I think they appreciates seeing the city from time to time too.
CS: Was it the writers ““ or the guys who came up with it or women who came up with it, was it their idea or were they from Chicago or any reason why, ultimately, they wanted to focus on Chicago?
HOWARD: Yes, Betsy Thomas who created it, went to school there. She went to Northwestern and a bunch of the other writers on our staff went there as well. It’s really cool ““ our whole writing staff ““ a whole bunch of them are Betsy’s old friends from back in the day ““ part of this sort of group we are portraying ““ in fact the Brendan character in the show is directly based on one of our writers Brendan Smith who has been a friend of Betsy’s forever. I think they even shared an apartment for a short time. PJ’s character is based on Betsy’s life so all of that stuff is really cool too. Just knowing that a lot of the stuff we do is coming out of real experiences they’ve had or that they had way back in the day or whatever so we end us just sitting around and hearing a lot of those stories which is kind of cool but Betsy’s ““ the short answer is yes, she’s from Detroit but then went to college to Chicago for school and met a bunch of those guys there and that’s where that came from.
CS: And for you being on the series represents steady work. Is this the longest string, so far, of one constant job? Looking over your resume I see a lot of one episode performances”¦
[Laughs]
HOWARD: Yes, I think I just passed my record of how many episodes I’ve done on one show ““ in fact there was a kind of funny story ““ when we did this pilot I met everybody, met Jordana and I apologized to all of them in advance and just explained to them that I’ve done a lot of pilots and a lot of them have been picked up but not very many of them have run very long and I just said I think I’m kinda cursed and if this goes down I take full responsibility and they are all like “No, no, don’t worry about it…We’re going to break the streak” and so far we have. It’s not like we’ve been on the air for years and years but we’ve been doing it since we’ve done the pilot which has been two years now and I think we’ve done 30 ““ 31 episodes or something like that. So, that’s great for me given my track record. I’m definitely doing alright.
CS: Seriously, for just your mental health that must be nice.
HOWARD: Yes, totally. That’s every actors thing is a little bit of stability goes a long way and the fact is we never really have it ““ just like right now we finished work last week and the show is on now all summer but we don’t know if we’re picked up again and won’t know until September so once again we’re sitting around sort of wondering if we have a job or not. It’s just sort of one of those things you have to accept and I’ve been doing this since I was a kid and I’m pretty used to the routine of it all so I try not to get too worked up over it. If I had my choice of course I really like this particular job and really like the people and I would be happy to keep doing it for a while.
CS: Fourteen years by my adding you’ve been doing this ““ and I have to wonder as a working actor, people obviously probably would see you on screen and think that he’s making millions because I see him on television ““ what’s it like for you, knowing what I do about professional working actors who need jobs just to pay for the rent? I would imagine you have some kind of perspective based on the 14 years you’ve spent in this business.
HOWARD: Well, it’s weird, when I started out, I wasn’t a little kid, I was 16 years old, but I still lived at home and stuff was taken care of. My parents prepared me and I had a place to stay and I had food on the table. When I started doing it, it was just more or less a hobby for me. Know what I mean?
CS: Right.
HOWARD: And then, at a certain point without me even realizing it because I just kept doing it steadily until I was an adult at a certain point I realized it had become my career and become my livelihood and I think that’s a nice way to transition into it because I never felt a lot of pressure to survive and to work and to get a job. Every actor has a little bit of that thing like “Oh wow, it would be nice to get this job” or that job or be nice to get some work by the end of the year or whatever it is but I guess I’ve just always sort of trained myself to have a more relaxed sort of feel about it, and like I said, transitioning into it from being a kid it was just already what I did ““ that made it easier.
I kind of believe that the more stress or desperation that you put on something the sort of opposite effect it can have so I just do my best to kind of think, it’s been fine up until now and it will continue to be fine. If this keeps going, great, and if it doesn’t then I have to find the next thing.
CS: That seems so realistic in a town that is filled with desperation ““ people scrambling to find the next thing to do. A project like this ““ it’s a great show ““ it must be nice to throttle that back a little and say “You know what, it’s been a good two years…” and being ravenous about it.
HOWARD: Absolutely. It’s been a treat for me to not have to do the whole pilot season thing the last two years. That’s always just sort of a game in and of itself. It’s nice to just see my friends, reading pilots and going to pilots ““ even if we’re not working on the show at the time I just know it’s coming back and it’s nice to sit back and skip that for a couple years.
CS: And on the subject of MY BOYS ““ it centers around PJ and it’s been described as SEX IN THE CITY with dudes ““ what initially attracted you to the series?
HOWARD: The thing that initially attracted me was Betsy because I had done a show with her a few years prior to this. Another comedy she created for the WB, RUN OF THE HOUSE, and it was also sort of loosely based on her family life and I had a blast doing that and I thought then that she was a great writer and a great boss. She’s such a nice personality to have around at work everyday. She always has a real clear idea of what she wants and she’s just goes about everything in such a nice and friendly and productive sort of way and that trickles down throughout the rest of the crew that works on the show and on the cast.
So anyway, I had a great experience with her on that and then I heard that she had a new pilot but I hadn’t read it yet. My manager sent it to me. They were going to bring me in for this Bobby role and I read it and I thought it was great ““ it was funny, it was real but wasn’t totally convinced that I was the Bobby character because I read him as the sort of leading man ““ love interest type of hunky guy that you read in almost every pilot that you read and I’m just wasn’t convinced that I was that guy. I’m usually ““ I tend to like more character-y kind of guy ““ the kooky best friend or quirky love interest ““ you know what I mean? And I had this conversation with Betsy and she said “Yeah, I had the same thought but we’re not making a soap opera here ““ we’re not making one of those shows with beautiful people playing those formulatic roles ““ we’re going to do something real here and something relatable and something sweet” so I came in and ended up reading with Jordan and we had great chemistry together and met with the studio and the network and ended up getting it and at the end of the day I was thrilled. I was convinced that I was right for it and could do it. Then I was very excited about it. CS: One of the things about the program, the way I see it is that it’s different. First of all it’s a very fresh way to approach something like this where you see a lot of ““ for better or worse ““ on primetime network shows, sitcoms that are just that – pretty people. THE HILLS, LAGUNA BEACH, if you are not a 10 they are not interested. It’s interesting to hear that the writing here was all about creating something that was not necessarily about models and more about characters themselves so what’s it been like over the two years to see where you signed on the dotted line saying “Yes, I’m going to start doing this” and then to see how your character has progressed over the two years?
HOWARD: I really can’t complain about any of that. Like I said, in the past my sort of normal thing is a little more character-y…a little more goofy than Bobby is on this show and every once in a while I feel like I’m sort of the straight guy of the group because a bunch of the other guys on the show are very broad and very big and hilarious and I crack up at work all day watching them and I crack up seeing them on the show and occasionally I’m like, “Give me more jokes ““ I want the jokes.” But really, I can’t complain. I’ve had a lot of fun with the character. I’ve had so much fun getting to know everybody else. It kind of like the luck of the draw situations when you go to cast a show. None of us ever met one another except I met Jordana when we read together at one of our auditions but other than that I hadn’t met anyone until our first table read. So, who’s to say that these people you are throwing in a room together are going to click and have chemistry on screen ““ which we all do ““ and on top of that, who’s to say that we’re going to click as people and become friends and generally like to be around each other ““ which we do. So with all of that, I feel super lucky.
CS: In your years of doing pilots and being on television and being part of a series, do you ever find that the network tries to get too involved with the way ““ like you said, everyone has this natural chemistry with one another ““ has there ever been a time when there were too many fingers in the pot trying to force things just simply for ratings or what might look good on television?
HOWARD: Sure. I think that’s a danger on almost every television show out there. There are so many people involved ““ so many writers, so many producers, and so many people at the network who essentially have the final say on everything. That was one of the things that I had talked to Betsy about before we did the pilot because I have never done the cable thing before and I expressed a sort of concern to her “What’s with TBS? They’ve never done original programming before. What do I expect from that? What am I getting into?” ““ that whole thing. And she said “Kyle, look, I have the same questions” because she hadn’t done a cable show before either and she said, “All I can tell you is up to this point it’s been such a treat dealing with them as a network for that very reason.” From the beginning I think I felt so much less pressure from them and so much less of them trying to sort of distort this show she had brought them and she felt they were really giving her a chance to make the show that she wrote. That said, there is always notes from the network and there is always going to be and there’s always several people with several different opinions and that’s just sort of the politics with any show.
But I do think we are lucky at TBS to have a way-scaled down version of that ““ if you would compare it to situations at some of the bigger networks.
CS: Looking at it now, you’ve said the difference between basic cable and network and looking at your resume over the 14 years, is it really a big difference when you walk into work in the morning? Does it feel any different than network vs. cable? TBS vs. NBC or ABC, or anything like that?
HOWARD: To me it really doesn’t. As actors we don’t really deal with the network very much. There are always a couple people from the network at our table reads and we see them at parties and press things but for the most part, it’s really the writers that deal with that and have that sort of constant influence so, no, it’s not something I’m normally aware of that presence there as an actor just because we are not directly influenced by them as the producers and writers.
CS: If I had just one more question to ask it would be, I’m awfully impressed looking over and seeing how much work you have done in the past ““ it’s more than a lot of people could say for themselves when you see many other actors trying to make a go for it as a living. Where do you see where you’ve been the last 14 and where do you hope things go in the next few for your career?
HOWARD: I feel super lucky to have stayed this busy as I’ve had and, yes, my first goal would be to continue that. I just like to work and obviously on things that I’m proud of and that I like the people on and whatever and I’ve also been very lucky with that and have had very few bad experiences. I just like to be busy and I like to act so my main goal is to just to continue with that. For the last couple years I’ve started writing some and I’ve started directing a little bit and both of those things are things that I sort of want to explore more and pursue more in the future but I don’t have a real pressure on either of those things. As boring as it sounds, I just want to stay steady and keep going as it’s been.
CS: One more side note: I know what the answer will be but I’m going to ask it anyway ““ I saw that you are not a huge sports fan but being from Chicago and seeing how this interview is taking place in Chicago right now, is it true that you are a Cubs fan because everyone knows, White Sox fans are dirty and smelly and not very well educated.
[Laughs]
HOWARD: I’m totally a Cubs fan. I grew up in a family full of Cubs fans. My mom is from Chicago. My dad went to school in Chicago. Ever since I was a little kid, me and my sister were both diehard Cubs fans. I think she still has the card to the club and everything. We still go back there occasionally, me my mom and my sister went back last fall and went to a game and I’m not your typical sports guy and watch football and that type of stuff but I do love the Cubs ““ that’s been really fun for me and my family to have that tie in with the show ““ they love all the references. It also would be really cool if the Cubs did something amazing this year and we got to write that into the show as well. I think that would be really exciting.
No, it’s not an ironic statement done out of some hipster love of Leon Rippy, although that’s a good enough reason, nor does it have anything to do with Christian Slater but taken as a whole KUFFS was a movie that was pretty good, pretty funny and had enough self-awareness that it was a film I still enjoy whenever it’s on.
And that brings us to Ross Partridge.
Seeing that he had a part in KUFFS was a good enough reason to give a shout-out to the guy (I would just as soon knight anyone involved in that production as worthy of my praise) and the fact he mentioned he hadn’t heard anyone bring that movie up in an interview as we talked about what we were really there to chat about, BAGHEAD, filled me with a little glee.
It’s not so much that Ross has obviously achieved the kind of success most actors never will, he’s been in the business for over 15 years, and is in one of the most talked about movies of the summer that doesn’t have anything to do with a gravely spoken hero of the night. BAGHEAD, Jay and Mark Duplass’ feature follow-up to the wonderfully produced THE PUFFY CHAIR, deals in a realm of comedy and horror that seamlessly blends the two in a wicked mix of thrills and laughs. After seeing this film you can’t help but wonder where Ross has been hiding amongst the soft bellied actors who wouldn’t have the wherewithal to deliver as convincing of a performance as Ross does. He understood what the part needed in order to make you think, first of all, this could happen and, secondly, how to bob and weave in between moments that have you laughing at one moment and abject horror the next. There’s a certain subtleness that Ross delivers in a movie where there are only four main people on the screen.
He took some time to talk about the film…and then about KUFFS.
BAGHEAD is now playing in limited release
ROSS PARTRIDGE: So, are you ready to do this?
CHRISTOPER STIPP: Absolutely, are you ready?
PARTRIDGE: Yeah. I’m actually in a pair of shorts walking in the ocean now so I couldn’t be more ready.
[Laughs]
It sounds more glamorous than it is. I’m actually dealing with something in my apartment because my toilet just broke. It’s not that glamorous, I assure you.
[Laughs]
CS: First question out of the gate, how pleased are you with the reception that BAGHEAD has received in the press?
PARTRIDGE: Man, I’m completely thrilled. It’s funny because you never really know who is going to enjoy it. We were up in Nantucket Film Festival a couple weeks ago and I swear the median age of the audience was probably 65 and I kept thinking to myself “I don’t know what about the description of this movie would make you want to come out and see this” but I have a feeling it has something to do with where people are at and they just want to have a good time and all the people just seem to love it ““ even at that age. It’s been pretty remarkable how people have taken to it.
CS: One of the nice things about the film was that the trailer does it so well that what I do on my side, in addition to doing interviews and pieces what have you, I also review movie trailers…
PARTRIDGE: Are you kidding me?
CS: I have not seen the movie. I’m in a podunk, backwater called Arizona and I haven’t seen it. It’s on it’s way, probably, by burro.
[Laughs]
CS: Seriously, we get things weeks after ““ first, it’s New York, LA and then at the bottom of that list, I think, is Arizona.
PARTRIDGE: Doing interviews with people sometimes people haven’t seen it – I did a Q&A with Leonard Maltin up in Nantucket ““ he hadn’t seen the movie either and it was just kind of funny to do a Q&A with him.
CS: And you’re like, “Has anybody seen the film??”
[Laughs]
PARTRIDGE: Exactly.
CS: But the trailer sets it up so well that I jumped at this opportunity because not only have I been reading the press on it but the film itself seems like it does a lot with very little and that’s exactly what I want to have you talk about. When you read the script for this ““ you essentially have only four players in this production ““ how did you take it when you read the script ““ what were your thoughts about it?
PARTRIDGE: When I first read the script I was probably 20 pages in and I was like, “Are you kidding? There’s no way they are going to sucker me into this.” Meaning, how can we pull the wool over the audience’s eyes at something so obvious as some guy running around with a bag over his eyes and make it work. And then by page 40 I was like, “Fuck, they got me. I’m completely in.” It’s so obvious that it becomes not obvious and it becomes something that you think would become something else. That was my initial reaction but then it got me.
CS: What about the film? How does it marry together a horror film and something that seems like the human drama of four people ““ it’s about relationships from what I can glean ““ the relationship of these four people together ““ how does it mix the two so well? Usually with horror you have some really one dimensional stupid teenage pot smoking kids and…
PARTRIDGE: I think just as far as the construct of the movie itself goes I give most of the credit to Mark and Jay and it’s their type of film making. Their other film, THE PUFFY CHAIR, was a road movie but it was a relationship movie and it’s basically they set up a structure, a combination of things but really it’s a character driven drama with a mix of subtleties, with real conflict and the contradiction of characters no matter what the situation is.
That’s what becomes really interesting.
It is a hard thing to accomplish doing a horror movie that is really a comedy mostly all the way through and becomes almost a humanistic kind of drama at the end. It keeps people guessing ““ you are laughing all the way through and then all of a sudden it takes this turn and your start to scream because you’re scared and then you are laughing because you are screaming and you don’t really know what to do with yourself. It’s very interactive.
CS: How did you take a look at that when you read the script? You are thinking to yourself that there is no way people are going to buy into this and then you see”¦
PARTRIDGE: It wasn’t that I didn’t think people would buy into it ““ I thought that if they did it is going to be really a remarkable thing. It’s just a hard thing to conquer. And, as I read it I too was skeptical but then found myself completely immersed and completely had by it and thought if I’m reading it and it’s working then we can make it happen.
CS: What was important for you when you read the script and you had your own interpretation of what this character would be like? The brothers themselves, did they offer any sort of insight how they wanted you to play it?
PARTRIDGE: Absolutely. I came in, as all actors do, you prepare certain things and you kind of build a character. And, my character is an actor and there are certain strong elements of myself that I bring to the film for my character ““ I bring in more character type of idea and Jay and Mark were very quick to strip that down and make them as real and honest as possible. So I think it was Mark and Jay’s keen understanding of ““ trying to create characters ““ them as writers they create and directors with an audience in mind, characters that they feel that they know or feel they would like at the end of the day. Most all their characters are people that you really like. For an audience, it makes it more palatable to go along on a ride like this.
CS: The odd thing is that I’ve seen THE PUFFY CHAIR which is a brilliant little film and to see them take one strong leap into another direction and mix drama, comedy and horror together ““ were the brothers at all wondering how they were going to make this a scary funny film when they got down to actually making it?
PARTRIDGE: There are always those moments where I think Jay and Mark are incredible ambitious and incredibly talented. When you watch PUFFY CHAIR ““ this is those guys and this is what they do. They put you in a situation and it’s the complexity that gives it almost a documentary feel.
CS: And a bit about the earlier notion, the idea of improvisation, especially on a movie where the name of the game is horror…do you think as the brothers were doing it was there anything that they said to the effect of “You don’t look scared enough!” or “You’re acting like you’re not really scared…” ““ Was it sort of”¦.
PARTRIDGE: Certainly. They are extremely generous filmmakers. They actually dive into the instincts of the actors as much as the actors themselves. They are just very generous and are keen on people’s instincts so. The line in the sand is what becomes too intense and falls short of keeping the humor alive and I think for the most part we were always opting to keep the audience in the palms of our hands with as much humor as possible and try even in the most precarious situations, albeit a man stalking you in the woods there is conflict of character and the characters’ intentions that end up being funny because there is such a situation that no one has ever experienced so everyone is experiencing it for the first time.
CS: And then having to marry that with the actual human drama and your character and everyone you are trying to relate to, was it odd for you to try and balance three different ““ the scary, the funny and the dramatic?
PARTRIDGE: No. There’s nothing I could say that was difficult about making this movie. The balancing of our intention ““ like I said we work in a way there were times when I was doing a scene and it was going in the wrong direction ““ my character breaks down in the beginning and I’ve done this shit, and I’m not doing anything with my life and I’m fooling myself to think that I’ll ever make it or be anything in the movie and it became very mellow dramatic and just wasn’t working. And, I came back and Mark and Jay they tend to take little walks on the set ““ that’s the luxury of producing the movie yourself to take the time in between to figure out what’s working and what’s not working and they came back to me and said, “OK, the same scene but you are not thinking about your own life, you are thinking about buying a hybrid car.”
[Laughs]
So they are always creating new ways to get the same results but playing with our intentions. Not rehearsed. We never rehearsed anything.
CS: Was there any sort of fear that the ““ and I won’t draw the comparison – but I’ll just sort of illustrate it as I try to ask the question is that you know M. Night Shyamalan’s big reveal at the end that the guy was dead all along. Did you ever, or the filmmakers, think along the way that “Maybe we are trying to become too gimmicky” or that “This is looking like one of these things where the last part is that ‘He woke up'”. Do you know what I mean?
PARTRIDGE: Oh absolutely. Look, all along we were concerned with the reveal at the end if people were going to feel ““ the big concern was that we know that people know we have this big reveal at the end but just as long as we are responsible about making the journey up to that point making it worthwhile for the audience, then we feel that we will be OK. I think that was always in the back of our minds. We are kind of playing with the audience, having fun with the audience but as long as they are having a good time too I think they’ll forgive us. And that’s working out very well, doing it that way. Since you haven’t seen it yet, I won’t spoil the ending.
CS: I appreciate that.
PARTRIDGE: People are like, “What the f”¦” and then it’s not about the ending really, it’s about the characters and how they relate to one another ““ that’s the most important thing. The presence of the Baghead is the backdrop of the relationships and dynamics of the characters and how that’s been resolved ““ the audience was rooting for that even more interested in that under the umbrella of this guy chasing around the woods with a bag over his head.
[Laughs]
CS: How is it for you anyway on a project like this? I think if the budget were more I don’t think a movie like this could be made because it seems that this is a film that rewards attentive viewing. If someone took this script and gave it to a Sony or Warner Bros. they might be a little gun shy because they are trying to mix genres and they like products that are easy to sell and easy to market ““ this bridges a lot different genres as it were.
PARTRIDGE: Yes, I understand. It’s kind of one of those things where everyone wants it cut and dried and fitting into a certain mold and then someone comes along and does something that doesn’t fit into that mold and no one pays any attention to it and then that becomes the mold. This is certainly not an easy movie to market. I understand people’s concerns and reservations in this business about how to market this movie, but in the end I think it’s a movie that is so unique, it’s worth taking the adventure of figuring out how to market it because that in itself becomes part of the uniqueness of the profits of what this movie could be. You come back to the old adage that sometimes studios don’t give the audience enough credit.
CS: What are your thoughts as a working actor as a viable way for you to make a living? In trying to do a little research before I talked to you I was surprised when it looks like you started off in a movie which is one of my favorites of all time: KUFFS.
PARTRIDGE: Get out of here!
CS: I love that movie and I’m damn well embarrassed almost to admit it.
PARTRIDGE: Oh my god. That’s hysterical. I never thought anyone would ever talk to me about KUFFS ever.
CS: I love it. It is ““ and I won’t even call it a guilty pleasure ““ I just enjoy ““ like you said you sell the audience short ““ for what it was you’ve got Leon Rippy, you’ve got Christian Slater…
PARTRIDGE: You got Bruce Boxleitner.
CS: Yes…
PARTRIDGE: You got Ashley Judd ““ it was her first job too by the way.
CS: Oh really? I didn’t know that.
PARTRIDGE: Yeah, she played a pregnant woman somewhere. I remember them auditioning her and her walking into the room at the time I was probably 25 and thought, “This girl is spectacular.”
CS: Really.
PARTRIDGE: And then she went on and became huge.
CS: Exactly. And I enjoy that film immensely. And it looks like you did some stuff until ’93 and then there’s a 3 year gap. Little things here and there ““ what have you been doing to fill the time?
PARTRIDGE: It’s been hit and miss for me. It hasn’t been an easy ““ I’m still struggling right now. But I took some time off from acting and did a little traveling. I wrote a screenplay that I was working on for a couple years. I ended up writing and directing a feature film back in 2000 for the Toronto Film Festival called INTERSTATE 94 staring Kevin Dillon and then I started a film website with a friend of mine with Kevin Spacey’s production company. Then I was working with those guys and produced a couple documentaries and I was working the producer end of the business so I kind of jumped in and out of the business and that’s kind of how I met Mark and Jay. I was at the Nantucket Film Festival producing a screen play for one of the screen plays that was on our website and met them when they were doing THE PUFFY CHAIR and then got completely blown away by what they were doing and how resourceful they are and we became friends and one thing led to another and we started to collaborate on ideas and they had this script and they said, “You know what, we want you to do this.” So, we ended up doing it. I’ve been kind of in and out and in all different aspects ““ just chugging away at it.
It’s a tough business, man.
CS: Absolutely. It’s a testament to honest to God dedication in sticking with it.
PARTRIDGE: I think when you start out in this business you have an idea of how you would like your career to go and you try to find yourself doing”“ I do a lot of theater – I have a theater company here in New York and we produced a couple shows in the last couple years so I always try to get back and do more theater but obviously that doesn’t pay anything so you try to do a movie and put money on the boards. But it’s definitely a long road and you can’t quit when you have something you want to say and roles that you haven’t really been able to accomplish. At this point, BAGHEAD has been the reward of many years ““ Mark and Jay are two of the most talented people I’ve ever met in this business. I just got back ““ I co-produced a project called The DO-DECA-PENTATHLON which they are editing right now and hope to get to Sundance next year.
CS: And good luck with that. I like talking to people who actually have to make a living doing this and not just reaping the reward of a fanciful career. You are absolutely an inspiration.
PARTRIDGE: Thank you, man. And if you met Jay and Mark ““ these guys are the realist guys you’ll ever come across. Their talented and so unaffected and just love what they do. They love movies and at the end of the day to be around guys who love it and hope to do it they way we want to do it ““ they love making movies their way.
Sometimes it’s hard to peg what will catch my interest.
Sometimes I don’t respond well to whatever the flavor of the hour is, I don’t like generic press releases telling me what’s the latest and greatest and I generally despise being pitched from someone who doesn’t know me. That’s why when I was asked to talk to the star of ABC Family’s THE SECRET LIFE OF THE AMERICAN TEENAGER I was intrigued but not necessarily on board. I’ve been fanatical about my love for AMERICAN TEEN, my appreciation for the television series HIGH SCHOOL CONFIDENTIAL and, as I stare down the raising of two young women I have a certain vested interest in keeping my finger on the pulse of the American teenager. To boot, the series co-stars Molly Ringwald and has the most peculiar tag on it which says “Viewer Discretion Advised.”
Say no more, I was down for the 15 minute interview.
Now, talking with Shailene Woodley, a woman nearly half my age (Man, am I getting old…), I got to know something that I’ve never been able to tackle before: the life of the budding actress. I’ve learned that the closer you get to those who are finding their way and finding their footing in this business the more interesting the conversation. Shailene has that kind of eagerness and excitability that many times gets snuffed out by the time many other actors reach that sort of cranky, jaded stage. One can hope that this woman can retain that same sense of wonder at appreciating those she’s been able to work with and who will see every job as a chance to actually learn something.
She was fun to talk to about what it is that this series hopes, and wants, to be and it’s also a series which could use a few supportive fans who can see what she expresses below. From sex, to pregnancy to the process of filtering what it does mean to be a teen in America today, Shailene talks eloquently on it all.
THE SECRET LIFE OF THE AMERICAN TEENAGER is on every Tuesday night 8/7c on ABC Family.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: Fill me in on what the series revolves around.
SHAILENE WOODLEY: It revolves around teenage conflict with sex. It is very controversial in the fact that it talks about things that television has never talked about before as far as in teenage language. It explores these tough decisions to have sex or not have sex and the consequences in the end for that. I think it has so many good morals and standards for teenagers to live by and for their parents to realize what they’re teenagers are doing because a lot of times parents don’t realize what teenagers are doing when they are not in the home. I think it’s going to be very good for parents and teenagers alike to learn from and also to enjoy.
CS: And which network is this on?
WOODLEY: ABC Family.
CS: And that’s what I have in my notes but there’s one of the sticking points. I can only imagine with a network like this there is a fine line between family entertainment and whether it’s appropriate for everyone to watch. Was there any hesitation on the studio’s behalf to not make this a “Viewer Discretion Advised” kind of program?
WOODLEY: I know that ABC Family is expanding their horizons just in the fact that they are launching, not launching, that’s not the right word but more intricate adult like themes into their network and our show definitely mentions a lot of things that ABC Family has never mentioned before but I think it’s good because it mentions it in a way that is good for families. It doesn’t try to urge you to go one way or another or think one thing and not the other it’s very positive. Of course it’s a TV show drama so it’s going to suck a lot of teenagers in who love drama but it does have a lot of good messages and ABC Family is very respectful of that.
CS: Was there any hesitation on your part? Did you read the script first and say this was a flat out good series or was there things about this series which might have caused some second thoughts?
WOODLEY: Absolutely not. I read the script and fell in love with it. Brenda Hampton wrote it. She was with 7th Heaven which ran for 11 years and she is so good at what she does. She asks about what teenagers go through everyday. Everyday in America teenagers deal with divorce and deal with the pressure to have sex in high school or not have sex. The storyline in the script evolves around decisions. And it’s really important for teenagers to understand that what they do now will effect them in the long run. Not that they will regret it ““ it has nothing to do with regret. It just has to do with decisions made in the present.
CS: Molly Ringwald. She plays your mother…
WOODLEY: Yes. She plays my mom.
CS: Man, that makes me feel old. I remember 16 CANDLES, BREAKFAST CLUB and scads of others. She’s playing a mom.
WOODLEY: I know. She’s amazing. She’s so beautiful and so down to earth and such a great actress ““ I learn from her all the time. I am so, so fortunate to be able to work with her.
CS: When a series starts they usually have a premise where they want there characters to go. Is there a long term vision? I assume that you are in high school. Is it one year, two years and then you’re off to college?
WOODLEY: We are all Freshmen in high school except for 2 leads that are sophomores. Brenda Hampton did 7th Heaven for 11 years so I think in the long run she has ideas for 10 years from now. It’s hard to assume and hard to think that far into the future because we don’t know if the show is going to be picked up. We don’t want to jinx it or get our hopes up. Whatever. We try to just live in the now.
CS: As you go through the script process and the characters in the series, do you look at it and say, “I’m kind of this age, I wouldn’t talk like this. ” Is it real in your own reality?
WOODLEY: A lot of things are real for me and a lot of things are real for a high school. There are so many characters and each character has a different conflict. This one girl Adrianne who’s mom is never home ““ she’s home once every two weeks. So Adrianne resorts to getting attention from guys. And there’s another character, Grace, who is very religiously stuck to her religion, Christianity, and believes in abstinence. So every character right now in the script is being defined as to who they are. It’s very relatable to a normal high school – very relatable.
CS: The message ““ you’ve talked about the writing pedigree, 7th Heaven a really solid show that ran for many years and had a lot of good things to say, is this going to be the same way, always sort of a message based drama?
WOODLEY: It definitely has lots of messages but I don’t think that when a teenager watches the show they’ll come out of it saying I got that message. They are more hidden messages. It’s more like if you’re going to have sex, you’re going to get pregnant. That’s the way it goes. Brenda Hampton is able to take real life situations and put them into the show. I think a lot of the real neat things about the show ““ like my character, her parents are going through a divorce. All the millions of teenagers out there who’s parents are going through a divorce or have gone through a divorce can look at my character and say oh, this is the way she handled it. It’s gives them something to compare and contrast with and I think everybody needs that.
CS: Just the touchy subject of young kids and promiscuity ““ young kids having sex ““ is a touchy notion to a lot of people in this country today ““ did Brenda ever say, “This might be a lightning rod…We’re in an election season…They might point out that this is exactly what’s wrong with America?” That sort of thing?
WOODLEY: Who is to say it’s wrong or right first of all? You know what I mean?
CS: True.
WOODLEY: I think it’s all opinions but definitely a lot of controversy. I think it’s good for mothers and fathers to watch the show because they actually can see exactly what they’re teenagers are thinking and what they’re teenagers do when they are not necessarily looking. And I think there a lot of parents out there who are clueless. They judge before they know what the actual situation is. And I think this show will help that. And, teenagers as well. They judge their parents without knowing the full situation. So, there’s definitely a lot of controversy but Brenda writes it in a way that doesn’t provoke arguments. Does that make sense? It’s controversial but not provoking arguments.
CS: Looking at your resume and what you’ve done since ’99 ““ with the exception of the OC around 6 episodes ““ I shouldn’t say it’s hard ““ you would probably welcome the notion of being front and center by now ““ But being the lead, is this something that feels comfortable to you, being such a pivotal character in a series?
WOODLEY: I did a movie 3 years ago and I was in actually every scene in that movie and that role was bigger than this role. It’s definitely weird being a lead in a TV show ““ I’m not acting it’s my hobby and I do it because I love it. It’s so trippy and it’s humbling in a way to be in that position to inspire others and all that kind of stuff but then again it’s kind of weird. I’m doing phone interviews! I’m not used to that.
CS: On that same idea, is it odd growing up in Hollywood? You’ve done this since you were 8 ““ so now all these years later, is there such a thing as a child star turning into an adult? Is there like that problem area that some people can’t get over that hump or deal with things when they are so young?
WOODLEY: I’ve grown up in this industry knowing it’s a hobby. I’ve gone to public school my whole entire life. I’ve gotten straight A’s and stayed the person my parents know I am and I don’t have very many friends at all in the industry because I don’t really like to take part in “young Hollywood” I guess. Just because there are so many kids that really do get wrapped up in that but then again there are a lot of teenagers who are really down to earth and want a future in something other than acting as well and that is really neat to experience both sides of that. But, I definitely think that growing up in Hollywood has matured me faster than if I hadn’t because it shows me you definitely have to figure out who you are and stick with it. And that can be very difficult to do but I’ve found it very easy. I have such amazing parents and amazing family and friends that I really have a base that keep me going ““ keep me Shailene.
CS: This whole series is based on the American teenager. Has Brenda asked you about whether teens are really doing this or that or is she consulting with teens themselves to find out what is really going on?
WOODLEY: I’m not sure if she’s consulting with other teens but she definitely asks me and other people in the cast where would teenagers get in a fight or “Where would this happen if you were in high school?” or “Where would this happen if you were in high school?” or “How would you react to this situation?” and she definitely takes your input and it’s really neat because you feel like you are adding something to the show to make it more authentic and make it more like everyday life.
CS: And, I’m sure you hope the series keeps going and you can keep doing it for as longs as you can ““ Is it important but intrinsically when you take a script is it because you really want to do it or because right now you can’t be as choosy as you’d like and sometimes these things happen because you have to?
WOODLEY: It’s always because I want to all the time. I never do anything I don’t want to do and there are some many scripts out there and so amazing roles and so many roles that I don’t necessarily I wouldn’t want to do. It’s all about keeping your integrity and saying yes and no without hurting another’s feelings.
CS: And based on that, when I’ve talked to working actors in their 30’s they tell me that this is what they do to help provide for their families. How do you see your life in the next 5 years as you progress into adulthood to try to stay out of those things where push comes to shove you have to do something because you have to pay the rent this month?
WOODLEY: I want to go to college and I want to get a degree in psychology and interior design because I want to always have options. Acting is my passion, I find myself in it and I love it do death but I’m kind of a person that wants to try it all. And if that ever happened to me in my 30’s I would want to be a psychologist or “¦. I’m all about being about options and doing what you love and not sticking to one thing because of the money. Money isn’t happiness ““ happiness is doing what you love and then get your money from that.
CS: Where does that come from? You’ve probably worked on so many projects and seen the glitz and what people aspire to be and never make it at all. How do you keep it in check at such a young age?
WOODLEY: A lot has to do with my family. My parents are amazing people. My dad is a principal of an elementary school and my mom is a counselor at a middle school so education is something I have grown up to respect and enjoy. I have such amazing friends who are so down to earth. Everyone I surround myself with is very positive and very into nature and the environment and I guess just being able to be myself and go on a hike realize that we are just walking this earth with the same everything except the only thing that separates everyone is our mentality and if you can keep your mentality in line then everything just falls into place. It’s all about being positive and staying down to earth. Because really, what makes one person better than the other? Know what I mean?
CS: If I have one more question for you, when this series premiers, and people start talking about it, what’s the one thing you hope people talk about?
WOODLEY: I hope it pulls teenagers in to watch it. Anything that has the word sex in it or anything like that teenagers are going to watch it .and I hope they will be able to enjoy the drama and enjoy the laughs but also enjoy the messages that go along with it without thinking that we’re trying to preach.
With a gaggle of off-the-wall friends and acquaintances, if you think of it as a twenty-something Seinfeld with a postmodern pop culture twist (there are frequent surreal diversions), you wouldn’t be far off the mark.
After much legal wrangling, fans and soon-to-be fans in the US can now pick up Spaced: The Complete Series.
After Spaced, co-creator/co-writer/co-star (with Simon Pegg) Jessica Hynes continued on with her acting career, accumulating quite an impressive CV – including guest appearances on Doctor Who, a regular role on the acclaimed Royle Family, writing the telefilm Learners, and even starring as Mafalda Hopkirk in the Harry Potter series – in addition to many others.
Find out about the Spaced trio’s appearance at LA’s Secret Stash on Wednesday, July 22 HERE. You can then catch Jessica, Simon, and Edgar Wright at the San Diego Comic-Con.
I got a chance to have an in-depth conversation with Jessica about… Well, about a lot of things… Read on…
KEN PLUME: Hiya. This still a good time for you?
JESSICA HYNES: This is fine, yes.
KP: Did I catch you at a bad moment?
HYNES: No you didn’t at all. I was sadly just listening to the podcast of me…
KP: Well, then I caught you at a really awkward, self-reflective moment…
HYNES: You caught me red handed. (laughing) Oh, the sadness of it.
KP: I’ll make sure and send this tape to you for your collection…
HYNES: Yeah! (laughing)
KP: So, let me say, it’s a pleasure to be speaking with you…
HYNES: Oh…
KP: And something that we’ve definitely wanted to do for a few years now, so I’m glad it pulled together.
HYNES: Oh, great…
KP: But since everyone else is talking about Spaced, why don’t we just start off and talk completely about According to Bex?
HYNES: Oh God! (laughing) Do we have to?
KP: Well, all that Spaced stuff is covered. When are we ever gonna have an According to Bex interview?
HYNES: Listen, Accordion to Bex is a show I’m working on now. It’s when Bex finally learns to play the accordion. That was my original suggestion. I thought that’s maybe where the show should have gone in the outset, and they’ve finally come around.
KP: Is this being done for CBBC now?
HYNES:Accordion to Bex is a CBBC show starring, obviously, me. I’m the accordion. So I feel very positive about it. Feel very upbeat about it, yeah.
KP: Well, I heard you were bringing a monkey in for it to.
HYNES: The joke is the monkey tries to play the accordion but fails. He’s obviously not a real monkey, because it wouldn’t be ethical to have live animals on a children’s show. It’s a man dressed in a monkey suit.
KP: Well, I’m surprised that you got Simon to play the monkey…
HYNES: He did it as a favor. He had a week off and was feeling sort of in a good mood, so he came down and put the monkey suit on, and bingo!
KP: It’s good that you finally got a catchphrase. It’s, “Silly monkey, that’s my accordion!!”, right?
HYNES: (laughing) That’s what was lacking from the original format, I felt. No, no accordion catchphrase. No really good catchphrases. So I think we’re all set up now.
KP: It’s a good thing that that’s faded quickly, then, so you don’t have to worry about accordion catchphrases…
HYNES: Yeah, exactly. (laughing)
KP: Now I’m going to put you out of your misery and we’re not going to talk about According to Bex anymore…
HYNES: Okay! (laughing)
KP: I was actually just watching your Room 101 appearance, and your fight against marzipan…
HYNES: Oh yeah, marzipan. What is that about? What the hell? It’s got to be some holdover from the war or something, isn’t it? Some kind of foodstuff hanging over from the time when we didn’t have any nice stuff to eat.
KP: “We have no real food product – can we make some kind of faux food product?”
HYNES: Yeah. “That is disgusting, but because it’s so sugary, we can almost convince ourselves that it’s a treat.”
KP: “How can we make it festive?” “Well, we put it on cakes. People will eat it if it’s on cake.” “But we don’t have cakes right now.” “Well, we’ll just give them the marzipan.”
HYNES: “We’ll camouflage it amongst some actual genuine confectionery, and no one will know it’s there.”
KP: “It’s after the war. There’s no more munitions factories. We can get those people to start sculpting marzipan.”
HYNES: Yeah, all the women returned from the gun to the marzipan sculpting.
KP: You realize that all those wartime factories transitioned over to marzipan after the war…
HYNES: I’d almost rather they were still making munitions, frankly.
KP: Well, your convictions on marzipan were kind of full of holes during the Room 101 appearance. There were a lot of digressions to your hatred of it…
HYNES: Oh yeah…
KP: Which, of course, Paul (Merton) poked further holes in rather quickly…
HYNES: He’s so good at that. I mean, he’s just such a quick wit. He doesn’t miss anything.
KP: What is your comfort level on shows like that? Because you’ve been doing them for the past few years…
HYNES: Oh yeah…
KP: You did a rather memorable appearance on Never Mind The Buzzcocks last season…
HYNES: (laughing) I was really ready for that.
KP: Now, when you’re in the green room on that, at what point did you formulate, “You know, I’m gonna wrestle Simon (Amstell)…” ?
HYNES: When somebody came and interviewed me for the Guardian and they said, “Are you scared? Are you worried?” I said, “Look, I’m gonna snap his little arms like the twiglets they are.” I became extremely aggressive, physically. Honestly, in an ironic way. I’m not an aggressive person, but it was a kind of way of psyching myself up. And then I suddenly realized that I was just… that was it. That we were gonna wrestle as soon as he came out. Because it’s very difficult to get anything past Simon, so I realized the only way to go was just to bring him down. I thought that he would appreciate the physical contact, as well. He always seems to me like somebody who’d kind of, you know, appreciate a hug.
KP: Just needs a hug?
HYNES: Or a wrestle. And a kiss. He was quite keen for the kiss though, wasn’t he?
KP: Yes.
HYNES: He’s just straight in there…
KP: And you completely subverted him on that.
HYNES: Yeah, I did. I did!
KP: So you clearly proved dominance on that.
HYNES: Yes, I did!
KP: And by that point, it was your game to win.
HYNES: (laughing) Yeah. Yeah, he respected me after that, didn’t he?
KP: Yes, now you know. Exactly… wrestle and refuse the kiss.
HYNES: Yeah, I did.
KP: That’s the way to live life, I think.
HYNES: We became friends after that. It was great.
KP: When you talk about friends, what kind of contact have you had with Simon since?
HYNES: He’s in Paris at the moment, and I just got a nice text from him saying, “I’m in Paris and I’m having a nice holiday.” I’ve met up with him and gone out with him a couple of times. We haven’t done any wrestling since then, obviously. But he let me do… I tried out a bit of stand-up, a bit of comedy, in one of his shows and he let me do a warm-up for him. In Brighton. He wasn’t planning to because I’d done a warm-up for him up in London. I just did a tight three minutes at the beginning of one of his sets, because I’d mentioned I was into it, and he said, “Go on then, come along.” And then I went down to one of his gigs in Brighton, which is a sort of 1600 seat theater – and the intention wasn’t to do anything, and then when we got there he said, “Go on, do a bit. Do a bit on the stage while we’re warming up.” And he said, “Go on, why don’t you go on tonight? Go and do a bit.” So I did. It was fun. It was a great night. He’s a great guy. I love Simon.
KP: Now, you’ve done stage work before. How different is the sort of feeling and dynamic when it’s stand-up, as opposed to stage work?
HYNES: Stand-up is a lot more… it’s showmanship, stand-up. It’s showmanship. It’s absolutely about the very immediate and direct relationship that you have with the audience. The connection. (DOG BARKS) All right. That dog obviously disagrees. I’m out in the garden. Yeah, I think stand-up is, from the very little that I’ve done… hopefully I might do more. I’m rehearsing for a play, actually, at the moment. But yeah, stand-up is obviously about an immediate relationship that you have with the audience. It’s not about a character you – stage work is about a character, kind of thinking about the dynamic of the play. You want to play the play. You want to do the play and kind of bring it to life and be faithful and true to the author’s vision, if you like. Whereas stand-up is completely different. It’s pure entertainment.
KP: Do you think, on some level when you’re doing a production, you’re in some ways divorced from the audience?
HYNES: Not entirely. Because you can get a sense of them. You know when they’re with you. But it’s not such an immediate relationship in that way. And you’re not necessarily courting the audience, unless you’re in that kind of play. I’m working with a director at the moment, and he’s saying he recently was working on a comedy. He said it got to the point where everyone realized that everyone could get a laugh on every single line if they wanted to. So there was a point they were saying, “Well, do you know what, cut down the laughs and try not to get a laugh on that, because then that stamps on someone else’s laugh.” I think, when you’re doing a play, you’re not so totally focused on that immediate laugh, that immediate gratification – you’re focused on what you’re actually doing. Whereas when you’re doing stand-up, that’s all you want. You just want them to laugh. You do anything to get a laugh.
KP: Do you think that situation you just described – about toning down when an audience is sort of prompting you for gags – is the difference between stage and sort of panto?
HYNES: Yes. I think that’s where I’m headed. God.
KP: What’s the one panto role you’ve always wanted to play?
HYNES: Oh, god. I think the one panto role I’ve always wanted to play… let’s see. I think I’d like to play… I’d quite like to play a Dame, but I don’t think I can. I don’t know whether they have female Dames. And I don’t know if they have this big panto thing in America…
KP: No, not at all.
HYNES: Well, the whole panto thing in England is the Christmas show, and you tell the same stories. You basically kind of beef up the classic fairy tales – Cinderella, Little Red Riding Hood, Dick Wittington… which is a story about a boy who goes to London. That’s a very famous British panto. And there’s always… the female character is normally the cook in the castle, played by an enormously tall, fat, large drag queen. And that’s a pantomime Dame. And I kind of think that I wouldn’t mind being a pantomime Dame at some point. Sometimes I feel like I am a pantomime Dame.
KP: Maybe you need to break the glass ceiling on male pantomime Dames…
HYNES: Thank you! I don’t know whether that would be right…
KP: Do you think there would be a massive public backlash against it? “How dare a female try and be a Dame!”
HYNES: That’s so British. That would happen. People would boycott the theaters.
KP: “You’re ruining tradition!”
HYNES: “Who does she think she is?” (laughing)
KP: “You’re destroying our culture!”
HYNES: Yeah, exactly.
KP: Maybe that’s how the Spaced reunion has to happen. You all just get together as a rep group and put on a panto for Christmas.
HYNES: And put on a panto. That’s what I’m talking about. That’s what I’m talking about!
KP: You’d probably have to fight Nick (Frost) for the Dame role, though…
HYNES: Do you know, it’s going to go to him. You know that, and know that. I’d be lucky if I get Buttons to his… if you ever look up. That is also a very famous pantomime role. Buttons. He’s the butler, I think, to Cinderella… or something like that.
KP: Maybe that’s what the panto is about – is the fact that you’re fighting to be the Dame…
HYNES: That’s what my life is about.
KP: It’ll be like a meta-panto.
HYNES: (laughing) Maybe that’s… I see what you mean. Yes, a meta-panto about me wanting to be the pantomime Dame. You’re a genius! I couldn’t take that from you. That’s yours. That’s yours, my friend.
KP: No, you can take it and run with is as far as your legs will carry…
HYNES: Oh my god, the hamster’s got out. The hamster. I swear to god – there’s a hamster on the floor…
KP: Gosh, everyone is disagreeing with this interview…
HYNES: I’m sorry. I don’t think he’s coming in protest. There’s just quite a lot of cats ’round here.
KP: He’s disgusted by the idea of a female Dame, too…
HYNES: I can’t believe… Yeah, he’s disgusted by it. He heard me from his tiny little plastic little network of pods…
KP: And he said, “Enough is enough. I’m dealing with this.”
HYNES: Yeah. “I’ve had enough of this. I’m getting out there. I’m gonna tell her what I think.”
KP: Yes, “Too much subversion of our culture…”
HYNES: No, I’m all about subversion. Yeah, and he better learn to live with it. That hamster, I’m gonna show him! (laughing)
KP: So that’ll be on the 20th anniversary release of Spaced – the meta-panto…
HYNES: The meta-panto. I’m wondering whether the final final might be Tim and Daisy – although I have said this a couple of times in interviews, so it might sound… oh look, he’s there… Maybe in an old people’s home, maybe.
KP: Just sort of what, reflecting?
HYNES: Making kind of catheter bag jokes? I don’t know.
KP: That’s how you do your clip show.
HYNES: What, as oldies?
KP: Yes. And flashbacks to the time when they were younger…
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: Of course, you have it peppered with flashbacks that never happened…
HYNES: Yes, that’s a good idea. (laughing) Lots of good ideas!
KP: Yeah, I’m sure. None of them workable. Strictly an idea person. Not anywhere close to a realization person. So, obviously, you’ve been working quite steadily over the past 20 years…
HYNES: Yeah. Yeah, I have.
KP: What was the appeal… because you started in National Youth Theatre, right?
HYNES: That’s right.
KP: At a rather young age…
HYNES: Yeah. I was 14 when I joined the National Youth Theatre. I auditioned when I was 13, and they didn’t let me in, but they wrote me a really lovely letter. They actually wrote me a letter and said, “Do try again. We just did feel that maybe you were a little bit too young to come up to London alone for two weeks.” But then I got in the following year.
KP: Were your parents always encouraging of that move to theater?
HYNES: Yeah. I mean, I was kinda lucky in a way, because I had quite a sort of… I mean, my situation was that I was able to kind of make those sort of decisions for myself. I mean, it was up to me to kind of get on with it. They were quite… my mother was a working single mother, so she was quite preoccupied with working. And I just got on with it. And I had quite a lot of freedom to do that, really, and no pressure to do anything else. So a friend from school said, “I’m in a Saturday afternoon drama class.” I just found myself a quid from somewhere, a pound, and got myself on the bus and took myself down there, because I wanted to do it and I sort of had that sort of freedom and autonomy. Because I think if you do have a working lone parent, you have to be quite self-sufficient – or, at least in my experience, that was the case. So I just kinda got on with it. It was what I wanted to do. I never met any sort of resistance. I mean, only from a couple of teachers, grumpy teachers. But I just sort of got on with it, and then as it picked up momentum I think my mum came to some… I won the Sussex drama competition or something when I was about 13, and I had to do a poem on stage. And I think my mum by that point was thinking, “Oh, you know, she’s really…” I remember her and my sister coming down and watching it and kind of being like, “Oh, yeah!” You know? It suddenly became so obvious that maybe it was something that was actually gonna happen and I might do it. But I was quite lucky in that way. I just had the freedom to do it, was never discouraged, and just I very, very early on realized that if you focus and you work hard enough, you’ll get there. You just have to keep working hard.
KP: I’m curious when you mentioned the grumpy teachers, how did that exactly take form?
HYNES: Well, I remember when I was at an A-Level college, I was very fond at that point of saying, “I’m gonna be an actress.” And almost enjoyed and sort of relished the response, which was, “Oh really, are you?” And this teacher would do that, and she would just give me a whole list of why that wasn’t gonna happen and why it was a bad idea, and why I should have something else to do. It may be kind of sound advice, but it only fueled my determination to go ahead and do it. I never let it deter me.
KP: Was there any point where your belief in yourself faltered?
HYNES: There’s a very clear point I remember going back to… because when I first started working, through the Youth Theatre, I had a really great foundation. Mainly from doing lots of theater work. And I had a fantastic artistic director who was very encouraging of me, and basically within three or four years of being in the Youth Theatre I was playing the lead in the big musical that year. So when I was 17, I was playing a big lead in a musical at the Youth Theatre. And agents came, and I got an agent. I hadn’t finished my A-levels, even, and I hadn’t finished college, but I decided, “Well, this is it. This is great.” I didn’t leave then. I kind of sat college out, basically, looking at my watch, just desperate to get out there and start auditioning and stuff. Once I finally got out, it wasn’t anything major – it was walking into a restaurant job and a washing up job, and then going to auditions. And on several occasions people would say, “You’re much too young. You’ve no experience. You haven’t been to drama school. You know, this is just ridiculous. I don’t even know why you’re here.” I remember bringing my reviews at one point, which was an odd decision…
KP: “Look! Look! They said I’m good!”
HYNES: My newspaper cuttings of my of reviews! “Would you like to see my reviews?” And I remember my mouth was so dry, my tongue was sticking to my teeth. I was so nervous. It felt like maybe they’re right. Maybe I just need to go to drama school.
KP: Not many actors go into auditions with scrapbooks…
HYNES: I went in with a scrapbook and said, “Here, these are my reviews.” I remember going in and working in a restaurant, and then getting my first job and thinking, “God, a paycheck. Brilliant.” And so you give up the job that you’re doing currently. But then eventually after a week, two weeks, a month, that little chunk runs out and you have to go back. And I always remember those… because you say, “Oh, I won’t need to do a restaurant job for a month or so. I can just relax and I’ll get another job, I’ll get another job,” and then you don’t, and you have to pay bills, so you’ve got to go back. And I think the going back is always… especially if it’s back to the same place…. It’s like you leave in a blaze of glory, “I’m going! I’m going off!” (laughing)
KP: You’ve got those smoke bombs and the flash powder…
HYNES: Yeah, the fireworks are going. “I’ll be in touch, I’ll see you…”
KP: Somebody there with a boom box to play your exit music…
HYNES: Exactly. And then you’re come back asking for your job back again because you’ve run out of money. That happened a couple of times, and I always remember those were the points at which I was low. But I never, ever, ever was ever going to give up, ever.
KP: So there was no point where you said, “Well, this is my fallback position…”
HYNES: My fallback position was busking in Covent Garden. The point at which I got my first job, I was already planning out this character that I was gonna do. He was gonna be a magician who couldn’t do magic tricks – because I couldn’t do magic tricks, so I was gonna play like… I was gonna get myself a fat man suit and a little table, and do magic tricks not very well, in a comedy way. I hadn’t really worked out exactly what I was going to do, but I thought, “Well, that’d be great.” I don’t even know if I’ve actually got notes for that somewhere, but I remember making little notes and jotting down the character and thinking… to me, to just be performing in any way, in any capacity – I had already set the bar extremely low in that way. And it was like, “That’s what I want to do. I want to perform; whatever it is, however it is, I will just do it. I will do it and I will just do whatever…” You know, “Whatever I need to do, I will do it.” And the fact that I was waitressing to pay bills? Well, that was just a necessity, but I was still an actress, and I was still a performer. Maybe I wasn’t making my living at it, but I still was that. And that was all that really mattered to me. And, in a way, I suppose that still is all that really matters to me. That feeling of feeling officially like you’re an actress. Mainly just having an agent, I suppose, and going to auditions. It’s like, if you’re failing at being something, you’re still something.
KP: Even if that agent gets you According to Bex?
HYNES: I left that agent. I left that agent very soon after According to Bex. That was a low point, actually, because that was an instinct that I didn’t follow – because I was instinctively thinking it’s not the right project for me. It’s not the right project for me at all. And I kind of… I let myself be persuaded, and my instincts were going, “No! No! No!” and I didn’t trust them. So, in that sense, you only have yourself to blame in that situation.
KP: Do you think there’s a line to walk – obviously because it’s a fickle business…
HYNES: Yeah…
KP: Do you find there’s a pull between, “Well, do I just take everything that comes along because it’s work and it’s working and it’s a career, or do I pick and choose and navigate it based on what I feel I should be doing?”
HYNES: Well, I think that I was always trying to pick and choose and navigate. But sometimes I was kind of trying to steer a rudderless ship, basically. And I kind of sort of feel, as well – I mean, I was never managed. I never had management. I only ever had an agent – and it’s quite different, actually. Because if you have a manager, they’ll say, “Okay, this is how we see things going for you…” And I never really had that. I had an agent that said, “Well, this person wants to audition you for this. How about that?” There’s a subtle – but I think quite significant – difference. The bottom line for me is that I think I’ve always seen my life as a learning experience. Because I didn’t really go on after college, I’m sort of prepared to accept the reality that I am gonna make mistakes and do things wrong – but then I will just get up and do something else. It’s the getting up and going on really that matters. It’s not the fact that you might take a bit of a bad turn, for whatever reason – it’s the kind of steering back on and keeping going. I think one thing I’ve really learned is that unless something jumps out at me, that it’s not such a great idea for me to do it. Because I’m much happier as a writer/performer, and I can generate my own work as a writer/performer. With the right production company and with the right people, it’s kind of where my heart is really. It’s where I feel I can have the most freedom, the most fun, and do the best work. But it is harder, and it took me a while to find the right production company to do that with. But next year I’ve got work as a writer/performer lined up. And this year I’m doing a play – which is great, because it’s a classic British play, an Alan Ayckbourn play. I don’t know if you know him, but he’s one of the most amazing dialogue and play writers, really, but his dialogue is just so quick and funny, but also very beautifully observed.
KP: Which play are you doing?
HYNES: We’re doing the trilogy, the Norman Conquests trilogy, so we’ve got three plays that we’re doing. And on certain Saturdays we’ll be doing all of them back to back.
KP: Really?
HYNES: Yeah. And it’s going to be at the Old Vic, that they’re turning into in the round. It’s a six hander. But it feels like a really hard, but really great job to be doing. It’s obviously very different from working in television. It feels like I’m very much led to strong scripts – like most actors are. And if those comedy scripts that come my way aren’t so good, I will and am really focusing on writing my own, as I was before. Yeah, but that’s a decision that I made, really, last year. I mean, I did a couple of low budget British films…
KP: You did Confetti…
HYNES: I did Confetti, and then I did Magicians, and then I did Son of Rambow, and then I did Faint Heart. And I really enjoyed working all those films and working with the actors, but I did feel a little frustrated as a performer, as a comedy performer, because I felt that I wasn’t able to really flex my muscles. I kept thinking, “When do I get the gag? When do I get the laugh?” And the thing is, the gags weren’t written. I didn’t have any. The writers were great, but that’s just not what they were writing. They were writing comedy for guys, and I was clearly not a part of that, and that was fine…
KP: Your voice betrays that..
HYNES: Yeah. I really mean that, don’t I? And that was just *fine*. That was just ABSOLUTELY FINE!! (laughing)
KP: “I can be a Dame!”
HYNES: (laughing) I was absolutely fine with that. Thanks very much, it was fine!
KP: Now I feel so bad I brought it up.
HYNES: Oh god. But you know, you can’t moan. You can’t moan about it. You have to just get on with it.
KP: Well, as you said, you’re in an enviable position because you can generate your own material…
HYNES: Yes. And now I’ve kind of hooked up with Julia Davis, who’s a great British actress. We’re going to write something next year together, which will be a really fun, exciting experience, and hopefully it will be a very funny show for ourselves. So that will be great. And then hopefully following that up with some more writing, but more writing/performing work. Writing a film and this sort of thing. So that’s what I’m very definitely moving myself toward. And it feels right. It’s definitely where I’m most happy, I think.
KP: How would you describe the opportunities and reception towards… There definitely seems to be more female piloted shows in the UK than there would be in the US…
HYNES: Are you kidding? America seems to me to be absolutely at the forefront of that. Do you think it’s the other way round?
KP: Yes. I don’t think you’d have a Royle Family or a Nighty Night, or anything like that over in the US.
HYNES: You think?
KP: I most certainly think. Particularly in regards to genre shows. I think a female show runner in the US would be skirted towards soaps or something like a Grey’s Anatomy, but I don’t think you’d get unique comedy views in the US…
HYNES: Yeah. I suppose when I look at the US, immediately I see the comedy icons – people like Ellen, Roseanne Barr, Sarah Silverman. These strong female comics. Joan Rivers, who is the longest living human being as far as I can see, let alone the longest thriving female comic.
KP: But the respect level and the admiration of Joan Rivers is much higher in the UK than it is in the US…
HYNES: You’re kidding me!
KP: In the US she’s viewed largely as a pop culture joke for her red carpet material over the past dozen years…
HYNES: And not for an absolutely consistent and brilliant comedienne, which is what she is…
KP: She’s not given the opportunity to showcase that in the US, at this point…
HYNES: So she’s sort of trapped in her multimillion dollar stand-up career, at this point?
KP: Yes.
HYNES: Poor Joan. (laughing)
KP: Yeah, she’s lonely at the top.
HYNES: But then she exists… We do have some good female stand-ups, but we don’t have any female stand-ups like Joan. And also the Queens of Comedy, the DVD I watched; is one of the most hilarious and dirtiest and filthiest stand-up comedy I’ve ever seen come from American women. We don’t have that here. And I love it. Obviously, on the male front, the stand-up icon for me – well, the major icon – is Richard Pryor. We don’t really… but then again, he found a place in the mainstream with Gene Wilder and a slew of, now I think, classic 80s comedy films. And people embraced him. But I suppose you’re right. It’s very difficult to find and write vehicles for good, strong female characters, I think.
KP: Right. Or they have to be created by the females, like a French and Saunders…
HYNES: Yeah. They are, I suppose, our most successful female comedy export, without a doubt. I mean, Absolutely Fabulous is global. It’s totally global. I love them. I just think they’re amazing.
KP: But again, the fact that you have a track record at this point, obviously with Simon on Spaced, you have a reputation and the ability to open doors.
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: Do you find it’s almost a pressure to now try and get those doors open?
HYNES: Well, it’s a pressure you put on yourself, or you don’t. The sort of pressure I put on myself creatively, in my work mode is… also, in terms of my kind of writing and performing, is just the constantly trying, at this point, to write original funny material, and that’s it. There is no other pressure. There is no other focus. Only to write original funny material. I wrote a film for the BBC last year, Learners, which kind of fell in between things for me, in a way. I was happy with it, but it was slightly more drama-y. I think that experience reaffirmed for me that I was very comfortable in comedy. You know, comedy born out of obviously truth and real relationships. But I have no shame in going all out for a laugh in a scene. I’m almost always inclined to do that as a writer, and that’s where my heart is and that’s where I’m… I mean, last year I did Learners, and that took a while to get on, but we did it and it did well. David Tennant was in it. It was prime time, BBC1. I think we got… I don’t know, we did well. The show did well. It was a one-off film, and David Tennant agreed to star in it, and I wrote it, and I was in it with him.
KP: That was a very good film. I enjoyed it.
HYNES: There was a thing about it, that I would have liked to have gone for more comedy moments. I felt that I’d written them, but because it was supposed to be more of a drama, I think some of that was lost in the making of it. I know now that I’m comfortable – that’s what I want to do. I want to write things slightly more… that are funny.
KP: When it comes to character work like that – and you did a lot of it in the early part of your career…
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: As you progress, do you move away from going back to the sketch comedy route?
HYNES: I never wanted to go back to sketch comedy. I remember doing sketch comedy and feeling so frustrated because the joy of sketch comedy is you sit ’round the table… you all kind of turn up on the Monday or whatever. You’ve got how many sketches you’ve got to do, and you immediately inform that character on the page, that sketch page. And the more you bring to that character, the funnier ultimately it will be. However finely observed it is or nuanced it is, then it’s more enjoyable to watch it. But I would find, more often than not, that I would get to a point where I would think, “Oh, that’s a shame we don’t do more. There’s not more of a story.” And that was really what led me on to wanting to write something like Spaced, because it was just the frustration – it was just sort of the interruptus, if you like, of sketch show comedy was always just deeply dissatisfying to me. I’d get into this character and go for it, and then think, “Can’t we have her doing more?” I suppose it’s the comedian combined with actor, really – ultimately – because as an actor, that’s what you do. You created a three dimensional character, and you really go deep. And then as a comedian, you want to make people laugh. So I suppose that, in a way, is my style, really. And sketch show comedy was always frustration. I mean, this show I’m doing with Julia next year will be… there will be characters, but they will be in half hour shows. So that, in a way – I suppose – is a sort of… not really a halfway house, but I think you can have more fun with them for longer. They don’t have to just be… And sketch show writing is a skill. It’s a specific skill. I suppose a good sketch is like the TV equivalent of a stand-up doing a really good joke. And there are some people who are great at just writing good jokes – joke joke joke. And there are some people who are great at writing good sketches. And it’s just that funny thing that’s just – that’s funny, that’s funny, that’s funny. I don’t know whether that’s particularly my skill as a writer. And I love to perform that. I love to do anything that’s funny. I mean, I love to get laughs, obviously. But as a writer, my skill is much more about character… building character.
KP: I think it’s interesting that you mentioned that’s the tack that you’re taking on the show with Julia. I’ve always wondered why more people didn’t try and do a show like Ripping Yarns…
HYNES: I didn’t see Ripping Yarns…
KP: Really?
HYNES: No… What’s Ripping Yarns?
KP: Ripping Yarns is the follow-up series that Michael Palin and Terry Jones did post-Python…
HYNES: Oh yes. And how did it go?
KP: Basically, each of the episodes was a self-contained sort of comedic play…
HYNES: Oh, well, that’s it. That’s what we’re doing. The only difference is that we are going to join them all up. I’ve had this idea about… I mean, the producer’s already saying, “Why are you making it so complicated?”
KP: You’re screwing up the ability to do the reruns, Jessica…
HYNES: That’s it. That’s the great thing about it in England, is that they really are prepared to make what I suppose you could describe as boutique television. You put everything into it to create this one-off unique series, blood sweat and tears, and your blood is stained on every single page of the writing. And that’s how they do it, I suppose. That’s how we do it. I mean, it’s so rare to find a situation where someone goes, “Great; let’s set up a writing team.” That just very rarely happens. What happens is they like your talent and skill as a performer, and they say, “Well, write a series.” I’m always the first to say, “Couldn’t we get someone else, as well, to help us?” And they go, “No, no – you can do it.” (laughing) That’s how it works here.
KP: Do you find that, more and more, you’re getting this pull from the executive level about, “Well, how can we get this to transition to America? How can we make this appealing enough to get someone to license this?”
HYNES: No. This production company I’m working for, they’re not like that at all. They’re very very happy in their groove, I suppose.
KP: Because I’ve never understood, in this day and age when you have so much exposure through the internet to other cultures, as it were, and the accessibility that you have now to entertainment across the world, why there’s the feeling that – outside of language issues – a UK series has to be adapted for the US and re-imagined. Particularly in light of the whole Spaced issue…
HYNES: I know exactly what you’re saying. I think that is a kind of revolution, in a way, in which we view material. I think that is ultimately changing. One thing occurred to me, when suddenly we were… the prospect that the channel’s streaming through our homes… what was available… the only thing that came into my mind as the only thing that matters, is quality. If it’s good quality, people will want to watch it. Bottom line. Quality is hard work – It’s concept, it’s imagination, it’s passion, it’s enthusiasm, it’s focus. A good example is something like The Mighty Boosh, which is just this really sort of dedicated little… it depends; you might not like it. It might be your thing. But these two stand-ups who nurtured themselves through the stand-up scene have now created their own TV show. And people will come to it and people will love it. But I can’t imagine that ever translating or being translated – or needing, really, to be translated – into a different version of itself, if you know what I mean, for another, different, English-speaking audience. I just don’t think that would ever need to happen. To some degree, there’s almost a case of it being… well, actually I’ve got two things about this. On the one hand, I feel that there’s a slight… it’s almost insulting to assume than an American audience wouldn’t enjoy it and love it for the way it was. Ultimately, America loved Python. There was nobody saying, “Let’s do a remake of Python.” They just loved it. People love what they love. The bottom line is – they love what they love. But what we do not have in England is anything like the kind of business setup and focus, in terms of making TV. We do not have the infrastructure. We do not have the executives. We do not have the companies that want to make 100 episodes of something. We just do not have it. We do not have the audience, specifically, more than anything else. You make 100 episodes of something for an English audience off the bat – like, straightaway, “Okay, let’s do 100,” and it’s not a success…You know, that’s a big deal. Whereas in America, you’ve got a massive audience there. So I think it’s an economic reason, more than anything.
KP: Yeah, but I think you would have an incentive to do more of that production if there was a faith in the universality of comedy.
HYNES: Good point. Very, very good point. That’s a very good point, yeah.
KP: I had this ongoing argument with Phil Jupitus and Alan Davies and Bill Bailey. We were chatting about the idea of how difficult it is for a UK comedian to penetrate America… When their idea of penetrating America is to do three dates in New York and three dates in LA…
HYNES: Yeah.(laughing)
KP: Compared to – and I was talking to Alan about this, because Alan’s a good friend of Eddie Izzard’s – that Eddie set out with a determination to break America. And he played every club and every city from coast to coast that he could, to build up and audience. The same way you would do in the UK. And it’s this weird sort of common sense idea that no one ever tries to do that in the US. I was saying, if you have a Kings of Comedy and a Queens of Comedy, why isn’t there a UK version of that, that goes into the US? Get together a bunch of comedians, and you could have the roster rotate depending on schedules, but tour as a block. Get a headliner that the audience knows, like an Eddie, and take that on the road.
HYNES: I think that’s a good idea.
KP: And the thing is you could do the same thing – I’ve had this idea for years, because I used to run a film fest in Atlanta, but I would show a ton of UK material. Including episodes of some of the television shows. Like, we showed Black Books one year. I showed them an episode of QI. And the audience loved it. The one good thing about a UK series being an average six episodes is you could very easily do a film fest of showing of a show. From start to finish. I know you’re going to be doing it in Austin with Spaced…
HYNES:Spaced, yeah…
KP: But the idea that you could actually say, “We’re gonna have a film fest. We’re gonna show the run of Black Books. We’re gonna show the run of Nighty Night. And expose audiences that way, and make it like a cultural thing… You know, the way Python started out in the US. That it became the thing that hip people knew, who started spreading the word about it.
HYNES: Well, hopefully that will happen with Spaced. I mean, hopefully that will… to some degree, it kind of already has, because it’s reached America and it’s already seemed to have made an impact. I’m not sure how that has impacted, but it seems to have made some impact.
KP: It was obviously strong enough to put a stop to the American version…
HYNES: Well, yeah. Well, I don’t know if that’s what put the stop to the American version…
KP: I would say that they did not appreciate the criticism in public, from the creators, as they were trying to gear up for their remake…
HYNES: Yeah. My feeling about that was that I felt that it ties in with my feeling about the whole mentality of making shows. Somebody has a good idea. They think, “Oh, that’s a good idea. Let’s make that into a show. Let’s carry it on. Let’s turn it into something more. Let’s make it…” Like, The Office had two series, and now the American Office – there’s so many. There’s seasons of them, going on and on. And presumably somebody thought, “Well, Spaced works. Let’s try and do that with that.” And that – as a basic intention – is not… there’s nothing wrong with that, I don’t think.
KP: I think they mishandled things on a very basic level, that would have prevented much of what happened…even if it was just a courtesy acknowledgment and communication…
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: The problem is you still have these production companies and these networks operating like the internet doesn’t exist. That this massive communication network doesn’t exist. And in the past, they would have just licensed something, and the show would have went out. No one would have heard from the creators in the UK, because there was no means to hear from them.
HYNES: Well, apparently they did a remake of Fawlty Towers, and they called it Annabelle’s…
KP: They’ve done it a couple of times.
HYNES: Yeah, they did. And they got rid of Basil. It was all about… oh, what’s her name? Sybil. It was all about Sybil. Basil was out. He was out on his ear.
KP: Did you ever see the remake that starred John Laroquette in sort of the Basil role?
HYNES: No.
KP: Basically, what they did was…
HYNES: I would love to see that.
KP: Their idea of remaking it, and making it unique, was that they mirrored the set.
HYNES: They mirrored the set. They recreated the set?
KP: Yeah. They recreated the exact layout of the set, but they mirrored it. So instead of the reception being on the left, it’s now on the right. Everything was just flipped. The problem is that you’re still retaining the basic stories, but comedy seemed off-kilter…
HYNES: That is a special screening I would like to see. Six of the best remakes. You could probably put the Spaced pilot in there. Annabelle’s would probably be in there.
KP: Red Dwarf…
HYNES:Red Dwarf would be in there. What else would be in there? You need to get hold of the pilots. I think this could be a DVD. I think this could be a box set.
KP: It’d be the only way these things would get released.
HYNES: With the whole Spaced in the US thing, there was a part of me that felt bad that they’d actually put all that effort in and then it hadn’t come off for them. Because at the end of the day, everyone’s just trying to do it. Everyone’s just trying to make a show. Make it happen. And in America, it’s not unusual to pick up a show and remake it. In England, they don’t do that. I felt that was almost… it was a cultural thing going on. There was a little bit lost in translation there. A little bit of, “Oh, we don’t do that in England, because that’s not the way our industry works.”
KP: Well, maybe that’s what you should do. Maybe you should propose a six episode remake of Cheers.
HYNES: I know, a British remake of Cheers. What would that be like? Well, I suppose it would probably be After Hours, wouldn’t it? I don’t know. I think that there should be more British remakes in lots of things. I was thinking maybe you could do an opera of Friends or something. How would that be? I don’t know. We could turn it into a three hour… maybe a sort of Ring Cycle. Maybe a six hour…
KP: You turn it into a period costume drama for the BBC.
HYNES: What, turn Friends into a period costume drama?
KP: Or you can get authentic 1890s costumes meticulously recreated from the massive BBC costume department…
HYNES:Friends in the 1890s…
KP: Yes, exactly.
HYNES: It’s perfect! Do you know, you could probably list it completely and no one would notice. You could pass it off as some Jane Austin classic.
KP: There’s your task.
HYNES: Yeah, there’s my chance. That’s what I’ll be doing in 2010.
KP: That’s good. I’m glad we’re making progress.
HYNES: I really thought it out.
KP: I think that the other issue is – I was talking to John Lloyd about this, because I’ve been a big proponent of QI. I think that what a lot of UK creators are starting to realize is that you’re not really helped by the production companies…
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: And you’re not helped by the UK networks. But you have this marvelous platform in the internet, and going out to the US yourselves to go and make your case and get the show out there yourself, and do this sort of guerilla marketing of this material…
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: Because the audience is receptive. The audience just needs to see it. And to know it exists and know it’s out there. I mean, the audience loves it. I’ll show an episode of Black Books and the audience loves it. There’s no translation issues. I’ll show an episode of QI. John’s been fighting for years, and the response it always, “Oh, we need to Americanize it for the audience.” Well, no. Funny is funny.
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: And the audience loves it.
HYNES: I should tell you the hamster’s back in the cage.
KP: You did it?
HYNES: I did it. It sounds a bit like a spy euphemism doesn’t it? “The hamster is back in the cage.” But he is back in there.
KP: “And the dog digs at midnight.”
HYNES: Yeah. But yeah, it’s exactly as you said. What you said. Funny is funny. Funny is funny… Funny is as funny does…
KP: I’m glad that you’re getting out there and getting the recognition that is well deserved…
HYNES: That’s such a nice thing to say. I’m waiting for it. I’m really expecting… my hopes are quite high now for this tour. Because I feel like I just really, really kind of not at all have… I have no expectations. And actually, it’s only the journalists I’ve been speaking to in the last few days that have made me feel like, “Yeah! Yeah!” I swear to god!
KP: Well, you just have to make sure it doesn’t turn into a boy’s club…
HYNES: Well, you know…
KP: (laughing) They have a habit of unintentionally pushing you out…
HYNES: Yeah.
KP: I notice on the commentaries they wouldn’t allow you to complete a thought.
HYNES: Yeah.(laughing) You just gotta talk quick. I do manage to… I think I manage to… really? Do I not finish anything, or do I finish some?
KP: What I think I noticed was I think you were setting a land speed record during those first couple of commentaries with Kevin (Smith)…
HYNES: Right, good.
KP: It’s like you saw a spot, you saw an opening, you knew you had to fill it quick.
HYNES: I took it.
KP: Yeah.
HYNES: I took it and ran with it. I didn’t look back.
KP: No. No apologies.
HYNES: No apologies. Well I’m a toughie, me. I’m a toughie. I loved it. It was such a thrilling weekend to go and do that. And I love the play I’m doing. I love it. I absolutely love the play. And when it gets rough, I just get rough. Sometimes I get too rough. I was telling Simon that sometimes it feels like I’m… it’s like that thing you sometimes feel a little bit like you kind of misjudge it. (laughing) You get so excited.
KP: Are you the kind of actor that’s able to stand outside themselves and sort of view that performance as you’re doing it, and meter it?
HYNES: When I get into my stride, I’m just happy as anything just honing and getting the best laugh. When I was doing Spaced with Edgar (Wright), that was the best fun. You both kind of know what you’re going for with a gag, and you’re just working it, working it. And you both know when you’d really got it, and it couldn’t be any funnier. Those rare moments, or those few moments, I mean – you always… they’re great. That’s what it’s all about. It’s just the thrill of doing it keeps you doing it, I think. Just the love of doing it.
KP: Is there any regret that divergent careers have separated you from collaborating with Simon further?
HYNES: I don’t know what we would have done next together, to be honest. We would have done more Spaced, obviously. But I know Edgar wanted to do a film, and I know making Spaced, for the money we made it, was extremely difficult. What Edgar achieved was incredible. I mean, it’s basically like building a kind of 747 from a couple of dustbins in the back yard. We were strapped for time. We presented him with these scripts and he was so enthusiastic. But it was tough. I think the thought of a third series was just daunting. But at that point, creatively, Simon and Edgar had just gone “joooooo” over this kind of zombie scene in the beginning of episode three in series one, I think. Tim had been up all night playing Resident Evil 2, and Simon was just like, “We’ve got to do a zombie film. That’s it.” And at that point, that was a project that Edgar and Simon were just salivating over. And I was excited about it, too, but it was their project. At that point, it was like, “We’re going to write this together.” So apart from a third series of Spaced, I don’t know if there was anything that Simon was really craving to write with me. Do you know what I mean? Whereas his only project with Edgar was something he would just absolutely… you know, that was a natural progression from doing Spaced. Hot Fuzz was a pet project, I think, of Edgar’s that he was burning to write. So him and Simon wrote that, and I know Simon’s now writing with Nick on a project that they’re both loving. It’s about finding the project. Spaced was Simon and my writing project, that was fantastic. It was great. It worked out really well as a show. But I don’t know what we would go on to write together. I don’t know if his projects would necessarily need me. I mean, Spaced was particular because of this female character that I wrote, obviously, and because the dynamic between Tim and Daisy and the kind of relationship, and the other characters and the world. It was very much coming from my experiences and sort of gelling with Simon’s kind of brilliant grasp of this kind of… I don’t know.,, The film reference world, which gave this sort of elevated dimension which we’d been striving toward at the very beginning. But Simon really consolidated and brought it into focus. And the combination of those two is really what created Spaced. Any further writing projects would… anything that we would come up with together, I think, would have to be something we’re both just as passionate about, just as into, and just as ready to sort of share. And, as yet, I don’t think that’s happened. But it might happen. I’m looking forward to it. When it does happen, if it does happen, I loved writing with Simon and I hope I do again, definitely.
KP: Do you think that Spaced was sort of an alchemy of the moment?
HYNES: Absolutely, yeah. Absolutely. It was born out of my experiences of living in rented flats and squats and shared houses, and the fun I was having even though sometimes you have no money, but you had your mates and you were going out. I wanted to really create a subversive and authentic world that reflected my experiences, and make it really, really funny. And Simon was really, really into that, and I’d always wanted to kind of elevate it from the quite gritty sort of kitchen sink type of comedy that I didn’t feel really served the material. I wanted to elevate it all and make it kind of super and magical. And Simon was so into that. I only realized recently, not that it has any particular bearing on Spaced as it is, but I used to work in a cinema as one of my jobs when I was, like, 14. I worked as an usherette, and one of the films I watched was When Harry Met Sally. I watched it probably about 30 times. And I’ve always been a big… I’m just a total film addict and TV addict. I love watching telly and I love watching films. Anyway, that was a film that was… the core of that relationship, that unrequited love, was something that had really captured my imagination. But I just absolutely loved that film. And then feeding any of that into Spaced – I don’t know what was there, but Simon told me he’d written an essay at college comparing Annie Hall to When Harry Met Sally. Basically, I realized that at that point in time, we were both… that was one detail of our experiences and our education, leading up to the point in which we both sat down and wrote Spaced together. But I just realized that, in different ways, we were both actually completely on the same wavelength. We were both absolutely in the right place at the right time, and writing shows that we kind of both really wanted to write. And that was a really special moment. It was almost like this was a natural conclusion of our television watching childhoods. I imagined both Simon and I had watched probably about the same amount. The same television. Him definitely, definitely watching Star Wars more times than me, although I absolutely loved Star Wars, as well. I’d never dare 66:46) to call myself as much of a fan as Simon Pegg, who wrote his dissertation on Star Wars, but we had both been on this journey of growing up watching TV.
KP: A sort of pop culture odyssey?
HYNES: On a pop culture odyssey. And it had led us… When he would say, “What about this?” I knew exactly what he was talking about, and vice versa. We just absolutely clicked, and that was it. I always knew exactly what he was talking about, and he always knew exactly what I was talking about. And that is absolutely reflected in the show. Our ambition for it – and my ambition knew no bounds in terms of what we were striving for, what we wanted to do – which is comedy, and fun, and entertainment. Like, “Let’s make this fucking brilliant.” And I only felt like that because I was writing with Simon. And, at that point, I like to think he felt the same writing with me. So it was just a great moment for us, creatively. But whether or not that will happen again in a different way, I don’t know. Maybe it doesn’t need to. We did Spaced. Isn’t that enough for you? (laughing) ISN’T THAT ENOUGH, FOR GOD’S SAKE?
KP: No! We demand more!
HYNES: But I’d love to write with him more. I mean let’s face it; everything he’s done since then hasn’t been as good – so what does that tell you?
KP: Really. The collaboration with Edgar, what has it really gotten?
HYNES: (laughing) No, I’m joking. That’s my acerbic, sarcastic, ironic British sense of humor. I’m joking.
KP: I don’t think the tape’s picking up any of what you just said.
HYNES: I’m joking. I’m joking with you.
KP: In all seriousness, how does it feel, knowing that there’s probably a college student somewhere who’s written a paper comparing When Harry Met Sally to Spaced? That you’ve become part of the pop culture lexicon?
HYNES: My work is done. That’s all I ever wanted. That was what I wanted. I wanted to be part of the pop culture lexicon. And I wanted to be part of the pop culture lexicon on my own terms without compromising and without pretending to be some idiot. Although Daisy is a bit of an idiot. No… (laughing)
KP: I wouldn’t say that. I’d say that Daisy had a very realistic maturation arc…
HYNES: No, Daisy’s great.
KP: The great thing is you can say that, while they’re the same person, there was a lot of growth between the Daisy in the first episode and the Daisy of the last episode…
HYNES: Yeah, there was. And that was great as well, being able to write a series and say, “Well, let’s make them develop. Let’s make them grow. Let’s make them change.” So I suppose, yeah, there was. There was. But it’s great to think that’s the case.
KP: So, what is Daisy doing now, almost 10 years later?
HYNES: Yeah, what is Daisy doing now, 10 years later? I think she’s still living in flats. (laughing)
KP: Do you think they ever would have moved out of the flat?
HYNES: I think Tim would have moved out. I don’t think Daisy did. I think Daisy stayed there. I reckon Daisy might be having a bad flat mate experience as we speak. (laughing) She’s getting a little fat. She’s got a cat that’s got a little poop tray in the corner.
KP: What’s the name of the cat?
HYNES: The cat is maybe called Maxine…
KP: Even though it’s a male cat?
HYNES: Yeah. Colin’s dead. And actually, she’s never really recovered from the death of Colin, especially since Tim’s moved out. He keeps promising to come back and visit, but he never does. A new flat mate’s moved in.
KP: Male or female?
HYNES: A male flat mate who’s really sullen and grumpy and anal, and won’t take any phone messages. And Daisy’s trawling through a novel. She’s about 3/4 way through the novel.
KP: Is the what the title is? It has no other title but “The Novel”?
HYNES: She doesn’t know what it’s called yet. The novel. She’s thinking about calling it Maxine, but that’s as cute as it’s got. (laughing) Marcia’s got a really good looking new boyfriend, which really pisses Daisy off.
KP: Does she make awkward appearances just to try and upset things?
HYNES: Yeah, she turns up with her gorgeous boyfriend, rubbing it in Daisy’s face.
KP: Is Daisy instigating, trying to orchestrate some kind of breakup?
HYNES: No no, Daisy wouldn’t be interested in that. She tried to gather inspiration from her book. That’s all she wants because she’s running dry. She’s got 3/4 of the way through and she’s just realized she’s absolutely got no clue what happens next.
KP: Does she come to the realization it’s actually an autobiography?
HYNES: (laughing) That’s maybe a little bit too Dada. I don’t know. I don’t know where you’re going with that. She’s writing her own life! Ahh!
KP: Yes, as the camera spirals above her. And where’s Mike?
HYNES: I don’t know. I think Mike is now openly gay and is enjoying… I don’t know, the thrill of being part of the small, openly gay group of soldiers who campaign and make appearances. And very, very happy. He’s in a steady relationship, finally, after years of denial. Yeah.
KP: And Tim? Is he happy?
HYNES: I don’t know. He thinks he is. I think he might be in a kind of loft apartment somewhere.
KP: What caused him to move out?
HYNES: What caused him to move out? Oh god, I haven’t actually thought that far.
KP: Well, it sounds like there’s certainly plenty of stuff that can percolate.
HYNES: Well, yeah…
KP: You realize this entire interview was just a grand brainstorming exercise and Simon put me up to it.
HYNES: Oh right, good.
KP: He figures it’s the only way to get you motivated…
HYNES: Yeah. Well, yeah. I’d always love to go back to those characters.
KP: Maybe it’ll be the Spaced Christmas Special.
HYNES: I would love to do that. I’d love to do the Spaced Christmas Special.
KP: Maybe it can be the Only Fools and Horses of this generation.
HYNES: Oh yeah! God, that was the biggest Christmas special, wasn’t it?
KP: They did, what, three total? Two total, post when the series “ended”?
HYNES: Yeah, they did. The final. “No, this is the final one.” “No, *this* is the final one.”
KP: With massive gaps between them. Wasn’t there like five or six years between at least one of the sets?
HYNES: Yeah, I think there was, actually. And then it was the final one, and they all went off into the sunset, I remember.
KP: Well I hope it hasn’t been too painful an interview…
HYNES: It’s been a lovely interview. It’s been an absolute pleasure. I really appreciate your support. It’s been lovely to talk to you.
KP: Likewise…
HYNES: As I say, you know, every person I speak to makes me more and more excited about coming over to America and promoting the DVD. It’s very gratifying to know that…
KP: Until you spoke with me. I was the one who put the chink in the armor…
HYNES: You really put the chink in the armor. But I know now there are at least 10 or 11 Spaced fans definitely in America, and that makes me feel good.
From the premise itself to the actual execution of it there’s a sense of appreciation for those of us who like to be talked to and not talked at that which at least saves this program being like so many other clones which dabble in pulp comic book wackiness. Even though THE MIDDLEMAN deals in a kind of sci-fi and comedy usually reserved for summertime blockbusters the writing is exceptionally good and that’s because it’s coming from one of Lost’s writers’ own, Javier Grillo-Marxuach, graphic novel. That said, I am blown away at how sharp it is.
You would expect that a show that is on ABC Family would be as milquetoast as it comes but the true delineation from what you would think it would be comes when you see how much thought has gone into creating a viewing experience that at once titillates a kid’s need for eye candy with an adults desperate need, that is, if we must watch everything our kids watch in order to be good stewards to the youths, to feel engaged as well. From fighting bad guys with big guns and enough wit to carry through an entire program admirably, it doesn’t hurt to be noticed by Variety for all the work as well.
Matt Kesslar is the star of this program and he is, without question, a real honest actor when it comes to knowing the difference between those actors who eschew television work and those who see opportunity in any project that is handled with enough care and thoughtfulness as this has. You’ve just got to root for a guy who is slugging it out in order to make a name for himself, professionally, and who is honestly just excited to be a working actor.
Not only can you catch THE MIDDLEMAN on ABC Family every Monday at 10/9c but you can also catch Matt and Javier at Comic-Con on Thursday, July 24th. To wit:
2:00-3:00 The Middleman – Creator and executive producer Javier Grillo-Marxuach (Lost) and The Middleman Matt Keeslar ( actors Dune) and Natalie Morales (CSI: Miami) discuss the bizarre world of The Middleman. Based on the graphic novels by Javier Grillo-Marxuach, The Middleman follows the surreal life of twenty-something Wendy Watson as she gets recruited by a top secret agency to fight comic book-esque criminals under the guidance of her straight-laced boss, The Middleman. Room 5AB
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: Thank you for making time for me. I appreciate it.
MATT KESSLAR: No worries.
CS: I’m kind of unsure, exactly, and I usually don’t usually ask the question “What’s the show about?” but since I haven’t been able to see the show itself and can really only read a little show description, can you tell me: What’s the show’s about?
KESSLAR: There’s actually a free download on iTunes now but The Middleman is a tongue-in-cheek look at comic book superheroes. That’s the genre we’re working in. Specifically, it’s about a girl, Wendy Watson who is played by Natalie Morales who is fresh out of art school and looking for a job and gets inducted into this secret crime fighting organization that is headed by a mysterious middleman character. And this crime fighting organization has been around forever and has been fighting evil ““ sort of like the X-Files characters. Paranormal characters, so there is a relationship of big brother/younger sister relationship between Wendy Watson and the Middleman, the character that I play. We’re a crime fighting duo.
CS: When you first initially received a script, listening to the premise, was there any hesitation on your part of was this going to be done well or more of a Sci-Fi Channel movie of the week, Mansquito kind of project?
KEESLAR: I didn’t know anything of the premise, I just got the script. So I didn’t know anything about the comic books or the writer or anything. I just got the script and came from ABC Family which in and of itself made me raise my eyebrows ““ is this a family show, what’s it going to be about but the level of ABC Family’s scripts and the work they have been doing has been progressively better and better and I did a television movie for them this summer which was very well written, so I read it bearing that in mind and I really thought it was a great script. It was very smart, very witty, but at the same time it’s a little silly, something that can be enjoyed on many different levels ““ little kids watching monsters type level and then also the adult allegiance to sci-fi series and references to a lot of different pop culture references ““ so it can be enjoyed on many different levels. I was very excited about the script and the moment I read it I thought my character, Middleman, was sort of a mysterious character. He’s just an interesting guy ““ very ultra clean living former Navy Seal crew-cut type of guy but also has some odd quirks about him. In particular the way that he speaks. He’s obviously very intelligent ““ just an interesting character to portray.
CS: You mentioned ABC Family. There seems to be a shift toward family entertainment type things that kids and adults can enjoy. Certainly, Pixar is one example of the kind of company who is a vanguard in making things for kids but not making it completely devoid for something for adults. Is that something that is important to you?
KEESLAR: It doesn’t really matter to me. Let me put it this way: I think good art appeals on many different levels of a person appreciating it. There are some movies, novels, art work, paintings, etc. that appeal only to adults and that’s mainly because they are adult themes that kids don’t have the experience of yet. However I think there are a lot of things that can appeal to children like classical music for example that can appeal to anyone. And I think that that’s one of the watermarks of a good piece of art that it can appeal to a broad section because it appeals to humanity, not just to a particular demographic. It’s not my goal to make a family-friendly television show but it just happens that a good piece of work appeals to many.
CS: You brought up the idea of super powers to super human these sorts of things, is the shooting schedule heavier because of the effects that are needed in the show or is there a reliance on practical effects in order to save on money?
KEESLAR: Well, there are effect shots in every show. Obviously we don’t have the budget of I AM LEGEND or something like that that we can make amazing effects. We are a television show on basic cable network and we wouldn’t be able to just pull off those kind of effects. But the nature of the project, because it is a tongue-in-cheek project ““ it’s a lot like the old Dr. Who and even Star Trek for example – those effects were pretty basic but got the point across of what we were trying to show what we’re going for. We have some special effects but if that’s the reason you are tuning in, it’s not the reason. The show is more about the wit of the characters and the relationships of the characters and as I said before the kind of tongue-in-cheek plot lines that are at once parodying to other sci-fi television shows, novels and movies.
CS: Right. And Javier comes from a pretty rich pedigree writing for television. Is there a lot of input from you ““ are you able to go back and forth ““ or are the scripts just being pumped out, one after another, in spite of your thoughts?
KEESLAR: So far there hasn’t been a lot of opportunity for a lot of back and forth although occasionally I’ll have an idea of a way I think will help the story be told better but at this point, Javier has ownership of this character ““ this project. When you start a show, the actor is coming in at the 11th hour, after the director has been hired, after the set has been built and the costumes are made, then they hire the actors.
So, really, when you start a show the actors know the least about the project but as the show progresses and different writers are brought in and different directors are brought in the actors are able to be with the character for a long time, eventually the actors know more about the character than anyone. So since we are just in the beginning of the process, it’s all about Javier and Javier’s vision which is totally fine with me. He has a brilliant, encyclopedic knowledge of sci-fi and pop culture so he’s setting up everything for us right now and eventually we will have more understanding of the characters and the plot lines.
CS: As you go forward, it only lists two episodes so far, is this slated for any number right now of episodes of the season?
KEESLAR: Thirteen episodes, so it’s twelve episodes plus the pilot are scheduled to air on ABC Family on Monday nights at 8:00 PM ““ that’s the slot it has right now. Greek is going on hiatus. They have an option to buy the back nine although ABC Family doesn’t typically do a 22 episode season with any of their shows so it will be the first time if they did decide to do 22 episodes. It would be the first time they have ever done that. Certainly for me I think the main thing is to put in 13 great episodes and see what happens from that. If that is something ABC Family is into and we have established an audience for, great. If not, then we have a really great back set of DVD’s.
CS: How do you feel about this thing starting in the summer as opposed to starting in the fall ““ is it one, less pressure or is it two, well it’s the summer or is it a misnomer ““ can a show find an audience despite when it debuts?
KEESLAR: I don’t know. This is my first television series so I’m not sure about that whole thing. Not sure when shows finds audiences or if they do. I think we have a bit less pressure because we are on a small cable network rather than being on a prime time television network. And, I don’t know whether or not Monday night is a good night or not. I guess what I’m saying is that I don’t know much about anything.
(Laughs)
We’re shooting in the summer in a wool Eisenhower jacket which is what I wear throughout the series ““ it can be a little warm.
CS: Does the set feel like a comic book in a way or, like you said, does it feel like a Dr. Who in a modern environment?
KEESLAR: It definitely does have a comic book look and feel to it. There’s a super-villain in each episode. So, it’s everything from a mind controlled gorilla to a Peruvian flying pike that turns people into trout craving zombies. There’s an episode we are doing that a haunted tuba from the Titanic that played when people drowned in the icy waters of the Atlantic to anyone who hears it. Every plot line has some bizarre supernatural element and it’s certainly shot like a comic book. Lots of wide angles ““ not exactly like Batman and Robin ““ POW and stuff like that but definitely elements of a cartoon. For kids to enjoy as well as adults to enjoy. It has elements for both.
CS: As I was looking over your resume it is certainly filled to the brim with a lot of television work. Are people who are actors set on television work saying that this is where I want to make my stand or do you hope this translates into some film work?
KEESLAR: I don’t really care that much anymore. When I was starting off”¦.starting off in any profession you want to shoot for the stars. I wanted to be a big movie star or movie actor in any case. That was 17 years ago and now I’m married and have a kid and all I want is a job I’m happy to do and have enough money to feed my family. It really doesn’t matter that much anymore. I am perfectly happy doing this television show and if it went on for 6 years I would be ecstatic. If I had an opportunity to do a movie, I certainly wouldn’t turn it down. I think that there are great things about both. The nice thing about his project is that it shoots in LA which is where I live and I get to come home and see my family at the end of the day.
CS: That must certainly play into your decisions as you get into projects. Do you find yourself just shrugging your shoulders and say “What will be will be”?
KEESLAR: I think so. I think, it’s kind of hard to say, that I’ve come so close so many times to just having to go back to college and take up another profession because I ran out of money or didn’t take this job because it wasn’t right for me. I couldn’t even book an audition for three years. No matter how many I tried for I couldn’t book a single one. I’ve come so close so many time to just chucking it all and go back to school and trying a different profession. But I am more than happy to do whatever I need to do. I am excited about having a job and getting the opportunity to do what I do which is acting. And it’s an added bonus having this project to work on ““ Middleman.
To most of the American audience, the name Dom Joly will most likely spark no response.
Well, let’s change that.
To audiences in the UK (and some of the hipper viewers in the US), Dom Joly is best known as the creator and principal dada anarchist behind the Channel 4 hidden camera show Trigger Happy TV – which is best described as guerilla improv.
He followed it up with a move to the BBC and the meta chat show This Is Dom Joly, in which he interviewed guests through a concussed haze. He then returned to Trigger Happy territory with the globe-spanning World Shut Your Mouth.
He’s also morphed himself into a globe-trotting host of travel documentaries (nipping on the heels of Michael Palin), beginning with the one-off special Dom Joly’s Excellent Adventure, which saw him traveling back to the country of his birth, Lebanon, before heading into Syria (with best mate Pete at his side) to try and find a Syrian cave upon whose wall he carved his name into during a childhood vacation. What other documentarian would drive through Syria while blasting “Don’tcha” over the car stereo?
In Dom Joly’s Happy Hour, he and Pete hit the road again, circumnavigating the world while documenting the drinking habits of cultures from Europe to America to India. (Okay, honestly, it was really just an excuse to get a network to pay for an elaborate drinking holiday, but the end product totally excuses his base, self-admitted motives).
He recently fronted a series called The Complainers, which sought to examine the British reluctance to declare “enough is enough”, and is a frequent guest on panel shows, including Have I Got News For You, Would I Lie To You, Never Mind The Buzzcocks, and more. He’s also regularly on radio, podcasts, and writes a column for The Independent.
He’s just a busy guy.
And an interesting one.
Here’s a little look at the show that started it all, Trigger Happy TV…
And now here’s our chat…
KEN PLUME: First of all, I heard you did an episode of QI…
DOM JOLY: Yeah, I did a QI, yes.
KP: I believe the Christmas episode, right?
JOLY: I think it was the Christmas one. It was very weird. There was lots of hats and log fires going on…
KP: Well, I hope it was the Christmas episode, then…
JOLY: (laughing) Yeah…
KP: It would be rather awkward otherwise. I’ve noticed that, in the past couple years, you’ve definitely increased your appearances on the panel shows…
JOLY: Yeah. I’m not really a panel show sort of person. I never really enjoyed them. But actually, I’ve got a bit more… comfortable with them, I suppose is the word. Because I’m not a stand-up comedian. I’ve never done stand-up or anything like that. I never really enjoy doing that sort of thing. But actually, recently, I have enjoyed them a little bit more. Especially QI, actually. It’s the best one I’ve done, just because it’s one of the few shows I’ve done where you sort of completely forget there’s an audience and you actually are just enjoying the conversation. I mean, being with Stephen Fry is always quite exceptional.
KP: Is it something you definitely would like to repeat on the future series?
JOLY: What, on QI?
KP: Yes…
JOLY: Oh, definitely QI. I mean, it’s just right up my street – just sort of talking nonsense about weird things is perfect.
KP: Now, what was the first panel show that you had done?
JOLY: The very first one I did was Have I Got News for You, which is when I was doing Trigger Happy, and they asked me, and it was a kind of… it felt like a kind of acceptance, you know? You’ve made it to a certain level to be asked on Have I Got News For You, because that was always the big show for me. So I was so excited to go on it, and I’d always watched it – and I’m a bit of a politics junkie, anyway, because I used to be a journalist, so I kind of quite cockily thought, “Oh, this’ll be easy.” I’m just sitting there going, “This is gonna be great.” And I turned up and I didn’t really know what a panel show involved, and I just sort of sat down for the warm-up and it was fine and everything was good. Then I remember them introducing everyone, and I was just backstage not at all nervous, and I sat down, and I remember the theme tune starting and literally disappearing into a black hole and just sort of suddenly realizing where I was. I don’t think I said anything for the first 20 minutes and in the end, Ian Hislop passed me a note saying, “You’re really going to have to say something.” And I was just fiddling with this pencil, just like moving it back and forward. But they were very kind, actually. They edited me in the end so that I managed to say a couple of things by the end. So it wasn’t quite as bad as it could have been.
KP: You know it’s rather awkward when Ian has to prompt you to say something.
JOLY: Yeah, I know…
KP: This was back towards the end of the Angus (Deayton, HIGNFY‘s first host) period…
JOLY: Yeah. Angus was still there, that’s right. I think it was 2001.
KP: So, would you say that – at that point, anyway, when you were doing panel shows – it was sort of almost an autopilot you would go on?
JOLY: Well, the thing is, it kind of depends what panel shows you go on, because some panel shows are very political. I mean, Have I Got News For You is quite political in the sense of the people that are on it every week, and I think they kind of have to be edited equally so that they all look funny. So, as a guest, you’re kind of there as fodder. Whereas other ones, like QI, it’s up to you what you do on it, really. If you’re good or you chat away, then you kind of get given more time. But yeah, mostly I didn’t have a clue what I was doing. Everything I did on Trigger Happy, most of the time it’s kind of made up on the spot and I’m in control of it. So I always find it very odd being on something that… well, it’s just a bit show bizzy. I’m just not very show bizzy. I’m kind of… I hate to use that word “guerilla”, but I kinda always feel a bit guerilla and not really fitting into comedy because I’m not a standup, I’ve never been to Edinburgh, never done anything like that. So I always feel slightly odd when I go on those shows with proper stand-ups and… I don’t know, I just don’t feel like I fit there, basically.
KP: Well, obviously you’re a quick thinker on your feet. You’ve certainly survived well within that environment…
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: I’ve noticed a couple of times that you’ve mentioned “standup comedian” being obviously, in your mind, a definition of something. How do you define that sort of performer, in your view?
JOLY: Well, it’s not that… It’s just that, because I’ve never done standup, I’ve always felt… I mean, I don’t know if it was rightly or wrongly, but I felt when Trigger Happy first came out, normally people who do a show on television have kind of established a bit of a pedigree, and they’ve been doing a bit of standup or they’ve done Edinburgh or… you know, and they build and then suddenly they go on television. I was really lucky. Trigger Happy literally was the first thing I ever did, you know, having been a journalist, and it just appeared. And I remember at the time stand-ups going, “Who the hell is this guy?” Like, “Where does he come from?” So I’ve always felt a bit like I haven’t paid my dues, you know? But on the other hand, when you put stand-ups on television, it doesn’t really work that well. It’s the same thing. It’s a completely different job. I couldn’t go in front of a crowd. So I feel awkward in the standup sense – in that when you go on a panel show, I think – as a standup – you’re kind of used to talking to crowds. You feel comfortable in front of an audience. You’ve got set lines that, if you have to go back to them, you know are gonna be funny. And I don’t have any of those. I suppose I’m always astonished on panel shows, actually, how much people do prepare – whereas I always just assumed you went on and winged it. Which is what I always do with everything. And I think recently, if I go on one, I do try and get as much preparation as possible. But I’m just too lazy, really. I don’t really prepare very well. I just like trying to spin off people.
KP: You went back a few years later and did another Have I Got News For You after you had a lot more experience doing that sort of thing. How different was the experience?
JOLY: I didn’t have that much more experience. I think it was still only about my fourth panel show, the second one, but I think I was a lot less cocky, and I was a lot more nervous. And I think, because I was nervous, it made me really think about the news… I mean, you know, I read newspapers and watch TV anyway, the news, so I’m kind of aware of what’s going on, but with that week I kinda tried to guess what they were gonna talk about and, I suppose, I also had slightly more stories. When I first went on… you know, they do a lot of, “So this interesting happened to you.” In 2000, I’d just started – whereas since then, I’ve had quite a few odd things happen to me. So I think I had more to talk about. And because it was a guest presenter, it was kind of… Angus was kind of untouchable. He was very good at what he did, and you sort of felt you couldn’t really have a stab at him. Whereas the guest presenter is much easier, and you just… you know, you kind of joshed with them. So that was easier.
KP: Going back to Trigger Happy, when you talk about that sort of coming out of the blue, there were a few things you did prior. You did a Paramount Comedy Lab prior to that, right?
JOLY: Well, I did a year of doing sort of what was called “interstitial”, where they basically just paid me to go out and film weird stuff, all sorts of weird stuff, and then they put it in between, you know, Friends and Frasier, or whatever, just to kind of put bits in between the actual shows. And that was invaluable to me, because normally in television, you know, you kind of… you might do something on radio or you might do something on stage, but the first thing you put out on television is normally your practice, really. But I’d had like a year with a camera just doing loads and loads and loads and loads of stuff – a lot of it complete rubbish – and just occasionally thinking, “Well, that works.” So by the time Trigger Happy came round and Channel 4 saw lots of little things we were doing, I kind of was quite honed. I was good at being self-critical. It wasn’t just, “Oh my god I filmed something; it’s got to go on television.” It was kinda like, “That’s rubbish. That’s good.” So I think I was a bit tighter than I would have been.
KP: So you’ve got a camera, and you’re out there doing this guerilla material. What’s the learning curve, going out there? Because what you were doing at that time, during the Trigger Happy period, was rather fearless material…
JOLY: I think… my main thing was I couldn’t understand, because I didn’t have any background in it. I used to seek various people I like – like, Dennis Pennis was a big influence. I don’t know if you know him…
KP: Yes…
JOLY: And I remember watching that, and I think the first thing was that we literally arrived just at the time when cameras changed. So you didn’t need to hire a film crew to go out and film silly pranks – you used to have a limited amount of time because you’ve got to pay the film crew. The year I started it was literally about the first year where you could go into a shop and, for a grand, buy a camera that was easy to use and good enough to put stuff on television straight away. And so that allowed us just to… you know, I did it with a guy called Sam Cadman. It just allowed us to literally just go and film and film and film. We didn’t have to worry that we had to pay a crew, so we could do lots of stuff ourselves. And then I think the thing I really learned after a bit was that there is no right and wrong in comedy. I don’t believe anything’s unfunny. If you find something funny, then that’s funny. It’s just you’ve got to hope that what you find funny other people find funny. And I think I was really lucky because when I met Sam – who I made it with – we just both had exactly the same sense of humor. And so we just were doing stuff… I learned to do things to amuse us. So even the style of Trigger Happy that people used to talk about… There was the slightly shaky camera. That was only because Sam was laughing. And that was really good. We were just trying to… I was trying to show off to Sam and make him laugh. And I suppose what I learned was you’ve just got to trust that. The moment you try and think, “What will people find funny?”, then I think you fail. You’ve got to just do what you find funny and hope that other people find it funny. So I think it was confidence, a little bit, is probably what you learn.
KP: Are there any particular bits from that period that you can look back on and think, “I over thought that…”?
JOLY: Loads. Terrible, big, cartoon jokes. I had a long series where I was trying to do a cat chasing a mouse around London. And it was kinda funny, but we’d build big props like a big one ton weight that was hollow and drop it off a roof and land on the mouse. And it was all just… I don’t know. Also, I learned… we had someone in charge, though, who kept insisting we put cartoon music on the dog, on the sort of costume jokes, and it was just so wrong. And in the end, I put on my own music. Which unfortunately was never shown in the States because it was library music. But the one we used here was proper good music. And that’s why I really knew that great music was gonna work with really silly stunts and stuff. But I just think a lot of it was down to keeping it short, really. You know, we used to put everything we filmed on telly, and then you just think, “No no no – it’s all about minimum amount of stuff. Minimum amount of stuff.” So we didn’t want anything more than a minute.
KP: Now would you generally cycle through things quickly, or would there be particular ideas that you thought, “You know, I’m gonna get this to work somehow…”?
JOLY: No. Really quick and bored, really. It was very low attention span. The reason it really worked was Sam, who was the camera guy with me, he’s basically a sort of obsessive compulsive and attention deficit disorder, and basically he’s just very, very… everything has to be perfect. Whereas I’m very much like, “Right, let’s do this,” and then I’m bored ’cause it’s not working. So we work quite well together, because I’d rush things on and he’d try and say, “No, let’s do it again.” But it was very organic the way we’d come up with stuff. So we’d drive around and we wouldn’t really know what we were doing, and then we’d see a milkman and we’d think, “Oh. Milkman. We haven’t done a milkman.” So we’d go off to a costume shop and find a milkman costume and then go and just start doing milk stuff, and normally something funny would happen. And then we’d think, “Oh, that’s good…” and then we’d do that until we were bored of it. But we were also quite curious, which meant it was very difficult… I think a lot of shows just fake a lot of stuff, and we were determined that everything had to be bang on and had to be the first time, and if it was the third time it wasn’t as funny. And I think we kind of stopped ourselves doing stuff much quicker, in some ways.
KP: It’s a very intense thing to try and do these sort of pieces where you’re maintaining whatever the character and situation is within a public that doesn’t know what you’re doing…
JOLY: Yeah, it’s a nightmare.
KP: How difficult was it for you not to break during this?
JOLY: Not to what?
KP: Not to break during those scenes…
JOLY: What do you mean, not to crack up?
KP: Not to crack up, right…
JOLY: Oh, god, it was easy, actually. It’s the one thing that everyone always says, and it’s really funny – I never, ever crack up during a scene, because it’s kind of so embarrassing doing what you’re doing, and you’re it in a weird costume and you’re doing everything that, in a normal world, you just wouldn’t do, and approach people and make an idiot of yourself, and the only thing that’s saving you is, in your head, you know that you’re doing this for a reason and that it’ll be funny because you know. And if I suddenly cracked up halfway through a scene, I’d kind of suddenly become me, and then I’d suddenly become incredibly embarrassed. It would just be like suddenly waking up from a dream and you’re naked in a sitting room with a whole lot of people. So I’d never, ever do it. The only time I’ve ever cracked up was in the very first Trigger Happy. I was dressed as an old sea captain and I’m in some port down in Somerset and I’m talking to these two old ladies about how my dog and my wife and everyone’s been lost at sea. And I couldn’t believe… they were the first people we met. And literally we dressed up as this sea captain and I thought I’ll just wander into the village, start chatting, and we’ll kind of develop what the character is. And the first two people we met were these old women, and all they said was “Oh yeah, oh yeah,” to whatever you said. Because I literally said, “I’ve just murdered a man.” “Oh yes.” And there was just one second where I couldn’t believe it and I cracked up. So I turned it into me crying. So there’s a little bit where it looks like I’m weeping slightly. So that was my only way of getting out of it. If I giggled I’d pretend to start weeping. So it’s very rare for me.
KP: And how often would you say that a situation got dangerous?
JOLY: Never really very dangerous. Actually, weirdly, the States was a lot more dangerous than here. Just because, always at the back of my mind in the States – I just thought the worst that could happen in England is someone would give you a slap, but always in the States you’re just thinking, “Is this guy carrying a gun? Has he just been released from somewhere?” And I just always have this horror of some headline – “Minor English comedian gunned down in Arkansas dressed as a squirrel.” So I don’t know – you’re never quite sure there. And also, I can kinda read people in England really well. You get to read people really well. You just kinda know what they are. The moment you go out and talk to them, you just have no idea what people can be like. But the moment you look in their eyes, you can tell whether they’ve killed, basically. And just occasionally you’d go and there’d just be those dead eyes looking at you. And you just go, “Oops, sorry, I’ve got the wrong person…” and wander off. So I was pretty good at avoiding complete lunatics, basically. I’d just walk away normally. Just occasionally you’d get quite aggressive people but I think it’s quite easy to calm down aggressive people in England. For some reason. Especially if you’re in a costume.
KP: Well, I’m curious… and I’ve talked with quite a few other comedians in the UK about this, but I’m curious as to, when you come over to the States – either to work or just for leisure – what is your perception of going and working in the US? You mentioned a little bit about how you could read people more in the UK than the US. What is your perception of the US, as a place to work and a place to visit?
JOLY: God, this is a huge one. I mean, I love the US. It’s always been… I think it’s still… I’ve been to over 100 countries now, and I think it’s the most exciting place I’d ever go to, just because everything about it is kind of different in the sense that within one country, there’s so much diversity. And there’s something exciting about going there. When I went there to work, that was like, I couldn’t believe I was actually being paid to go and do something in America. I do have a flip side to that, is that because I was born in Beirut – although I’m not Lebanese, I’m now on some list of potential terrorists. So every time I come to America, a red light goes above the passport guy and I get taken to a room and I’m held for about three hours and interviewed and asked questions like why do I speak French. And then someone always gives me an anal frisk for no reason whatsoever. I’m not joking.
KP: Maybe they just saw the US version of Trigger Happy.
JOLY: Yeah, possibly. I don’t know. Well yeah, I agree, I should have been imprisoned for that, but that was not my fault. But that’s another story. But yeah, so I kind of… I tend to avoid going to the states if I can, because I just hate the hassle I get at the airport. But once I’m there, I absolutely love it. And I think the problem… I’m kind of… we’re just thinking at the moment – Sam, who I made Trigger Happy with, now lives in LA, and he’s a director in LA, and there’s been a lot of people talking about how they love Trigger Happy to him, and we’re actually putting together a Trigger Happy movie at the moment which we’re about to pitch in LA. And my worry is whether we were gonna film it in the States or in England, because why it works in Britain is kind of because the reaction of people in Britain is different. We kind of have this thing of… a fear of embarrassment, and a terrible… If you approach someone in England, they don’t react – they kind of back away. That means you can do anything, really. They’re just like, “As long as you don’t stab me, I’m fine.” Whereas in the States, when we did things like the big mobile in New York, they’d just turn around and go, “Hey, shut the fuck up.” And there’s a much more direct thing, so it’s kind of more difficult. But also there’s just things that I can read in England, and we can sort of subtly satirize – you’re not even trying to satirize anything, but it’s just part of you which I think it’s very difficult to do if you haven’t grown up in a country. So I think it might be different in America.
KP: Well, what I find curious is that there’s a set amount of locales that UK comedians or UK performers coming to the US – who want the “US experience” – go to…
JOLY: Well, actually, that’s very very interesting you say that, because one of the main things Sam and I have been talking about is that obviously when you come and film, you go to New York, you go to Miami, you go to San Francisco and LA, you basically do… to me, America’s two countries. When I first arrived, I couldn’t see who voted for Bush, because you go New York, Miami, San Francisco, and you’re like, “Well, everyone’s normal here. They’re great. Who votes for Bush?” And then I did a drive through Alabama and Mississippi and Louisiana, and you’re like, “Ah, I get it.” So to me, America’s two countries. It’s like a big circle with all the coasts, and then there’s a kind of inner circle – which is where the crazies are, in my view. So our idea is that if we film a kind of American Trigger Happy, I wanted to do it in real America – like, places that we don’t always see. So we wanted to go to Alabama and Charleston and just kind of weird inland Texas, and do stuff in the center of America that no one ever sees… Well, they do see, but it’s not the kind of flying to LA stuff.
KP: The other location I was going to mention is that people always go to the south. And you never see anyone go to…
JOLY: Minneapolis.
KP: Right. Minneapolis or Wisconsin or Idaho or Iowa or Illinois…
JOLY: Yeah, well, we’re going to Montana, if that’s any good.
KP: You’ll have difficulty finding people.
JOLY: Yeah, I know. And the other place I’ve always wanted to go to, so we’re going to, is Maine. Just because I have a lot of lobster jokes.
KP: Well, in Maine you also get that sort of cultural mix. They’re almost our Canadians.
JOLY: But that’s exactly it, and that’s what we’re trying to do with locations, is to get one of each kind of American stereotype – even though each state is kind of its own country. But to do it in places that you don’t normally see – and also aren’t that TV savvy because, again, you go to LA or New York and everyone’s just like, they’ve got a lawyer when you’re trying to get a release form off them.
KP: Well, I would recommend you try Appalachia in the western half of North Carolina.
JOLY: I’ve been there. I filmed a thing there. I went to about 10 miles from where they filmed Deliverance…
KP: Well, that was the moonshine episode of Happy Hour…
JOLY: Yeah. A very, very scary place, but I loved it.
KP: You should hit Dollywood while you’re out there.
JOLY: I really wanted to go to Dollywood, yeah. Is that near there? I didn’t realize it was near there.
KP: Yes. It’s sort of right on the border of Tennessee and North Carolina.
JOLY: Well, I have a friend who’s American who’s from West Virginia, and her mother is a born again who speaks in tongues and she keeps inviting me over, but I don’t know if it’s my bag
KP: If you do, one of the most fascinating and terrifying journeys that I’ve ever taken is on a road that goes down the Appalachian mountains, called the Blue Ridge Parkway.
JOLY: Right.
KP: And basically has all of these odd stop offs like the coal mines of West Virginia, the sort of Cherokee gambling reservation in North Carolina, Dollywood, the Smoky Mountains…
JOLY: It’s got everything.
KP: And they have you know massive aqueducts that run through it to service this rural America, to bring some kind of civilization. But it’s one of the oddest drives you could ever take.
JOLY: I’d just like to drive all over the states constantly, but unfortunately my wife wouldn’t let me. She’s Canadian and wants me here.
KP: What’s the longest time you’ve ever spent in the US?
JOLY: Well, for filming it was about two months, when I was doing the American Trigger Happy – which is just such a long story and such a disaster I’ll not go into it – but that’s when I kind of first got flown around lots of different places. Seattle and Miami and stuff.
KP: But that was flown around and not driving around, right?
JOLY: That was flying, yeah. My best drive time was basically when I was making World Shut Your Mouth for BBC1, and we kind of went Miami all the way to New Orleans and then across to Vegas up to Reno and then through the Joshua Trees and the Mojave desert into LA. That was the best road trip thing I’d done. And then in my year off between school and university I lived in Washington, DC for six months, so I kind of did a lot of traveling around there as well.
KP: Is this when you still thought you were going to pursue a political career?
JOLY: Yeah, that’s when my first career started. I started well. I was going off to work for some congressman – you know, the usual sort of political internship. And I ended up working in the women’s department of Banana Republic on M Street.
KP: So can you still fold a pair of Chinos?
JOLY: I can fold a pair of Chinos really well. That’s one thing America taught me. Actually, Banana Republic is one of my favorite reasons for visiting America. We just got one here. I love Banana Republic. It’s sort of posh Gap, so when you’re approaching 40, I can really start shopping there with pride.
KP: Have you bought your first Panama hat?
JOLY: No. Well, I’ve got a Panama hat because I’ve just been in Nicaragua and I thought it would be quite fun to do a sort of Graham Greene type thing. So I bought a Panama hat and went out there with it but I lost it after the first day. It was a bit rubbish. I don’t really like hats.
KP: Well, next time will be the pith helmet.
JOLY: Yeah, a pith helmet would be great. That’s actually become very fashionable in Africa at the moment. And it’s a sort of ironic, you know, anti-colonial thing. Sort of young hip Africans in Nigeria and Kenya, they all go nightclubbing in pith helmets, which I long to see.
KP: What is on your current hit list? Obviously you’ve been trying to hit just about everything…
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: What’s still on the to do list?
JOLY: Well, I kind of want to be Michael Palin, is what I’m aiming for at the moment. I mean, obviously, I haven’t managed Monty Python, but I saw him in the street the other day… because I’m doing a little travel journalism, and I think I’m about to drive from London to Sydney in a bus in September, which is kind of like a huge trip. So I’m really looking forward to it.
KP: There’s some watery bits that might be difficult.
JOLY: Not too many actually. You can do it all the way to… well, obviously the English channel is one, but we’ve got a tunnel. And then it’s over land all the way to East Timor, and then it’s just a ferry ride from East Timor to Australia. But otherwise, it’s all overland. Through Iran. Used to go through Iraq, but that’s kind of not an option right now.
KP: Well, it is if you want to be a little adventurous.
JOLY: Iran’s good enough, I think. Because you guys are about to nuke it anyway, so I’m just hoping that I can slip in before it goes.
KP: Well, we have a couple of months, hopefully.
JOLY: No, I think Bush will do it as a sort of farewell address. As he’s actually saying goodbye…
KP: What do you think; he’s going to bring the button out with him to the podium?
JOLY: Yeah, he’ll just say goodbye. But no, I saw Michael Palin in London about three weeks ago, and I was in a car and I saw him and it was quite a tight street, and the temptation to just pretend to sneeze and turn the car and smash into him and just think, “Right, that’s it, I’m ready now. I can take over.” But that’s kind of what I want to do. There are three things – I’m trying to do this, the travel journal, but try and do it in a kind of spoofy way, because there’s a big debate at the moment about how TV is all faked, and there’s been a lot of problems here in England.
KP: Oh yes, I’ve seen the columns…
JOLY: It’s insane. All TV is fake. Otherwise you’d watch cooking shows and you’d have to watch for 40 minutes while something cooks in the oven. It’s ridiculous. But the one area of TV they never talk about is travel journalism, which is just the most fake of all. You know, you only ever arrive at Sunset, and Michael Palin always does this thing where he’s kind of rushing and he has to get a train at 1:00 to take him to Egypt, otherwise he misses it. And he gets to the train just on time and then there’s a beautiful shot of the train leaving and you’re like, “Well, who’s filming that?” I just love all that sort of stuff, and it’s slightly this feeling that when you go abroad, everything is just amazing and like totally holy, and you can’t say, “This place stinks.” It’s really weird, but it’s not very real. So that’s kinda what I’m interested in.
KP: I always just assumed that they had really bad producers planning that timing out.
JOLY: I don’t know. I don’t know what they do. I’ve just been in Nicaragua where they said to me, “We found a volcano where everyone snowboards down. Would you be up for that?” And I’m like, “Well, I’m more of a skier really,” and they said, “Oh, don’t worry, we’ll ship some skis out.” I personally spent five hours trying to get the only pair of skis ever to be imported into Nicaragua, because they think it’s some cocaine, gringo smuggling thing. So I get the skis, we get all the way to this volcano, climb up it, and it turns out they don’t snowboard down it. It’s just, like, a couple of local idiots tobogganing, and they’re still cutting themselves up. And I’m standing at the top of this volcano in skis. So I tried it, and I went about three meters and then rolled down the whole thing. It was just unbelievable.
KP: You’re standing at the top of this volcano. You’re in skis. There’s no point where you can just say, “You know what? No.”…?
JOLY: Very weirdly, of all he things I’ve done, that was the one moment where I literally am standing on the edge and this camera’s there, and I just have a moment where… normally I’m just, like, I’m totally up for this. I just thought, “This is absolutely insane.” There’s been no health and safety, and I’ve seen this somewhere on telly before, in kind of “When TV Idiots Go Bad”, you know? And that was nearly the moment where I went, “You know what? Let’s forget this.” But I just… I don’t know. You just have to do it, really. I was pretty sure I wasn’t gonna die. And I thought, worst case scenario, if I break stuff it’ll be a good news story. So that was the only one where I really thought, “Hmm, maybe not.”
KP: But it’s got to be an awkward moment when you think, “You know what? I could be part of a clip show for years to come…”
JOLY: (laughing) I’m constantly part of a clip show. But yeah. Well, the worst thing was, just as we were climbing up this volcano, my guide – who, you know, assumes I’m an experienced volcano skier – is going, “Yeah, you know, you have seen this before on the television.” I go, “No, I haven’t.” They go, “There’s this really famous clip where this guy is on a mountain bike and tries to break the world’s bicycle record going down this particular slope. And he gets to 180 miles an hour in his mountain bike and the bike snaps and he’s in hospital for nine months,” and I’m like, “Oh really? That was here?” And he goes, “Yeah yeah yeah. Very funny. I was here.” And I go, “Oh good, good. Looking forward to that.”
KP: Well, I’m sure he had the tape to show you later.
JOLY: Yeah. (laughing)
KP: So, what’s your thought halfway down the mountain, as you’re careening?
JOLY: I’m thinking, “This is not what I was hoping, but it’s gonna make great television,” because it was so bad that I know it’s gonna be funny. But on the other hand, in my mind, I was hoping for a sort of heroic, beautiful ski down where everyone will be like, “Jesus Christ, he can really ski.” So, you know, it was good in the end because it’s kind of… the director came down and he was just thrilled, you know?
KP: Do you feel it’s sort of a bizarre thing when, in those kind of moments, you start thinking, “I hope this is good TV…”?
JOLY: Well, that’s all you’ve got left, really. That’s pretty much what goes through my mind almost all the time at work, is that I’m not really enjoying myself but I’m just thinking, “As long as it’s good TV, it’s good.” And you kinda know it is, so that’s alright. It’s when you’re doing something you hate, and you know it’s gonna be shit TV and it’s not even gonna make the final cut, that’s when it’s really depressing because you think, “There’s no need for me to be doing this.”
KP: Now is there any… not just a segment, but a project that you can describe as such that you just knew going in, “This is gonna be shit…”?
JOLY: I don’t know. No, I haven’t really taken… I mean, it’s funny; I did a chat show when I moved to the BBC after Trigger Happy. To me, it was really obvious that if someone had a hit show, what they tended to do was move to the BBC and then make a chat show with their name on it. A kind of Letterman thing. And just go on a huge ego trip. So, to me, it was really obvious when I moved to the BBC that I was gonna make a chat show called This Is Dom Joly, and it was kind of gonna be someone called Dom Joly – but it wasn’t me, because I was wearing glasses. And it thought that was a really obvious disguise, so everyone would know I was being ironic. And the idea was just have this terrible show where he just stumbles on and talks to bands in really crass questions, and asks shit questions. And I remember, as we were making it, I was talking to Sam and just saying, “You know, some people are really good and then they just make really shit shows. And I wonder whether they’re aware while they’re making it that it’s a turkey.” And Sam is like, “No, you’d definitely be aware.” And then we just got slated for this show – like slammed – saying, “Is this the worst chat show ever?” And part of me was thinking, “Well, that’s kind of what we wanted.” I wanted people to watch it and think, “I can’t believe how bad this is,” not realizing it’s real – because no one realized it wasn’t real and they just thought it was the worst show ever. So that was probably the worst thought through show ever. But I really enjoyed making it. It was kind of… I mean, I’m not going to say it’s in anywhere the same league, but the idea was a kind of – before Curb Your Enthusiasm – it was like it had video diaries of my life, and following me around demanding that, you know, when I’m selling my house that there was a celebrity premium on it and… I mean, all sorts of weird stuff and cameos, but it wasn’t nearly as well thought through as Curb Your Enthusiasm, which is total genius, but it was kind of in that vein.
KP: So what’s the current status of that? That hasn’t seen a DVD release, has it?
JOLY: No, that was never a DVD. That was on BBC3. It launched BBC3, and pretty much buried BBC3. There were two series of it. And I think it had moments of… probably some of my favorite moments, actually, but it was all about anti-television. I wanted to call it Dead Air, but they wouldn’t let me. And I should have called it Dead Air, because then they’d have understood it. Dead Air with Dom Joly. And the whole joke was gonna be that I start the whole series with me coming on and saying, “I’m at the BBC, I’ve made it,” and starting to sing a song called “Sympathy” from the 70s – that I loved – and then a light hits me on the head, and for the rest of the series I’m in concussion. That’s how it was gonna start, but they wouldn’t let me do that, so the whole show went on without the start so people didn’t realize I was supposed to concussed – they just thought, “Jesus, he’s an asshole.”
KP: Have there been discussions about a DVD release for it?
JOLY: Oh no, god, this was years ago. This is four years ago. I don’t think there’ll be a DVD of that. BBC was deeply embarrassed of it…
KP: Everything makes it to DVD eventually…
JOLY: Well, I hope it’ll make a DVD, because I think there are some really good bits. But I don’t know. The BBC hid it very well.
KP: I’m interested in the idea that – because obviously Trigger Happy started on Channel 4…
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: What did a move to the BBC represent? Because it seems odd to me – you would think there’d be more money outside the BBC, but all the big contracts and the big money seems to be at the BBC…
JOLY: Well, it was… there were two things. The reason I moved to the BBC was because I’d done a second series. I didn’t want to make any more. I wanted to kinda stop Trigger Happy when it was good. And Channel 4 said, “Oh, we really want you to do a Christmas special,” and I kind of said yes to that, but I still didn’t really want to make them. And then we did that and then I said, “Right, now I want to kinda do some other stuff.” And in hindsight I should have been smart and just said, “Look, I’ll do you a Trigger Happy every three years, but meanwhile let me do some other stuff.” But I was just like, “I don’t want to do another Trigger Happy,” and they were like, “We want you to do Trigger Happy,” and so I just was thinking, “Well, I don’t want to do Trigger Happy,” and suddenly someone from the Beeb turned up and took me out for lunch and said, “We’ll give you a three series deal and you can do what you like and we think you’re brilliant,” you know? Just total schmooze. And I was like, “Cool.” I mean, because I didn’t want to do Trigger Happy, but also there’s just something when you’re British about the BBC. It’s kind of… my mum doesn’t really understand what Channel 4 is, but BBC she’d understand. She’d be able to tell her friends, you know, “Yeah, he’s on the BBC.” It just sounds a bit more official. So it was kind of that, really, and I just thought, “Great, we’ll go to the BBC. It all sounds very exciting.” And then I got there and it’s just… it was like moving into the movie Brazil. It’s just this huge, huge bureaucratic organization where – when you arrive and you’re hot – everyone’s talking to you and everyone’s responsible for you, and then the moment things start to look bad, you just can’t speak to anyone. When I finally left the BBC I was there two years. My third series ended, and there was nothing. I just sat there in my office – which I’d had painted red – for two weeks, and nothing. No one heard, and I rang my agent and I said, “What’s going on? Are we meeting something?” He said, “I have no idea.” And in the end, I literally just… I had to just pack my stuff and… I mean, no one said anything. I could still be living there, I think. So I just went downstairs and I just thought, “This is a great paparazzi shot, with me just putting all my posters and occasional awards into the back of my car,” and I just slammed the boot and literally I just looked around and then I drove off. And then I’d forgotten something, and I came back the next day and I put my pass in the door and it didn’t work. It wouldn’t let me in. It was just extraordinary.
KP: Well, that’s good. At least they’re quite quick and responsive when you decide to leave.
JOLY: But that’s the point. I think they didn’t want to tell me to leave, but obviously someone said, “He’s gone, he’s gone,” and they switched it all off.
KP: It’d be great if the Joly Alert went up through the building.
JOLY: Yeah. It was a huge conga going around the building.
KP: So the last series for the BBC then was what, World Shut Your Mouth?
JOLY: That was World Shut Your Mouth – which again, I’d loved the chat show and I’d done two series of it, but I realized that no one had understood it and, you know, it probably was crap. I don’t know. I mean, I liked it, but so I thought, “Well, I’d better give them a banker, you know? So I said, “I’ll make basically a Trigger Happy type show, but I want to call it World Shut Your Mouth because I want it to be more global – because, basically, I just want to travel.” So it started the best joke, I think, in the history of television, as far as I’m concerned, for its sheer pointlessness. I wanted to start each show with me in front of one of the wonders of the world, and so I’m at the Taj Mahal and I’m standing there at dawn and it’s just beautiful and there’s just one other person, a real person there, and I’ll just walk up next to them and stand and we’ll both look at the Taj Mahal for a bit, and then I’ll go, “Ah, Taj Mahal.” And they would say, which they did, “Yeah, it’s just amazing, isn’t it?” And there’s a long pause and I just go, “That is shit.” And basically I managed to get the BBC to pay me – in one trip – to go to the Great Wall of China, the Taj Mahal, the Pyramids, the Grand Canyon, the Guggenheim, and the Coliseum. Two days in each place just so we could go and film me saying, “That’s shit.” And that was on the BBC license payer’s money. That was my greatest achievement in television. So I just thought, “You can’t fail with that.” It’s such a great beginning. And I thought World Shut Your Mouth, in a lot of ways, was stronger than Trigger Happy, actually. But it was BBC1, 10:30, prime time, and it got three and a half million every time, but it just – they didn’t want another series, and I don’t know why, actually. And it’s never been shown again. I still think that’s my favorite show.
KP: It also seemed that World Shut Your Mouth was subtler…
JOLY: It was more about… it was kinda the darker side of Trigger Happy. In hindsight, actually, World Shut Your Mouth should have been run on Channel 4, because it was more… slightly weirder. And Trigger Happy, which was much more kind of just big fluffy costumes and stuff, should have been the 6:00 in the evening, Saturday BBC1 show. But I’ve constantly done shows for the wrong channel – like Happy Hour, which I loved. But it was a kind of spoofy, weird travel show. It was definitely not Sky 1. They just thought, “Great, he’s doing something about alcohol.” But I did alcohol because Sky said, “We need you to do something that will interest the channel.” So I’m like, “Well, that’s tits or alcohol for you guys, so…” But anyway, one day I’ll get it right.
KP: You’re talking about moving Trigger Happy to film…
JOLY: Well, just we’re thinking of doing a Trigger Happy type project. I wouldn’t call it Trigger Happy. We’re going to call it War of the Flea. Which I just think is a great name. It’s the name of a book in the 50s, to describe guerilla insurgency and the fact that one flea scratching a dog does nothing, but if you have a thousand fleas scratching the dog it’s worse than the bite of a tiger. So it’s kind of the idea of this kind of irritant basically just popping up everywhere and annoying people.
KP: And the title will sell tickets in America…
JOLY: Do you think?
KP: (laughing)
JOLY: (laughing)
KP: You know what, you should put a 2 after it.
JOLY: Yeah, well, it had… That’s right. War of the Flea: It’s Back.
KP: Do you view TV as something that holds less interest for you at this point?
JOLY: No. I love TV. I have no interest in doing films. I mean, obviously if someone offered me a film I’d do it, but I’m not an actor or anything, so the only reason I’m thinking of doing a movie for Trigger Happy is that I’m very happy to do another Trigger Happy here but no one wants to do one. Channel 4 feels that they don’t ever go back to something. And because they own the name Trigger Happy, I can’t do that anywhere else. So I suddenly thought, “Well, actually, I’ve got loads of big ideas and stuff,” and so did Sam, so we thought, “Well, before we get too, old let’s make a big movie.” Because at the time when Trigger Happy happened, we were offered a huge movie deal and we said no because, to us, what happens when you make movies from TV stuff is kind of like that first Ali G film. It just was really watered down shit, and I just had this idea of sort of the big mobile guy would have a love interest. It would just be crap. So we were like, “No, no, no – we can’t do that.” And then, of course, the Jackass movie came out and it was just one huge Jackass episode. And we were like, “Fuck, we could have just done that.” Just a big Trigger Happy, you know? So that’s kind of what we’re doing with the idea we’re doing now, is we want to do a film which, you know, most movies normally have sort of two big set pieces, and our idea is this is just a movie with 100 big set pieces. That’s it. No story.
KP: Yeah, but I think that’s what movies are moving towards anyway. You might as well just push it over the edge…
JOLY: I just think movies are something that should be an hour and a half long and you go in and love it. And that’s it. The only reason these are movies rather than TV stuff is because they’re kind of bigger setups. They’re all kinda big crowd setups, so we want two-three hundred people in each scene. But you know, there’s no reason… I love television. I think television’s far more interesting to me than movies. I hardly ever go to the movies.
KP: Well, after you skirted around the disaster of the US Trigger Happy…
JOLY: Well, I haven’t skirted around it – I’m just too angry to ever think about it.
KP: I’ve read your statements in the past about it. You made the decision based on certain factors and you would have made it differently, but your decision was right at the time…
JOLY: Well, it’s basically that I’d finished doing Trigger Happy, and for that reason I’d gone to the BBC – and suddenly we get this offer from the States. And, in hindsight, I should have just said, “Great, I’ll go out there and we’ll make a show…” You know, as everyone else has. What Little Britain seems to be doing, and everyone did. But, you know, I just had a kid and I had a family and I didn’t want to go to the States, and also I just didn’t want to make more Trigger Happy at the time. I thought, “There’s loads of other things I’m going to be doing.” But then they came back and said, “Well, we’ll only make it if you’re in it, and you can sort of do a little bit of producing on it.” And I thought, “Well, that’ll be alright. I’ll go out and have a look at it,” and the guy I talked to from the production company at Comedy Central who had decided they were gonna make it seemed okay. And then the moment I got out there it was just like… I remember watching the first rushes of the stuff they’d made and it was like someone had made Trigger Happy on acid, really. I mean, it was just random music, and I met this asshole from Comedy Central who’d been brought in. And what I didn’t realize is while we were actually filming, they were literally sending the rushes to LA. They were assembling them and it was going out as we were speaking – whereas the understanding I’d had was we’d film it all and then I’d sit in the edit, which is where I’m good. The whole thing was unbelievable. And I remember them showing me the first episode they’d cut together, and it was… I mean, it was just… I just wanted to weep. It was in some studio in New York and there was just this long silence at the end and they go, “What do you think?” and I’m like, “That’s just awful.” I mean, it was kind of like… it was a joke. It was almost like someone had spoofed it. It was like, “Let’s get some shit fluffy costumes and random indie music and…” It was just awful. There were a couple of good ideas in it, but it was just terrible.
KP: Well, I remember watching it at the time going, “I can’t stand this.” And the sad thing was it turned me off ever investigating, until a year or two ago, the original Trigger Happy.
JOLY: Have you seen the original one with the original music?
KP: Yes. In fact the DVDs are sitting right over there.
JOLY: Good.
KP: And that’s another thing that I find quite remarkable, is sort of the care and attention you paid to choosing the music for the series.
JOLY: But Trigger Happy is quite funny if you strip it… I mean, it’s all about the edit. There’s a lot of stuff in there that’s pretty average. It’s kind of just filler stuff or visual stuff, but if you put the right music on, I mean, everything. We did it from the first idea to the delivery at Channel 4 – no one touched it. We just did it totally on our own, and that’s where comedy’s great, you know? If you really love what you’re doing. The moment you kind of get lazy or you hand it over to a committee, it’s fucked.
KP: The great thing about… you know, you can sit down with Trigger Happy and you can watch it, and it feels like a whole piece.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: It doesn’t feel like somebody threw a bunch of clips together.
JOLY: Oh no, it’s not. But even the video is annoying, because actually the real works are the half hour shows. And we had to make a best of because we couldn’t afford to use all the music in the shows.
KP: Well, luckily the half hour shows are available on the internet.
JOLY: Oh, are they? Good. Yeah, the shows are the real ones that we spent time doing so everything’s paced and… you know.
KP: Now has that ever been a movement to readdress with Channel 4, in this age of “everything’s gotta be on DVD.” to actually do full releases of the episodes?
JOLY: Well no, not really. They’ve now got this thing – Channel 4 On Demand – so you can buy them all online. I think Channel 4 are more interested in selling them there than putting them on a DVD.
KP: Maybe you could do some kind of podcast commentaries that people can synch up with the copies of the half hour episodes.
JOLY: Yeah, I can’t remember. I think we did commentaries for the DVDs. We didn’t for the half hour shows. But the problem still is the music. To clear music is just so expensive, but it just doesn’t make it worthwhile for anyone financially, which is just so annoying.
KP: If someone were to present it to you, would you even think about doing another American show?
JOLY: I think I’d kind of do a… I think I’d do a sort of cross between a char… I think I’d have a couple of characters kind of arriving in the States. So I’d do a cross… it’d be like a sort of Trigger Happy, in the sense that it was meeting real people, but dressed as characters. And just kind of do a travel across the States, or some sort of road trip across the States. I don’t know, really. I still think I’d love to make a great hidden camera show in the States. It’s just there’s so much more that you can do out there than there is here. There’s just more variety of stuff from beach to snow to… just geography-wise, gives you ideas for jokes and stuff.
KP: I’ve also seen the Excellent Adventure documentary you did with your friend, Pete…
JOLY: Oh, I love that.
KP: It takes a certain person, a certain performer, to have a knack for doing a travel show and making travel interesting beyond just looking at the video…
JOLY: Well, that one we were particularly lucky though because it was quite… you know, the alcohol ones were just piss ups, but that one was quite moving for me. (laughing) Because that was going back to my roots, and also it’s just a place where people don’t think you go on holiday, Lebanon, so…
KP: Well, you know, when you talk about, you’re almost sounding dismissive of Happy Hour. Which I think is unfortunate, because travel shows… say the Michael Palin shows, Michael Palin shows are all about the grandeur of certain places…
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: Or the eccentricity of a place. In an almost caricatured form. I thought what was nice about what you did with Happy Hour was that you took it for what it was. You didn’t try and dumb it down and you didn’t try and gussy it up.
JOLY: Yeah, because when you travel – I mean, most of the time it’s shit and it’s uncomfortable, and you kind of remember the glossy bits when you come back. And that’s what I think people never do on travel shows. And, also, I love traveling, and I love being abroad, but I think people are kind of scared that if they say they don’t like somewhere that they’re being racist or something, and it’s just crazy. And, you know, why you can take the piss out of a Frenchman but you can’t out of an Indian is ridiculous.
KP: Or what you so wonderfully did with your handlers in various countries…
JOLY: Well, they were the… that was the real Happy Hour. That really taught me…well, this might be completely unethical… but it was, if you have anyone that can help you in a foreign language, it’s fantastic because you can give them any joke you want in the subtitle. It was just great.
KP: You’re also self-aware enough to play with the form…
JOLY: Yeah, but I’m a bit too much, sometimes. I kind of think, “Chill out, it’s all a bit too in-jokey.” But I just love that. I just love all the things like that.
KP: I mean, that’s why I would love to see you do sort of your tour of the US…
JOLY: Well, so would I, but I don’t know how I’d do it yet.
KP: How long have you been friends with Pete?
JOLY: Pete and I have been friends since we were… it’s so funny, actually, because everyone thought Pete was an actor, and he was a plant. The idea came… I don’t know if you’ve seen The Long Way Round, with Ewan McGregor and Charlie Borman…
KP: Yes.
JOLY: Sky kind of commissioned that show, our show, on the back of that, thinking, “Oh, we like celebrities traveling with their friends.” I would have chosen Pete anyway because, unfortunately, what we never got into… one of the series we were gonna start… because Pete actually lives in Newfoundland, of all things – because he married a Newfoundlander who’d been in Europe for only three weeks. He got her pregnant and then she basically just took him back to Newfoundland, and he’s been stuck there ever since. Which is the asshole of North America, although it’s quite a weird place to visit. So we were gonna kind of explain that Pete lived out there and is an artist. And because he’s English he’s about the only person that’s ever moved to Newfoundland rather than leaving. He’s kind of a local celebrity, and he’s now just won some art prize. But when they said, “Have you got a friend?” I just thought, “Well, actually Pete is exactly like Charlie Borman.” He’s a bit sort of dim and curly haired. But, of course, he turned out to be absolutely brilliant because we literally didn’t argue once all the way through. Because we are proper, proper close friends. So it was quite nice. I finally got a new catchphrase. People would just come up to me and say, “Up yours, tiger…” – which was really nice. Because we had a long discussion before the show that, for reasons I can’t even remember, we’d call each other “tiger”, and it all just sounded a bit gay, and I just said, “Look, we can’t honestly call each other ‘tiger’ on telly. It’s just gonna look really bad.” And he said, “Yeah, you’re quite right, tiger.” So I’m like, “Really, we can’t.” But after about two days, we just gave up. So I don’t know, it was a bit weird.
KP: What I love about Pete on Excellent Adventure is that – as that sort of perfect traveling companion – he wouldn’t question your decisions for long…
JOLY: Yeah… (laughing)
KP: After a certain point, it was just, “Oh, we may get shot? But you know what? Let’s do it.”
JOLY: Yeah yeah yeah. No, Pete’s wife was terrified. She was… because we were gonna do a Happy Hour… The only thing that’s ever been vetoed is we were gonna do a Happy Hour in Iran, because I just thought it’d be really funny to do a show about alcohol where you never, ever saw a drop of the stuff. But she absolutely refused to let them go to Iran, so we couldn’t do it. But, actually, I then went to Iran recently – skiing for a piece for the Observer – and I’ve never been more drunk in my life. Because they all make their own booze, basically, and they call it “pizza”. And they have a “pizza” guy who they ring up who comes along and delivers plastic bottles of moonshine, basically. I mean, Tehran is a… You know, it’s an alcoholic state.
KP: See, if only we’d send a copy of that piece to Bush…
JOLY: I know. He’d love it. Well, he’s given it up now. He’d probably bomb them anyway.
KP: Going back to Lebanon in Excellent Adventure, how would you describe the differences between now and what it was like when you were growing up in the early 70s?
JOLY: Not many, actually. I mean, the difference was that the center of Beirut has been rebuilt in this kind of mod colonial way. There’s a bit where we’re smoking hubbly bubblies and stuff in the middle of Beirut. That’s kind of the shopping center which has actually been built quite tastefully in what used to be the front line. And when I grew up – from 1935, onwards, I was on the Christian side. I wouldn’t have been able to go there because you couldn’t cross over the green line, which was the kind of demarcation zone. But really, it hasn’t changed that much at all. The Lebanese still refuse to accept they’re Lebanese. They all think they’re French and they all drive round in BMWs and they’re incredibly rich and there’s always… amongst all this rich stuff going on, there are kind of little pockets of incredible poverty, and it’s why Lebanon’s always screwed up is that it’s just this real divergence between the really rich and the really poor. There’s no medium ground. And occasionally people just get pissed off. And also, there’s a whole generation of people who have grown up sort of having power by having guns, and it’s very difficult to just have peace and suddenly say, “Right – you guys, piss off.” And they can’t. But it hasn’t changed that much. Apart from it’s been maybe a lot more overgrown and a bit more polluted, but it’s still one of the most beautiful countries in the world.
KP: You’ve been around Africa, as well…
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: How would you describe the feeling in countries where there’s still the lingering feeling of their colonial periods?
JOLY: I don’t know about the colonial period. I have this thing about totalitarian countries. One of my favorite books ever is by PJ O’Roarke, Holidays in Hell, and I kind of love the idea of going to places that are supposedly dangerous – or not a place to visit because, firstly, they’re about the last places in the world that you can visit that still are proper travel, in that there probably isn’t a Starbucks around the corner and things are actually… you’re actually experiencing things rather than just sort of following a whole lot of backpackers around. But I don’t know… I just think there are less and less places to go in the world that you can properly go to that are unspoiled, and that’s why I like going to those sort of places.
KP: Is there any place at this point that you wouldn’t go?
JOLY: That I wouldn’t go?
KP: Yes.
JOLY: Well… no. I mean, Iraq I wouldn’t go because I’d kind of be depressed to go, I think, but I wouldn’t have a problem going to Iraq. I really want to go to North Korea. That’s kind of my… top of my list. I’m off to Libya in a month.
KP: Well, you saw the speech. North Korea’s now a happy place.
JOLY: Yeah, and Bush just let some stuff over as well.
KP: We officially love North Korea now.
JOLY: Yeah, you’re now close friends. That’s good.
KP: We’re going to be sending over some video games…
JOLY: Excellent. That’ll help them.
KP: And a few packages of DVDs…
JOLY: And invade Cuba.
KP: Well, slowly but surely. I guess it looks like Cuba’s opening up now.
JOLY: I haven’t been to Cuba, and I really want to go to Cuba because the moment Castro actually dies, that’ll be it. It’ll be the invasion of the property developers. But, I mean, it’s already happening, but…
KP: Well, once you had the internet restrictions being dropped…
JOLY: Yeah. Actually, I’m quite interested in internet restrictions. Iran was very weird. When you go on… it was the first time I’d had proper internet restrictions. I went on Google and tried to find BBC News, and it’s just this really ominous sign comes up saying this access is denied to this website. And I’m off to Beijing for the Olympics. I’m writing for the Independent, and again they’ve had to… they’ve got a special area around the Olympic Village where, apparently, access to every site is fine. But if you go further away then you can’t get anything. It’s gonna be really fascinating.
KP: Theoretically, I would assume that they’re going to be using some kind of Wi-Fi within those areas…
JOLY: I think they have a special Wi-Fi. I don’t know. That’s why I’m fascinated. I have no idea how they’ll do it.
KP: So, I’m wondering if you’re gonna have people trying to steal that signal and boost it…
JOLY: That’s what I was thinking. I was thinking there’ll be a whole lot of kind of rebellious students coming nearer and nearer the Olympic Village and kind of sitting… piggy backing…
KP: Wearing those Wi-Fi boosting tee shirts.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: When you were in Iran, did you encounter anyone who evaded the system? Because obviously there are ways to get around those internet blocks…
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: Through proxy sites and such.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: Did you see that sort of information underground at work?
JOLY: Yeah… Yeah. Basically, how it works in Iran is that any sort of middle class intelligentsia or kind of students who are trying to rebel, they all hang around… it’s very kind of 1920s, because there aren’t any pubs or bars. They all hang out in coffee shops, so it’s very kind of coffee shop revolutionaries. And you kind of imagine coffee shops to be these beautiful old Oriental places, but actually they’re hideous little smoke filled chambers in shopping malls, and they all sit in there, and almost all the coffee shops have a secret Wi-Fi satellite dish that kind of gets stuff out of Iraq, weirdly, or Turkey. So yeah, people huddle in there and get it, and then if the religious police come round everyone kind of closes their laptops and smokes away. It’s totally surreal.
KP: So, do you think it’s just a game that’s being played with both sides knowing what’s going on?
JOLY: Oh, definitely. I mean, I went there skiing because, again, I’d seen a picture of a woman in full chador skiing, and I was like, “Where the hell’s that?” And it was Iran. So I went there, and until two years ago they segregated the whole mountain. It’s an hour from Tehran, and they put a big fence down the middle of the mountain, and the idea was that women skied on one side and men skied on the other side. But the problem was there were only male instructors. And so some of the women I’d met, who were very westernized, very bright Iranian girls about 30, they were all saying how they all had to change their name to male names and dress up as men, supposedly, to get ski lessons when they were kids. Everyone knew they were girls, but they kinda let it go. And even the segregation of the hill now they’ve given up because they said, “Mullahs can’t snowboard,” so all the religious police would just be at the bottom, and they can’t go up and check. It was just crazy. It is a kind of game, but it’s also… they all play the game and they know how to do it, but deep down, although it’s funny and probably quite fun, it’s deeply depressing that this kind of backward thing is running a country like that, because they’re amazing people.
KP: Do you feel sort of a tipping point in that attitude within the generation that you were encountering?
JOLY: Yeah. Well, the thing is now that travel is much… you know, in the old days, you couldn’t travel very much. And I think they were much more fighting it. But now if you really tip and you just get pissed off with it – Most of them go to university just outside LA or in Oslo, and so they kinda come back for the summer, these kind of middle class kids, and I think they can handle it for a couple of months because they see all their friends and they kinda live a different life. But I think for parents and people staying there it’s kinda just… they’re institutionalized.
KP: How would you compare that to… because obviously you’ve gone into some former war zones, like Nicaragua…
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: What was the feeling, then, going into those sort of locations where it’s not so much a cultural issue that’s kept the people at a certain level, but more the decades of conflict?
JOLY: Nicaragua was totally different in that it’s just a really unlucky country. It’s a huge earthquake zone. Managua was completely destroyed in 1972 by an earthquake and the dictator at the time, the US backed dictator Somoza, just didn’t bother to rebuild anything. So Managua is not really a city in a functioning sense. And then it’s got a line of active volcanoes which Nicaraguans seem to find it absolutely obligatory to build their cities on, and then they get wiped out, and then they build on it again, and you’re just like, “Why don’t you just *not* build it on volcanoes?” I don’t know if it’s to do with Latin machismo or whatever, but… and then, of course, they’ve had political unrest for about 60 years. But it seems to be coming out of that now, actually. They’ve been sort of peaceful for about 15 years and there’s really a feeling… I think Nicaragua’s going to be one of the kinda new places, because it’s pretty empty. It’s got some amazing cities. I went to their one beach resort called San Juan del Sur, and it’s where surfers have really discovered Nicaragua because it’s got an amazing surf. And the first night I was there I go to this little beachside restaurant and I go and sit down and I’m having a drink and there’s this American guy stumbling around on the beach completely drunk, and he’s got one shoe on and a sort of headlamp, and he’s like, “Where’s my shoe? Where’s my shoe?” We’re laughing at him, and after about ten minutes he comes in through the restaurant… and it was Matthew McConaughey. So that’s obviously where, you know – once he’s made a shit movie he thinks, “Great, I have two million. Let’s go and blow it in Nicaragua.” But he needs shoes.
KP: Well, once you’ve got Matthew McConaughey, that’s a sign that you’ve normalized as a country.
JOLY: That’s what I think. I think once McConaughey is surfing with you, things are looking up.
KP: Maybe we need to send him to Iran.
JOLY: I think he needs to go to Iraq first. And then quickly to Iran.
KP: We should just start a campaign to send Matthew in.
JOLY: With his goofy drawl.
KP: Shoe somewhere, just stumbling around…
JOLY: Yeah. Just sort of out in a good ol’ Texas way…
KP: Just so the people know they’ve got nothing to fear from Americans.
JOLY: (laughing) “Bush wouldn’t kill me!”
KP: “They sent McConaughey in and it’s all good.” So is there any place that you’ve actually felt for your safety?
JOLY: There’s a town near me in England called Swindon…
KP: (laughing)
JOLY: You joke, but actually it’s very weird. I’ve been to the most threatening places in the world, but I’ve never really felt threatened apart from an occasional roadblock where there’s a soldier with a jittery thing, but it’s kind of, you know, nothing’s really gonna happen. Whereas, honestly – I’m not joking – there’s just something unique about England. Any kind of small town, market town, after 10:00 in the evening… I’ve just been filming in a place called Weston-super-Mare, which is far from super, and it’s just one of those horrible, depressing English seaside towns that were probably quite cool in the Victorian times, but…
KP: The birthplace of John Cleese…
JOLY: In fact, you’re very right. That’s where he was born. But not his home. He left as soon as he could.
KP: Yes, like most people.
JOLY: And actually, he’s now in Santa Barbara, isn’t he? It was kind of like Santa Barbara, but just a lot worse. And so it was great. We were filming down there, and I’m filming a sort of golf DVD, and I’m dressed in old golf gear, and there’s like four of us and the crew – so it’s not a big production – and we’re in this kinda pedestrianized zone. No one around. And we’re just filming this little scene. The first guy just wanders into the take and he looks around and, in all seriousness, he goes, “Is this the new Indiana Jones movie?” But not as a joke. Like, he thinks this is the new Indiana Jones movie we’re filming. And then the sound man gets his boom taken by a cross-eyed man who’s going, “Is this a radioactive brush?” So we had to get out of town before the sun went down and it’s just… it’s a scary, scary place.
KP: On Swindon – is this the same Swindon you were taken to when you had your recent illness?
JOLY: Yeah, that’s right, actually. I had pneumonia.
KP: Rather bad case, it seems…
JOLY: Well. it wasn’t that bad. because bad cases you die.
KP: Well, when you have that as a demarcation for bad….
JOLY: It was weird, but they took me to hospital because they thought I had meningitis, so actually I was so relieved I didn’t have meningitis that pneumonia was kind of like a bonus. But it was great. I lost a stone and a half, so that was the plus side of it. And, actually, the people of Swindon didn’t kill me in their hospitals, which I thought they would. So it was all alright, actually. But no, that was a bit of a shock, actually.
KP: Well, after they read the article, then they realized that they should have killed you.
JOLY: Then they realized who they’d had, yeah.
KP: I hope you don’t get sick again.
JOLY: Yeah, so do I. Well, if I do I’m going to go Cheltenham. I’m always nice about Cheltenham.
KP: I’m sure you’ve already got a “Do Not Call Swindon” bracelet…
JOLY: Exactly, yeah. (laughing) I need that tattooed, like, with my blood group. “Do not resuscitate. Do not take to Swindon.”
KP: I was reading the comments you made last year in the lead up to the mayoral race in London…
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: And your thoughts on Ken Livingston and Boris Johnson. Do you still hold to those views on both of them?
JOLY: Well, the joy for me is I don’t live in London anymore. I’ve got a place there, but I don’t have to suffer all the stuff they do. I loathe Ken Livingston. I mean, I really do. Of all the people… I did him for Trigger. Weirdly, I did both him and Boris Johnson for Trigger Happy. Boris Johnson was just himself and kinda thought I was Ali G, and we couldn’t use it. But Ken Livingston was… actually, though, he behaved quite normally and said I should be arrested when I’d beaten up a gorilla behind him. He’s kind of held it ever since and he still gets angry occasionally on radio phone ins and calls me a cunt – which he did, which I was quite pleased with. But I just think he was… I really, really genuinely think he was very bad for London. I think he was very corrupt. I think there’s something about being a mayor where you’re kind of not really a politician and you just get very corrupt very quickly, and I’m very pleased he’s gone. I don’t know whether Boris Johnson will do anything good for London, but I think he’ll be entertaining, at least.
KP: You’ll have to check out the “Boris for President” website.
KP: Theoretically if he’s maintained a residence in New York, then yes.
JOLY: Unlike McCain, who was born in Panama, I think.
KP: Yes. So, you know, we could trade. We’ll send over John after November. Get him in as mayor of Swindon.
JOLY: I tell you what – Boris Johnson, president of the States, that would be fabulous. He wouldn’t even be able to find Iran to bomb it, but he’d find ancient Greece.
KP: Yes. “I’d like to tell you about the Romans…”
JOLY: Yeah…
KP: Are there any plans for a new series of The Complainers?
JOLY: I didn’t enjoy The Complainers. The problem with The Complainers – I know I grumble about every show I make – but with The Complainers, they came to me and it was a really good idea, because everyone’s grumbling in Britain at the moment, saying it’s shit. And it kind of is. And they were like, “It’s called The Complainers, and basically the idea is we just get all the things that annoy people and we go out and get a bit of revenge.” And I thought, “That’s brilliant.” So I said yes to it. And then when I got there, we just waited for two months because Channel 5 seems to change whoever’s in charge of it every three months, and so whoever had commissioned this had gone, and the new person came in, looked at it, and said, “No no no, we don’t want a comedy. We want a serious investigative show.” And so half of us were being pushed to do… literally trying to bring the government down, and the other half just wanted to go and hit traffic wardens. And it kinda ended up… the best thing someone said about it is it was like Michael Moore in Northamptonshire.
KP: It was like TV Nation in the UK…
JOLY: Yeah, well, I loved TV Nation. I thought it was amazing. But TV Nation – at times, Michael Moore really annoyed me, but at least it had a real focus. And the problem with this show was like, they did all the hidden camera stuff and didn’t even involve me. I’m like, “Hello? Isn’t that what I should be doing, more than these weird kinda long stories?” Everything we should have done should have been about things we were complaining about – and actually a lot of them, I just thought, “No one’s complaining about that.” So I think Tuesday I’m gonna get the new series commissioned, and I’m producing it this time. And basically it’s just gonna be really simple. It’s just we’re gonna take a kinda poll of the hundred things that annoy people the most, and then we’re either gonna try and deal with them or get revenge. And it’s gonna be that simple. And I think it’ll be really good. Because despite itself, it did really well. Because I think people just like the idea of complainers. I just thought it was a bit of a confused show, and it’s gonna be much more focused next time.
KP: I think people just like the idea of you doing work.
JOLY: Yeah, well, so does my wife. (laughing)
KP: How often do you get presented projects that you turn down flat?
JOLY: Every day. The Complainers is the very first thing that I was ever proposed that wasn’t mine that I did, and I was very pissed off for that – because I am a control freak to an extent, but because I genuinely care about what I make. I really don’t want to just make stuff for the money. So it did really annoy me, because it was so obvious how it should have been made, and it wasn’t. So that’s why I’m doing a second one, because it’s very rare you get the opportunity to look at something and think, “That was shit,” and then get given a second chance to repair it, which is what we’re doing on this. So I’m quite excited about it, actually, as it’s really clear. But I get offered all sorts of things. Mostly weight related. I just got one yesterday. I got offered the role of the young Pavarotti about a year ago. Offered the role of the young Harry Secombe. And what did I get yesterday? Some big BBC1 primetime show called 10 Things You Didn’t Know – and this was all about weight loss. So it’s like, “Look, fuck off. Go and ask Gervais.” (laughing) “I had pneumonia. That’s how I lose weight.”
KP: You’ll be playing Santa Claus before you know it.
JOLY: Yeah, I know! (laughing)
KP: Besides being overweight, what do you feel is the perception that people have of a “Dom Joly project”?
JOLY: What, of me?
KP: Yeah.
JOLY: I think loud and shouty is the main thing. Which actually is the one thing I’m really not. I mean, I am on camera, but I’m not really that loud and shouty. I used to be really loud and shouty, but there’s a weird thing about becoming successful or well known or whatever, is that I kinda felt I had less to prove. So when I go places I don’t… in the old days I’d kinda walk in and, “Hello, it’s me,” and just sort of try and impose myself, and now I don’t need to do that. So I find it very relaxing. So someone’s like, “Oh look, it’s Dom Joly.” They either hate me or like me, but there’s nothing much I can do about it. I don’t know what they think. Genuinely, I hope that the one thing… I think a lot of people think, “Oh, we thought he was going to be, like, really really huge after Trigger Happy,” and I wasn’t, and I think some people think, “Oh god, he fucked it up.” Whereas the majority of people I meet seem to get the fact that I’ve never yet done anything for the money, and I haven’t sold out. Whatever sold out means. Not that I’ve had some great artistic credibility, but I think I’ve done everything that I’m proud of, so far. I’ve never done anything for the wrong reasons. And that’s been a problem, really, because I think it stopped me from doing lots of stuff, but at least I’ve never done anything really bad yet.
KP: Is there anything that you can look back on and think, “Well, you know, I really should have done that…”?
JOLY: Well, there’s one thing I did fuck up on. I got called by… I mean, I’m not an actor, but I got called by Danny Boyle in the middle of Trigger Happy, and he was casting for 28 Days Later. And he said he was a huge fan, could I come in, and I said, “I’m just not an actor.” And he said, “Well, yeah, but I want you to play this part. It’s the baddie. I think you can do it.” And I said, “Well, I know I can do it. Look at Trigger Happy. You know I can do it. But if I have to come in and audition, I’m gonna be shit. I’ve never auditioned in my life.” He said, “No no, you don’t have to audition, but just come in and meet the producer and the writer.” So, of course, I went in and they made me read a piece out, and I was just awful. You can see Danny Boyle just, like, totally embarrassed, and then sent me a letter saying, “I know you could have done it, but they weren’t so sure.” So that was my big movie break that could have happened. So I’m not really interested in doing other people’s lines, that’s the point. What really I get off on is kind of having to think on the spot. That’s what I really, really get excited by. And that’s what Trigger Happy was all about. It’s just walking up to someone and just thinking, “Right, how can I make this into a funny, controlled situation,” and I get a real buzz out of that adrenaline. But I don’t think I would out of just reading someone else’s lines.
KP: So what would it take for you to do a scripted piece?
JOLY: For there not really to be a script. I mean, my dream piece would be Curb Your Enthusiasm, because I kind of think they worked a bit like I do – but obviously far more successfully, in that they probably have a page written out of what they need to get out of this scene and where it’s going, and you all kind of understand the characters, and then you riff and make it better and better and sound naturalistic. That’s what I’m really into. Or the kind of Spinal Tap type approach to stuff.
KP: Well, hopefully you’d do a better job at it than Jack Dee did…
JOLY: What, Lead Balloon?
KP: Yes.
JOLY: I’ve never seen Lead Balloon, actually.
KP: It’s…
JOLY: Is it terrible?
KP: The awkwardness of it is that it just such… it fails to capture what Curb is, but it’s so desperate to be Curb.
JOLY: Yeah, that’s what I felt. That’s why I didn’t really want to watch it. Because either it was gonna be so good I’d be bitter, or it was so bad I’d be upset. There was gonna be no medium ground.
KP: You can see the strain of them trying to get it right.
JOLY: The thing about Curb is that, what I’ve learned, is that it works because everyone’s having fun in it, I think, and it kinda just feels… you know it’s good. They’re making each other laugh. Whereas the sort of… I haven’t seen Lead Balloon, but the things that attempt to be Curb are… they’re almost like students of it, and it’s like, “Just forget the studies. Just try and have fun and make each other laugh.” That’s what it’s about.
KP: It sort of reminded me of the sort of vibe I got off of the show Nighty Night…
JOLY: (laughing)
KP: Which was just so relentless in its depressive nature that you get to a point where you go, “I’m tired.”
JOLY: Well, it was kinda like Chris Morris in The Last Jam. It was like, “Okay, any humor is pretty much gone now. This is deeply, deeply upsetting.”
KP: Now you’re just acting out…
JOLY: You’re just acting out in group therapy.
KP: How do you feel about the article writing that you’ve been doing over the past few years? How does that fit into how you view your career…
JOLY: Well, I’ve never written anything for television or radio or… you know, I’ve never written anything I’ve done on television. It’s all made up, literally, on the spot. And yet I love writing. It’s the one thing that Trigger Happy kind of did, was open doors for me and allowed me to… you know, someone offered me a column and I kinda thought, “I know I’ve got this column because I’m on telly, but they’re not gonna keep me unless I can write.” And I’ve been writing it for seven years now, for the Independent on Sunday. It’s kinda weird. It’s like this weekly diary. And it’s great. I find it totally liberating. I can write about anything I want. So I can write about, “I’ve been in Nicaragua,” or I can write about the man who breeds 50 foot chickens next to me. It’s kind of totally what I want it to be. And then I’ve done more and more travel writing, which I love doing. I just love writing, because it means I can do it from anywhere in the world. I can be at home, see my kids, and I really enjoy writing. I can really escape in it. And then I do a spoof column whose name I can’t reveal because no one’s guessed it yet, but I’ve been doing it for two years for the Independent. And that’s really good fun once a week, and that really winds people up. That’s my favorite column.
KP: Have there been any discussions to do a book collection of the travel pieces?
JOLY: I’m just about to sign a book deal, actually. I just got a new agent and we’re just talking about next week, and I’m going to do a book called Totalitarian Tourism, which is basically gonna be my attempt to do Holidays in Hell – which is still the greatest book ever. So I’m just gonna go to six or seven… I mean, my dream TV show’s already been made, which is Holidays in the Axis of Evil, but it was done by someone with no talent, sadly, so it was really dull. And I just think, “How can you fuck that up?” It would just be so much fun.
KP: Why do you feel you can’t do it now?
JOLY: Well, just because it was such a good name and Britain’s such a tiny place, so they kinda think, “Oh, that’s been done.” “But it was done really badly..” And they’re like, “No, it’s been done.”
KP: But why this sort of parochial feel that, you know, you’re only shooting for the UK? Why not look at a broader audience?
JOLY: Because I don’t know anyone anywhere else. (laughing) You know, I live in the Cotswolds. I don’t really take many meetings in LA. I’m longing to do something like that, but I’m genuinely… I’m just a bit… I’m not lazy, I’m just… I don’t know what the word is. I just need someone to ring me up and say, “Do it,” and if I love it it’s like, “Fantastic, let’s do it.”
KP: So that’s all it takes, right?
JOLY: Really, genuinely. I think the most common question to me is, like, “How can you do all this stuff when you’re so busy?” I’m on Facebook a lot. And, like, “How can he do this when he’s so busy?” Like, “Yeah, I’m real busy.” I mean, the whole reason I do my job is so I’m not that busy. Because I do it… you know, I wrote two columns this morning and that’s it. I’m going to watch Wimbledon this afternoon.
KP: So, really, that’s all it would take – a phone call.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: So let’s say if someone were to get off the phone doing an interview with you, make a few phone calls, get some people interested in talking to you about getting a project going, that’s all it would take for you.
JOLY: That’s all it would take.
KP: Let me write this down. So, are we making a gentleman’s bet on this?
JOLY: Honestly, it’s very weird because I get asked this quite a lot, and I sort of joke about it and I think, “I don’t know. I’ve always waited for someone just to ring me up and say it, but it just never happens. What would I do? Do I go to LA and I wander around with a sign saying, ‘I want to make TV?'” I’ve no idea how you do it. But the problem is no one’s ever known my work in the States because the American Trigger Happy had crap music and then, of course, the American Trigger Happy itself pretty much killed it all off.
KP: Well, I can tell you – I’ve never been to the UK, and I know your work…
JOLY: Well, that’s good. If you could just have another one, we could have a club. You’ve never been to the UK?
KP: I have never been to the UK.
JOLY: You’re slightly obsessed with English comedy. You know Nighty Night. It’s very impressive.
KP: I have a lot of friends in the UK. And it’s not terribly cost effective to travel to the UK at this point.
JOLY: No. Or much fun, actually.
KP: Well, I’m afraid I’d get knifed.
JOLY: Well, you would. Trust me.
KP: It seems like… what has it been, the past couple of years?… Where all of a sudden it seems that crime is taking this tremendous spiral upwards in the UK?
JOLY: It’s only going to spiral upwards, and I think knife culture has become much more prevalent. But, actually, it’s always been like that. I was just reading a paper… it’s not that I read old papers, but I was reading a paper from 1968, and there were huge problems with razor gangs in Glasgow. So it’s kind of a fad thing. But actually, Happy Hour nearly made a serious point – I stopped it quickly – but it is very odd that in of all the places in the world we went where people got drunk to the extent of death, in Russia and Germany and Mexico and everywhere, there was nowhere where I couldn’t just wander out at 11 at night in a city and I’d just feel completely fine. I mean, possibly – you walk into a dodgy area, you might be worried about a mugger. But, I mean, not really. Whereas England, genuinely – in the five towns within ten miles of where I am, I would feel really nervous at 10:00 at night, because someone would definitely come up to me… not just because I’m me on the telly, but to just say, “You looking at me?” and then just start a fight. There’s something very inherent… we like fighting in England. And I don’t. So that’s why I’d like to come to the States. I don’t want to fight.
KP: Do you think that fighting is alcohol created, or just a natural state that the alcohol brings out?
JOLY: I think there’s probably something a little bit natural within us. Is it because we’re an island? I don’t know… And feeling like, “Oh, no one’s ever beaten us…” although everyone actually has, but we just don’t realize it. And definitely alcohol fueled… we definitely drink… we just can’t handle our drink. We drink to get drunk, rather than drink to have fun.
KP: It was touched upon in The Complainers, the sort of British reserve…
JOLY: Yeah. But it’s definitely reserve. My theory behind being drunk is that we’re so kind of nervous and socially inadequate, that it’s about skin contact. If you get drunk, you either fight someone and you touch skin or you get a shag if you’re lucky. Either way, it’s the only way we can kinda make contact with people.
KP: So you’d say that, 11:00 at night, you feel safer on the street in New York City than a street of London?
JOLY: Oh, New York City? Piece of piss. I feel safer in the streets of Tehran or Managua or even Baghdad than 11:00… London’s actually really not too bad because it’s so big. But somewhere like Swindon or Oxford or any kind of small place – you know, kinda market town where there’s nothing for people to do, so they all just hang out round the kebab stand at midnight and then just all fight each other…
KP: Where are the smaller “safe haven” areas? You moved out of London. You’re obviously not living in Swindon…
JOLY: No, I’m in the Cotswolds, so I’m kind of in the middle of nowhere.
KP: So you’ve essentially moved out to the rural area.
JOLY: Yeah. I’ve done my sort of New England move. My Connecticut move – except without the huge house. And without the lovely flat in Manhattan.
KP: So if you were to choose a foreign location to live, lets say for a year, where would you live?
JOLY: San Francisco.
KP: On the hill?
JOLY: Yeah. Well, I’d have a little Vesper, but I love love love San Francisco. I love north California. I’d probably live in Oregon, actually, if I had a choice. I haven’t been there yet, so I can’t quite say that with conviction. But there’s something I find amazing about crossing the bridge in San Francisco and going up Highway 1. I just was absolutely… I’d be very happy there. Also I’m off to Canada, because I married a Canadian. I’d never have gone to Canada otherwise. And I’ve got a place on Lake Muskoka, which is three hours north or Toronto. It’s kind of the Canadian’s version of the Hamptons, but it’s a bit shit. But I love that. And there are no English at all, which is the best thing. Basically, I tend not to travel anywhere where there’s a direct flight from England. I know there’s one from Toronto, but…
KP: But you’re getting awfully close to the Quebecois…
JOLY: Well, actually, I love the Quebecois. I did a piece on Quebec City last year, and I think Quebec City is the most underrated city in North America. I mean, it’s absolutely beautiful. It’s very European. You don’t need to visit Disney if you don’t want to go to Europe – you can go there. And the food is just astonishing. It’s kind of like nice French.
KP: But you speak French…
JOLY: Yeah, but that’s nothing to do with Quebec, trust me.
KP: There’s still a bridge. If you speak no French…
JOLY: Honestly, most Quebecois you meet… I mean, I have better conversations with my dog. I mean really, it’s such extraordinary French. It sounds like a man’s being strangled. But yeah, it does help a bit.
KP: I spent some time in Montreal, and it was the most dismissive atmosphere towards anyone who did not live there and speak French.
JOLY: I like Montreal less, actually. Everyone seems to like Montreal. I find Montreal a bit too American, really. I mean, you know, you go there for something different, and it’s kind of wanting to be American. But no, I really like them – but I agree that speaking French does help. They kind of accept you a bit more.
KP: So, besides Swindon, what’s the one place that you would never want to spend time in?
JOLY: Well, I’ve just been there, weirdly, this weekend, and I’ve just written my column about it. Weston-super-Mare.
KP: So it is Weston-super-Mare.
JOLY: I think Weston-super-Mare is the single most depressing place I’ve visited. Weston-super-Mare or Coventry. But Coventry has the excuse that the Germans leveled it in the Second World War with the firebombs. So at least they have some sort of excuse – whereas Weston-super-Mare was completely untouched, and it’s just the land that time forgot.
KP: Is it the people? The atmosphere? What is it that…
JOLY: It’s just this… there’s something about what we do to seaside towns. Because we build big seaside towns, and then we forget that our weather’s rubbish – so no one’s ever gonna go to the sea. And so it just ends up sort of horrible penny arcades and it stinks of urine and there’s depressed donkeys. It’s kind of like Coney Island but times ten. And it’s just everything’s peeling and faded and it’s all empty, and the people are all cross-eyed. I mean, it’s really no joke. It’s just there’s something very very odd about it.
KP: So, never gonna go back?
JOLY: I will never go back to Weston-super-Mare, no. There are many other ugly places to visit.
KP: So are you ready for them to burn you in effigy?
JOLY: (laughing) Well, I wrote… I got in a lot of trouble over Swindon, and I’ve just written an even worse column which is coming out this Sunday about Weston-super-Mare, so I’m pretty sure there’ll be a huge wicker man of me burning by Sunday night.
KP: So at what point are you just gonna have to move? Because you’ve pretty much trashed every place in the UK…
JOLY: Well, I think that’s my plan, actually. I wrote a golf book last year because I realized I was starting to play golf, and I was so rude about everybody that they don’t really let me play anywhere now – so that’s kind of got me off golf, which is good. So I’m just hoping soon that the government will actually pay for me to leave, and then I can go and live somewhere nice and hot.
KP: So your preference is the Pacific rather than the Atlantic…
JOLY: Well, I’m really selfish. I’d live in four places. I’d probably have a little place in Morocco, San Francisco, and have a place in Muskoka – I absolutely love that. And then… I don’t know. Somewhere hot. But I don’t know where, really.
KP: Now, if things stabilized, would you spend any significant time back in Lebanon?
JOLY: No. My family’s there. And I hate them. My sister runs the family company that I was supposed to take over and… you know.
KP: We didn’t see much of that in your Excellent Adventure…
JOLY: Well, that was the… if only you knew the weirdness of that. My sister refused to be filmed, as did my father – as did my whole family, basically. So when I went out there, there was a fantastic bit where we’re filming at this seaside restaurant where I’m trying to give them my photograph, and I went there because that’s where we’d always go every Sunday. And suddenly my entire family turned out without knowing I’m there. There, sitting at the next door table to me, is my dad who I haven’t spoken to for about 10 years, my sister who’s taken my rightful job and who I don’t really get on with, and various other people. And the director’s going, “So these are your family?” I go, “Yeah.” They go, “So can we film them?” I go, “Unfortunately not.” So we’re having this totally weird conversation with me and Pete, with all my family listening in, and the one interesting thing in the whole country and we can’t film it – because it would have made incredibly awkward TV.
KP: I’m assuming there was a nice conversation after that bit of filming?
JOLY: No. It was pretty awkward. I mean, they don’t really understand what I do at all. They don’t really see TV as a career. They think it’s a sort of punishment. I think they have no clue. I don’t think they’ve ever seen a program I’ve made.
KP: On purpose?
JOLY: Probably. Well, they don’t watch TV. They kind of live in the 1950s, really.
KP: Are they big Mr. Bean fans?
JOLY: I think they probably are. I think they probably think that he’s the height of sophistication, actually.
KP: I think, at this point, you’re just going to have to work with Rowan Atkinson.
JOLY: (laughing)
KP: Just to get known outside the country.
JOLY: Yeah, I know. I’m gonna have to bite the bullet. It got worse last week when I was filming this golf DVD. Some woman came up to me and goes, “I don’t know who you are, but my daughter says you’re the new Benny Hill.” And I’m like, “Oh fuck that.” Then I looked at his DVD sales and I was alright.
KP: So what is the golf DVD that you’re doing?
JOLY: Oh please. It’s just another low in my career. It’s Dom Joly’s Golfing Goofs and Gaffes.
KP: Oh really.
JOLY: That’s the stage I’ve got to.
KP: Was this your idea?
JOLY: No, someone came to me. And actually, I did have lots of good ideas for golf. So I just thought, “All I have to do is do some stuff in between clips.” And I had a lot of hidden camera golf gags that I never used, so I just did those. They were great fun.
KP: So this is obviously a direct to DVD.
JOLY: Christmas special.
KP: Is this going to be the big sell at Tesco this year?
JOLY: Do you know what? It just might. Because I’d laugh at these things every year. And actually, I did a spoof documentary of what my life was going to be like, called Being Dom Joly, which was kind of eight years ago. And in it, one of the big jokes was that I was gonna end up on the celebrity charity golf circuit playing with Ronnie Corbett – and there I was making Dom Joly’s Golfing Goofs and Gaffes just thinking, “Fucking hell. What happened?”
KP: And no Ronnie Corbett.
JOLY: And no Ronnie Corbett. He couldn’t be bothered.(laughing)
KP: Well, maybe you need to be a little more discriminatory when these things come in.
JOLY: That’s one of the few things I’ve done because I needed to pay some school fees. But actually, I did it because I thought it was gonna be funny, and it was funny. So I’m not embarrassed by it, because it is funny. It is a sell through, but I’m very pleased with the stuff we filmed, so it’s alright. And I got to visit Weston-super-Mare. So, really…
KP: It’s kind of like an investigative recce…
JOLY: Don’t knock it ’til you’ve tried it.
KP: Now you’re knocking it in print.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: So you got a second series of The Complainers coming up…
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: You have the golf video…
JOLY: Yeah. DVD.
KP: DVD, sorry. Is that what the producer told you to keep saying?
JOLY: Yeah, he’s here right now he’s got his hand up my arse.
KP: So what else is on the agenda for this year? Obviously the columns are still ongoing…
JOLY: I’ve got my columns ongoing. I’ve got a possible show, which I’m just waiting to hear about, which is driving from London to Sydney. It’s going to take 92 days, which is gonna be kinda cool. And then I’m writing a book – written by my fictional character in the Independent – which is hopefully gonna be the next Bridget Jones, because he now takes Bridget Jones’s place there. And I don’t know… That’s about it, really.
KP: And you’re doing a podcast for Cobra beer?
JOLY: Yeah. You got me.
KP: It almost sounds like you’re trying to ignore the fact that you’re doing a podcast for Cobra beer.
JOLY: No no, I’m very proud of that.
KP: Is the travel challenge podcast over and done with now?
JOLY: Well, that was just a one-off thing for the Sunday Times. And again, it was just one of those very weird things where they said, “We’ll fly you around the world and do these exciting things.” But I just thought, “Really, how exciting is it listening to a man canoeing?” But they paid me and it meant travel and doing really weird things, but I always thought that was one thing that really didn’t lend itself to a podcast. But I thought, “Well, they must know better than me…” And they didn’t, actually. We’re supposed to do another lot this year, but they’re going to make them vodcasts now, where they video them as well. So you just think, “Well, in the end, doesn’t that just become a really cheap TV program?”
KP: And the answer is “Yes,” and you’re doing it rather cheaply.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: They finally found a way to get you cheap.
JOLY: Yeah. And I’m not dumb. Basically, I’ll do anything if it’s something I want to do. Most of the things I do I just sit there thinking, “God, if only they knew I’d pay them to do this.”
KP: So what is the status of… I noticed your website hasn’t exactly been updated…
JOLY: Well, I never did a website. Someone set it up for me. I’m just too… I couldn’t work out how to upload anything or anything, so I’ve become obsessed with Facebook. So everything I do is on my Facebook page. All my photos are up there, all my columns go up, and I change my status every day. But unfortunately, I’ve just reached a huge problem – I’ve reached 5,000 friends, and that’s the limit on Facebook. So I don’t really know what to do now.
KP: I guess now you’re going to actually set up a website.
JOLY: Yeah. I can’t, though. Facebook’s so easy. I can just… if I’m on the train I can do it. I’m really good. I’m on it every day. I reply to stuff. I’m really accessible, and that and it works for me. I can put all my photos up, all this stuff. But I don’t know what I’m gonna do now. I’ve never been very good with that sort of thing.
KP: Do you have any plans to do your own personal podcast?
JOLY: I was thinking about it, because that’s one of the reasons I did this Cobra thing was because I know Danny Wallace really well and he does a radio show, and his podcast was doing really well, and he asked me to do it, and I thought, “Well, I’ve never done this before, so I might as well have a look at it.” And actually, it really doesn’t seem very complicated. So yeah, I am thinking about it.
KP: Well, you’ll have to let us know, so we can actually let people outside the UK know that you’re doing these things.
JOLY: Yeah, you know, I’m not very keen on that, though. (laughing) I don’t trust foreigners.
KP: I can tell. I’ve seen your programs.
JOLY: (laughing)
KP: It’s a healthy distrust, though.
JOLY: Yeah.
KP: So when is your next trip to the US?
JOLY: Next trip to the US? I don’t know. Well, I do. I’m going to Canada on July the 7th for a month, and then I’m going straight from Canada to Beijing for the Olympics, and then I come back here for a week, and then I’m going to LA for a week to have an extraordinarily huge amount of meetings with financiers for this Trigger Happy type film.
KP: What would you do if someone came to you with a scripted piece?
JOLY: I would look at it and get very excited and show it to my friends in the village and say, “Look – this is from America. They want me.” I don’t know. I honestly would love someone to suggest something that they thought I’d be good at, because I’m just a bit lazy. But very excited…
KP: Well, it’s certainly been a pleasure speaking with you. And I intend to win the bet. Did we actually make the bet yet?
JOLY: (laughing) Listen, anything that gets me out of the house and away from Swindon.
KP: Weston-super-Mare’s going to come after you.
JOLY: (laughing) Yeah, that’s what it will be called – The Dom Joly Weston-super-Mare Show! (laughing)
KP: I’m writing that down.
JOLY: Yeah! Where are you based?
KP: I’m in North Carolina.
JOLY: Ah, there we go, I knew it. I knew there was an edge to your “always going to the same places” type conversation.
KP: Well…
JOLY: I was nearly with you. I was in South Carolina.
KP: That was close, but it’s not quite the sort of void of North Carolina.
JOLY: Yeah, but it’s not bad. Come on. I made the effort. How many other comedians are doing that?
KP: It’s not Weston-super-Mare, I’ll grant you, but…
JOLY: (laughing)
KP: Now I’m going to have to do a sort of cultural exchange and experience Weston-super-Mare for myself.
JOLY: That would be fantastic. I’ll get my moonshine guys to do a house swap with people in Weston-super-Mare.
KP: That’s what you should do…
JOLY: That’s a great show, actually. There it is – Hillbilly House Swap.
I don’t know how it happened or why I didn’t question my masculinity when I did find myself wondering whether Billie and Bo would ever end up together, whether Stefano could be done away with completely and why Diedre Hall ignited my Cougar Complex in such a randy way.
The fact is, though, that soap operas fill a niche within television and some of these serials have been launching pads for many A-list stars. Enough derision has been tossed in the way of many a reality show but programs like Days or General Hospital are largely devoid of criticism in many critics’ circles.
The pleasure was all mine when I talked to Brandon Barash, actor on General Hospital, the longest running serial on ABC and which also celebrates its 45th year as it churns through 2008. The series also nabbed its record making 10th Daytime Emmy for best Best Drama and snagged a lead actor award for Anthony Geary. What’s more about Brandon, and why I agreed to do the interview, is that his is a story of what it’s like to be a literal working actor. The amount, the sheer volume of learning his lines, performing incessantly, keeping his character focused and consistent, being present for every aspect of what he needs to do, is the very thing those who aspire to be an actor should listen to and take to heart.
He comes across as someone just thankful to be working in an industry where there are more willing bodies than there are parts to give. I won’t steal any of Brandon’s thunder but this is a story that’s worth reading and appreciating from the standpoint that there is more to life in LA for an actor than just those who have only a few pages’ of lines to remember; that’s just a day’s work for him.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: I’ve been going over your resume and you have a lot of episodes of General Hospital under your belt.
BRANDON BARASH: It’s been a busy couple months.
CS: How long does that represent?
BARASH: 80 some odd episodes.
I think 80 some odd episodes was up to a week or so ago and it’s funny you mentioned that because the other day I realized that it’s got to be close to 100 episodes which is just wacky. In the last 6 months, I’ve taped 100 episodes of this TV show.
CS: One of the reasons I wanted to do this was that I really wanted to get a good feel for the pace you work under”“ it just has to be maddening.
BARASH: Oh yeah. It’s very intense. Actually, before I called you I was sitting here running my script for tomorrow which is some I think 10 scenes and some 20 pages of solid dialogue and that starts tomorrow. I’m lucky enough to have the day off today but yesterday and the day before that and the day before that it’s the same everyday. You do anywhere from 2 to 10 scenes a day which is 4 ““ 20 some odd pages and you have to do your homework the night before and show up game day ready to play.
CS: How is that for you as an actor? Day one, when you were given the script, did you have any idea that it would be as intense a schedule that you could get used to?
BARASH: Well, I met with the writers before hand and thankfully, they warned me. They said we are going to start you out slowly but then we’re just going to run you into the ground. So I told them to bring it and they definitely brought it and it’s good. I’ve used the term so many times but it’s really actor’s boot camp. You get paid to do it and that’s the best thing. I get up everyday, I get to go play, I get to hone my craft and if I have an off day one day I can show up the next day and do a better job.
CS: It’s got to be liberating from a craft standpoint to, like you said, be able to refine or do other things, because there is always tomorrow.
BARASH: Actually, it’s so liberating ““ takes the pressure off of everything. Every good athlete has a bad game. Babe Ruth didn’t hit a home run every game, Kobe Bryant doesn’t lead by 30 points and win every game ““ it’s a bout showing up, trusting yourself and if you have a bad day, you get to do it again the next. It’s not so much you have a bad day, but you have another crack at it.
CS: For schedule sake, what’s the average day to shoot an hour long episode, what kind of production schedule are you looking at?
BARASH: Production schedule for the entire day can go anywhere from 10 to 14 sometimes 16 ““ 18 hour days.
CS: Wow.
BARASH: It’s a really rigorous schedule and we go at a grueling pace but I feel really lucky to be on the acting side of it because we have our makeup artists, our lighting grips and everybody–they are there the whole day, they don’t get to leave. We get to just show up, do our thing and go home but the flip side of that is we go home and spend several hours working on our stuff for the next day. So it’s pretty grueling.
CS: Talk to me about the actual soap ““ General Hospital has been a staple in American culture. I was in college, hooked on Days of Our Lives for reasons unknown, I don’t know why, but once you get into one of these things you can’t help but keep returning and returning again. Sometimes the plot lines are absurd, but what initially drew you to the idea of getting yourself hooked up or connected with a soap opera?
BARASH: I never thought I would be and, of course, there are all these untrue stigmas that go along with soap operas and soap acting, but what drew me to this one in particular…I have auditioned a couple times beforehand…but what drew me to this was my manager called me one day and told me, “We have the most perfect part for you. This young, brooding, intense but good underneath kind of guy.” And, “Are you interested?” I said, “Absolutely!” So I went in and met with them and literally not even an hour after I left the office I found out I got it and I couldn’t have been happier. I always felt that playing a part like this that has so many layers and so much going on ““ the surface of this guy, Johnny is really the tip of the iceberg. It’s really an honor to play him.
CS: And explain your character a little bit and how you fit into the grand plot line.
BARASH: Well, you have Johnny, who is the lead character of the show. He’s the Port Charles Mob Boss and I’m the son of the Manhattan Mob Boss but I’m kind of like the interim Mob Boss at the same time because my father is in the hospital injured and incapacitated. So that’s how I fit in. And of course I (Johnny) have a history with Luke and Laura’s daughter, Lulu. We have an off and on relationship since I’ve been on the show.
CS: You talked about that soap stigma ““ I’m curious what void to soap operas fill in the grand landscape of television because they’ve been around for decades. What draws people ““ from what you’ve heard and now you are hip-deep in it, why are people so hungry for these things?
BARASH: Well it’s definitely interesting. Our show has been around for 45 years so they definitely got quite a following and I honestly don’t know what the big draw is. I wish I could tap into the psyche of our two and a half million fans or how many we have, what draws them in everyday but I think the biggest thing is when people connect with a show or a character they see a trace of themselves or they see who they want to be or who they’ve always fantasized about being with and I think that’s a lot of the big draw is we have a lot of great people on our show who are extremely talented and they bring to life these characters that ““ it’s definitely intriguing to fans to be a fly on the wall everyday.
CS: And being a part of this, does it ever prohibit you from your other work like film?
BARASH: Yes, there are some contractual restrictions but I am allowed to do movies, which is great and I am allowed to do ABC TV shows but I’m not allowed to take off too long to do those but they do allow me one a year. I can do a movie once a year.
CS: Has your film work been limited just to TEN INCH HERO?
(Laughs)
BARASH: No. I did that…that was a tiny, tiny part ““ I did that and I did a film formerly called INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY which is now known as DARK MIND staring Chris Masterson and Lyndsy Fonseca ““ I actually played her boyfriend and I also did a pretty terrible film called CRASH LANDING.
CS: What made it so terrible?
BARASH: I’m not afraid to say this because he was just a monster ““ the director was incredibly abusive to the crew and the cast and I’m not one to make waves but I’m not afraid to say it from the moment we all showed up on set he was yelling every obscenity in the book and he was just abusive and it was an awful experience.
CS: What happens with that? How do you deal with that? You get a job and at the end of the day the people I’ve talked to, actors what have you, they say it’s fun work but it’s a job. How do you deal with someone that you literally have to put on a good face for someone who is trying to whip you?
BARASH: At the end of the day, like you said, it is a job and you have to be able to separate yourself from it. Millions of people go to work everyday and have bosses they can’t stand and they just have to put their pride aside and focus on just doing the job and as long as you can do that, you are in good hands.
CS: And the directors on General Hospital, how does, in your opinion, the actual technical stuff of directing, people say blocking and what have you, is it done by just a core group of people, directors on set?
BARASH: We basically have about 4-5 directors that rotate. They are the anthisis of the person I just described to work with. They come to work with great ideas, they arrive on time, prepared and at the same time they are not stubborn and set in their ways and they definitely take suggestions from the actors. We’ll talk before a scene, what do you see for this scene? Do you have any input? It’s really nice because their job is to direct us and tell us what to do and where to go but at the same time we are allowed to give input. It’s really nice. It’s a group effort.
CS: You said before that if you have input you give input, but do you have these things down to a science or is there a lot of room to really play with the format?
BARASH: Well, I think it’s a little bit of both. It’s definitely down to a science and if there wasn’t a format then there would just be mayhem everyday. But, at the same time you have to have the perfect marriage of the science and then also mixing it up. You have to mix it up or else the fans are going to lose interest. And, as an actor if I’m not going to work every day and creating life behind this character it gets stale, it gets boring and it shows on the screen.
CS: How do you do that from week to week – trying to make the character your own? Do the writers share with you? Usually when you go in to make a movie, you have a beginning, a middle and an end. But with a soap opera”¦.
BARASH: Absolutely. We don’t know that but the writers do a great job in writing the characters but at the end of the day I think it’s up the actor to lift those words off the page and lift the character off the page and lift the character into a real living being and I think its up to us as actors to really read the text and not just the lines. To be able to read what’s going on behind the lines can bring these characters to life. The analogy I like to use is the words…it’s just the tip of the iceberg. You see this little piece of ice floating on top of the water but what you don’t see is this mass underneath the water that’s holding up the whole thing. And that’s kind of like the character. What we say and what we say as people in everyday life is just the tip of the iceberg when in fact there’s a lot of stuff going on underneath.
CS: Do you ever get anything back from the writers and say now this is getting a little obnoxious? Some of these plot lines can get a little insane.
BARASH: I can’t. I’ve been lucky enough and am very happy with my story line. I’m not doing anything too absurd. I’m not possessed by the devil yet.
(Laughs)
I’ve seen on some other soaps that things can get a bit absurd but I think the big part of what draws the fans in is the silly circumstances these characters find themselves in. Like I said I’ve been very lucky in that the story line has been a lot of fun to bring to life.
CS: And the brand ““ the General Hospital brand has been around for a long, long time.
BARASH: It has. I just got back today ““ we celebrated our 45th anniversary or birthday, whatever you want to call it, on set and because we are filming that episode today. Like you said, General Hospital has been a staple in American culture this last half century which is just crazy to imagine that I’ve been a part of it. It’s awesome.
CS: I’ve noticed a lot of “A” list actors who got their start from soap operas. Is it like what you alluded to earlier that this is an actor’s boot camp, that it really does something to an actors or actress to take this seriously.
BARASH: Absolutely. It’s definitely that. You show up to work one day and you have 20 pages you have to eek out. You’ve got to give it your all. Pour your heart and soul into it. Then you have to go home and learn 25 pages for the next day and it’s very easy for us to fall into habits and just get by. But it’s another thing to really be hungry and make those strong choices and make your character stand out and really read between the lines and find that life underneath the water that I was talking about earlier. And I think that if you have that hunger to become a better artist and to constantly be honing your craft then absolutely – that’s what makes great actors because they teach you to work under the gun, make your choices and commit.
CS: How picky can you be with other roles that you find ““ has this opened some doors for you? Are people asking for you to come read a script or try out for their film based on what you’ve done on HOSPITAL?
BARASH: Absolutely. It’s opened all sorts of doors and I can be very picky with what I do now. I have to be incredibly selective because I can only do one movie a year so I’m going to be sure that that movie is going to serve me in my career in the best way possible. It’s a nice position to be in to turn things down.
CS: Of course.
BARASH: We should all be so lucky.
(Laughs)
CS: Looking back ““ taking stock of today and where you want to go tomorrow what is it that you hopes your next steps are beyond what you are doing today?
BARASH: Looking back before today, before I finished college I made myself a 30 year goal. That 30 year goal (I guess I will be 52) but my 30 year goal is to be able to write, direct star in my own films and I’d love to score some of those films and then if I want go onto Broadway and do a play for a few months. That’s the kind of career I want to have and live without regret and I know that if I keep working hard and take a step in that direction every day, I will achieve that.
I’m envisioning that that’s what I want to do with my life, that’s what I want to be and at the same time not getting overwhelmed with that big goal and breaking it down into basically little sections and not looking at the big picture. Basically, today is a new day what do I need to do today to get to my goal. That’s what it is about for me.
Filed under: Interviews — UncaScroogeMcD @ 2:49 am
-by Ken Plume
Surely, you know who John Waters is.
If you don’t, let me mention just a few of the film he’s written and directed – Pink Flamingos, Cry Baby, Female Trouble, Polyester, and Hairspray.
As a certifiable pop culture icon, he’s guested on everything from The Simpsons to My Name Is Early.
He’s also the host of TruTV’s Till Death Do Us Part – where he acts as the macabre “Groom Reaper”, who presents true life tales of marital betrayal and murder. Think of him as the true crime Crypt Keeper, with similar sarcastic asides and morbidly acerbic commentary.
The first season of Till Death is now hitting DVD, and we got a chance to chat with John. In fact, here it is…
KP: Well, let me say, it’s a pleasure to be speaking with you…
WATERS: Thank you.
KP: I guess the first question – which I’m sure you’ve been asked a few dozen times already – is what was it about doing Till Death that appealed to you?
WATERS: The biggest appeal was that I didn’t have to think it up. I didn’t have to direct it. I didn’t have to write it. I had to show up and look like I was half dead. (laughing)
KP: Would you say that that was the challenge?
WATERS: No, it wasn’t a challenge! Just I was always glad I never got Botox, because I wouldn’t have been cast.
KP: Do you regret that there was no challenge?
WATERS: (laughing) No, it’s fine. I always wanted to look like the Wicked Witch of the West, so it’s coming through. I actually thought it was funny. I thought the part was funny. It reminded me when I was young and I used to watch Boris Karloff on this show called Thriller. It reminded me of that. I think the idea of Court TV – which is no longer but Court TV – and John Waters together is a good marriage. I even tried to get them to help us when we made Serial Mom, but they had just started, so they thought that might be a little early to get hooked up with me. It took a while.
KP: They should have been forward thinking…
WATERS: Yeah. I always wanted to be a commentator on Court TV, since my real life was Court TV before, because I used to go to trials all the time. So I was Court TV, only just in my personal life.
KP: So, really, Court TV was the answer to a dream for you.
WATERS: Oh, it was – but then they even stopped really doing courtroom stuff because there aren’t enough famous trials that people will watch. Once OJ happened, there was never one that was that big. Even when they had the Phil Specter one, I don’t think a lot of people watched it, and I think that was when they changed to truTV – which is fine with me. I love truTV, too, but it’s… the days of watching courtrooms, I think, has peaked.
KP: Do you think that the sensational aspect of it is lost on audiences today?
WATERS: No, I just think there’s so much more media. And before, it was exciting when you… there was only 10 seats open to a trial. So Court TV made it much more ordinary to watch. To see a famous trial – if you could get in, as a person – was almost impossible, and when you did, you… it was like this amazing theater production, in a way. But Court TV made everybody a court hag. It made everybody want to watch courtrooms. So then once that happened, I mean, you can go down to any courthouse now and you’ll see people every day that hang around and just watch trials. They’re groupies. You’ll see them all the time. They just watch tickets, anything… You know, the lowest level court is always… it just was reality TV before there was such a thing. And on truTV, now, isn’t there a show about people getting traffic tickets?
KP: Yeah, I think there is some kind of traffic court…
WATERS: I love that! It’s like, yeah…
KP: Now you’re watching small claims…
WATERS: Yeah, exactly. Well, small claims court is kind of interesting if you go to see it. It’s always a battle. There are always two sides. There’s always a gray area, which is what all good drama is.
KP: Well, that essentially was what People’s Court was…
WATERS: Yeah, yeah….
KP: What was the first trial you ever saw, and what was the impetus to go down to the courthouse and see it?
WATERS: First trial I ever saw was probably the Manson trial, because it was obviously – at that point – an incredibly famous trial that was very much influencing the work I was doing at the time. The frightening hippies and that whole thing. That’s a very different thing, when I look back on it now, but it was one of the first trials that was a media sensation. And certainly Serial Mom, a movie I made, was about that. It sort of came true, Serial Mom. Serial Mom was at least not very far before the OJ trial did happen, and then it came true.
KP: Was it your years of viewing trials that made you think those events could conceivably could come to pass?
WATERS:Serial Mom, and even Female Trouble, came from that, because that was a fictitious biography of somebody that wanted to get the electric chair because – to them – it was like receiving the Oscar if you were a criminal. So I would say Female Trouble and Serial Mom are both my movies that came from my interest in true crime and attending trials. I don’t go to trials anymore. I can’t because they recognize me, and it’s a whole different ball game now.
KP: What was the last one you attended?
WATERS: Oh, it’s been a long time. The last famous one?
KP: No, just the last one in general…
WATERS: I think a friend of mine. That was different. (laughing)
KP: What was the last one that you weren’t personally connected to?
WATERS: That I wasn’t personally connected… I don’t know, let me think. It’s been quite a while, because now they recognize me. And the press thinks I’m there making a movie about it, which I’m not, and I always feel bad for the defendants that somehow they all get more time if I like them. If the jury hates my movies and sees me there… and then jury duty is, like, ludicrous because they know that I go to trials, and they never pick me. I’ve never been picked to be on a jury. Never been picked.
KP: What’s the closest you’ve come?
WATERS: Well, I don’t know, because they just don’t pick me…
KP: Well, did you ever get past at least one of the lawyers?
WATERS: Yeah, and then I tell them I taught in prison, and as soon as I say that…
KP: So, at this point, you’re pretty well known to the legal community…
WATERS: I am known in the legal community, yes. And I have helped people get out of jail, yes.
KP: Is there any trial that you regretted going to?
WATERS: No, but I wish I’d gone to Johnny Walker Lindh’s. The first lie the government told us about Iraq. He got 20 years. He didn’t do anything. He learned how to speak a foreign language and met a leader. I think his parents should reward him. Talk about well traveled!
KP: That’s the problem with America today; we’re not rewarding initiative…
WATERS: Yeah! I mean, it’s not easy to get through the desert and meet Bin Laden. This was before anybody knew who Bin Laden was. All he did was meet him once. I went to the Reagan White House once too.
KP: We’re still going to get you for that…
WATERS: I know! I went because Lee Atwater was my fan, and I went when no one was there but me, and he gave me the personal tour. It was like being over to someone’s house when they were babysitting. Which was so odd because I certainly didn’t believe in his pol… well, he didn’t have politics. He just worked for either side as dirty tricks. And he was a huge movie fan. So when I was there, all we talked about was exploitation films – and he knew everything about every one of them.
KP: What was his favorite?
WATERS: God, I don’t remember. Probably Herschell Gordon Lewis or The Worm Eaters. We talked about all that kind of stuff and he didn’t ever not know what I was talking about. He also loved rhythm & blues music, too. So it was odd – we never talked about politics. The only president that’s ever invited me… I have, like, cufflinks from the White House. So, oddly enough, the only administration that ever somehow I got in the White House was Reagan, which was probably fairly ludicrous.
KP: Did you get your jar of Jelly Bellies when you went?
WATERS: No, I didn’t get them, I just got the cufflinks. But I got to see the button next to the toilet where Nixon – where you could push it if you were having a heart attack or something.
KP: His panic button?
WATERS: There is one.
KP: Well, it’s good to know that there’s a quick response no matter where you are in the White House.
WATERS: Yeah. Next to the toilet there’s one.
KP: So, what would you say has been the oddest fan experience you’ve ever had?
WATERS: Well, I tell about this filthy woman that you’re never going to be able… well, the girl that came up to me and said would I sign anything, and took her Tampax right out and splatted it on the counter.
KP: Did you sign it?
WATERS: Yeah, I did. She bought the book. But people mostly give me great presents. They’re very nice.
KP: What’s been the present that’s impressed you the most?
WATERS: The best was one I talk about in my college lecture, about how Alvin the Chipmunk turns me on erotically, and someone that worked for Disney in the old days, that did the show, did a cell of Alvin jerking off and sent it to me.
KP: So, Simon and Theodore do nothing for you…
WATERS: No they’re in the back filming him. In the cell drawing. Talk about a good fan present.
KP: Where is that hanging proudly right now?
WATERS: In my guest bedroom in Baltimore.
KP: Is this the same guest bedroom that has the Gacy painting?
WATERS: Actually, now that I think about it, it’s in the bathroom. It’s right around the corner, yeah.
KP: So, really, the guest experience at the Waters house is one to remember…
WATERS: I don’t encourage guests to stay too long.
KP: What’s the longest you’ve ever had a guest stay in those environs?
WATERS: Oh, a week? They don’t stay long. I’m not looking for a roommate.
KP: So you have a set expiration date where they pretty much feel it’s time to move on…
WATERS: Yeah. My mother always told me when I was young, “After three days, guests and fish smell.”
KP: I noticed that, starting in the late 90s, it seemed like there was a massive increase in you stepping in front of the camera. Is there anything that happened in that period specifically, or it was just a momentum that built up?
WATERS: No, it’s just kinda… I don’t know. I became a cartoon character. I don’t know, maybe from The Simpsons. I don’t know how that happened. I always said yes as long as it was something that I liked doing. It was either a director I really liked – or I wanted to be in the Chucky movie, and Woody Allen asked me to be in his movie. Every once in a while, I know just my mustache gets me the part.
KP: Did you feel that – moving beyond just the movies having an influence – that you yourself would become a part of pop culture?
WATERS: Well, I’d be happy to. I guess that’s what I always wanted to be when I was a kid. I think, yeah… subtle. It has been astonishing, certainly, what has happened, but I was always kind of ambitious. I had a career as a puppeteer when I was 12 years old at children’s birthday parties. I sent out ads in the mail. I did like two or three shows a week sometimes, and I think – at the peak – I got $25 a show, which was really a lot in 1954. So I think anything’s possible. But I also have to always reinvent myself and try different things and not… if I was still making underground movies, if I was still trying to top Pink Flamingos I wouldn’t be here.
KP: Is there anything that you wouldn’t do at this point?
WATERS: Sure, lots of stuff. I wouldn’t try to repeat myself. I would try to surprise the next group of 20-year-olds, because that’s what it’s about, is getting the next generation of young people, and so far I’ve been able to do that.
KP: How would you describe the direction you’re moving in with Fruitcake?
WATERS: Well, it’s a parody of a children’s movie. I mean, last time I parodied a sexploitation movie, so I can’t think of the other opposite end – but think of the Little Rascals on LSD. It’s not about LSD, but you know what I mean. The characters are very John Waters-esque characters, but they’re all children.
KP: Sort of Willy Wonka-esque?
WATERS: Oh, I love Willy Wonka, but I wouldn’t put it quite that way. It takes place in Baltimore. They’re not that rich. (laughing)
KP: Is this a period piece or modern?
WATERS: No, it’s modern.
KP: And still looking at shooting in the fall?
WATERS: I hope so. Yes, November.
KP: Any plans for another book?
WATERS: I’m in the middle of writing it. It’s called Role Models. It’s a self-portrait told through people that have inspired me. Everybody from Tennessee Williams to Bobby ‘Boris’ Picket.
KP: Is that this year…
WATERS: Well, it depends if I make the movie. It’s supposed to be end of ’09, but it could be the next year because of my contract, depending on if I make the movie or not. I can’t write a book and make a movie at the same time. That’s one thing I can’t do.
KP: Have you tried?
WATERS: No.
KP: You never know until you try.
WATERS: Yeah, but I know the hours. (laughing) I mean, I work every morning, now, doing it. I couldn’t get up and go on a set and do it.
KP: So, I guess the final question would be – is there any project or thing you’ve had in mind that you have always wanted to get to but just keeps getting pushed back?
WATERS: No. I think every script I ever did actually ended up getting made except the sequel to Pink Flamingos, and that came out as a book. I try not to be frustrated. All show business is frustration. Impatience is my biggest fault. But you have to just keep trying. So if I don’t make a movie, I write a book…If I don’t make a movie, I do this. And so you always have to have alternate plans in show business, because it never seems to work right when you want it.
KP: Is there one thing that you’ve always wanted to be asked to do, but had no control over?
WATERS: Oh, I don’t know if I ever wanted… I always wanted to be in Final Destination 2, or the new Final Destination movie, and I asked so many times that they finally did ask me to be in it, but then I couldn’t because of the scheduling. That was frustrating.
KP: But now, in some ways, you’ve got that with Till Death…
WATERS: Yeah, we do. No, I’m a very satisfied man. I’ve had a great career. I’ve been understood right from the beginning. I don’t have… I always want to keep working. Tomorrow is always more interesting than yesterday to me. I have great memories, but I don’t think those were better days. I think, “Hopefully tomorrow will be the best day.” So I’m an insane optimist that believes in the basic goodness of people, and not much else.
KP: And you’ve got a legacy, and you’re a pop culture icon… So, you can’t get much better than that.
To talk to Adam Yauch of the Beastie Boys and not talk about the Beastie Boys was a lot less difficult than I thought it would be.
Sure, the guy has been a planetoid in my pop culture universe ever since “Fight for Your Right (To Party)” and I have put enough money into the hit machine that they’ve kept going for years to warrant a little shout-out to the music but this was all about Adam’s film GUNNIN’ FOR THAT #1 SPOT and I was respectful of that. Although, to be completely honest, and nerdy, about it, it was a thrill to be talking to the man.
The movie, opening today, deals with some of the best of the best of high school basketballers being invited to play in an “Elite 24″ tournament in Harlem, New York as Adam captures the energy and back stories of some of those asked to come out and play.
Adam’s love of music, basketball and the documentary style that made AWESOME; I FUCKIN’ SHOT THAT! all blend here for a cohesive narrative of eight of those players as the ins and outs of being so young and being courted by forces greater than the guys playing the game is an unintended rapturous commentary on the stale and fetid rigidity of NBA style of playing when you see how quick a game can be played when players are allowed to just be players.
Adam takes a back seat to what is happening on the screen and he allows his editing and presentation to genuinely reflect the lives of these eight players who love the game of basketball and see that this is their way of life and what they want to do. Forget about the odds, these men want to play basketball. As Adam mentions, even a casual fan of basketball will get something out this movie that even the most learned and steeped fan of the game can appreciate. When it comes to narratives this movie has a lot to say and the pace, the feeling and the style of this film reminds you that this isn’t your father’s HOOP DREAMS.
CHRISTOPHER STIPP: I grew up in Chicago so I have been a big, big Bulls fan my entire life and when I heard that you got involved in this documentary film, it really got me going.
ADAM YAUCH: Cool. Did you grow up in the Jordan-era?
CS: Yes, I did. Got to see them in the old Chicago Stadium.
YAUCH: That’s amazing.
CS: Yea, it’s amazing to me now to think about all those guys on the court and think about how they came up, and certainly being in Chicago I watched HOOP DREAMS and watching that gives me the perfect way to start out with you ““ have you seen the film and was that they way you wanted it to be told?
YAUCH: Yes, I have seen HOOP DREAMS and I actually loved that film but this is a pretty different approach because it’s centered around this All Star game and really focusing on the top high school players in the country and it’s a different approach than that. I don’t know but I do like that movie.
CS: These are high school kids, so when you are doing the film when you got all the footage that you wanted and you wanted to sort of capture the moment what was it like when you got back to the editing bay to take your film and go, “Now where’s the narrative?”
YAUCH: Well, there were some ideas going into it. Basically my game plan going into it was to focus on specific players so you would get to know the players before you see the game so you are more emotionally vested watching the game because you know them and you are watching them compete against each other and I had some ideas before hand about not just getting an understanding of the world of high school basketball, it’s what the pressures are like for high school players or what their rankings or different aspects of it so first thing at the beginning of editing was to just cut these different segments for a profile of the players and all these different segments come together in the first quarter, second quarter and then the steps after that was to get it all to move, to find the right order off all these pieces and refine them and get them to flow and pace out nice as a film. Actually, it’s a long process.
CS: I would imagine there was a lot of background filming on these different athletes and you had smaller narratives within that too. As a person just looking at all these guys who are trying to compete to hopefully move on ““ they’ve got the college barrier and the college barrier to the NBA barrier, when you were filming this getting to know some of these individual guys were any of them emotionally vulnerable in telling you something to the effect of, “I know the odds are really not in my favor but this is exactly what I want to do”?
YAUCH: No, none of them really say that. I mean on some level they are aware that the odds are stacked against them but I think these kind of guys that are the best in the country have the kind of drive that I think ““ I don’t know I’m sure they know that the odds are stacked against them ““ the way that they push themselves is intense ““ the way they use that competitive drive to make things happen is pretty wild to see.
CS: Did you notice at least in the smaller profiles that these guys have balance in their life? Do they realize that basketball is just a game or are coaches and outside influences are pushing these guys harder than maybe they should be?
YAUCH: I didn’t get that impression that their coaches are pushing them too hard. I got the impression that these guys, at least from my limited experience with them, that they really enjoy the game and want to be pushed and want to succeed in the league and they know what it’s going to take to make that happen.
CS: Are they just enjoying what they do?
YAUCH: I’m sure there are times when the pressure feels crazy to them and probably upsetting but I don’t know. I got the impression that for most of them they enjoy playing basketball.
CS: What was it like at Rucker Park to have all these alpha males ““ the best of the best ““ coming together and clashing ““ what is it like to see that sort of concentrated talent on the court?
YAUCH: It’s cool. It’s definitely cool to see the different styles of their games and the different ways that they blend or come up against each other. People like Brandon that loves to pass the ball you almost get the impression that he’d rather make an assist and score and guys like Beasley that just talks trash all the time to everybody on the court ““ it’s definitely interesting to see their different games and see how they make shit happen. While they all have the crazy competitive drive, it comes out in different ways.
CS: Right. And I read an essay by Chuck Klosterman who interviewed Steve Nash ““ Chuck intimated that Steve was more like a communist and that he’s really out there to help his teammates be better and that works for him because he makes everybody that’s on the court better and that’s his sort of strategy.
YAUCH: Got that impression with Ray Allen too.
CS: Do these guys, they have been doing it for so long, I think the influence for these guys to be the guy with the ball, the one to score the ball, I would imagine that it would take something for these guys to say, “I gotta help these other guys.”
YAUCH: Yeah. Definitely different personalities and it’s interesting to see in a game like this at the Rucker ““ an All Star Game ““ it really is all about individuality and kind of showing off a bit ““ your own skills more than about the team ““ like a pick up game. But it was interesting to see ““ a lot of them were like they were there at the Rucker and needed to show people what they can do.
CS: How was it for you as a filmmaker? You didn’t have the luxury in your film ““ the concert film you had a bunch of fans to make the film ““ it was just you trying to make it happen.
YAUCH: I was ““ I did have 8 cameras rolling so that it was really captured and positioned in places where I thought I could capture most of what was going on ““ being able to try different things ““ keeping certain cameras wide and keeping certain cameras tight and I think I had it pretty well covered.
CS: And obviously your presence wasn’t a big deal. Is the Rucker game something more of a private thing or were they welcoming to you to come in and capture the moment?
YAUCH: They were very cool about it. Greg Marius, who loves the Rucker, was very helpful.
CS: Did you come away with a different understanding ““ knowing about the Rucker before, did you have a new appreciation for basketball now that you didn’t have before you started it?
YAUCH: Yes. I was very fond of the game anyway but it gave me new insight into understanding the world of high school basketball and the path that these guys take at a much younger age and understanding that process a little more. It was interesting watching the NBA finals this year and the league that these guys are in thinking about them going through this process thinking about them when they were a junior in high school. Definitely interesting to think about the trajectory these guys are on at a very young age.
CS: Yes, they have college and they have to compete there ““ the best against the best and even the NBA it’s ““ just competitive sports ““ could have been football, could have been baseball but these kids are so young all it would take is just one knee injury to knock them out completely.
YAUCH: Yes, that’s certainly a scary thing ““ a strange aspect of the whole thing. CS: I’ve seen you in other interviews that you’ve said you were a fair weather fan of the Knicks and that you don’t really like to watch the NBA on TV, so why did something like this really grab you to say “I want to make a film about it”?
YAUCH: I don’t know. I do love basketball ““ it’s an amazing game but I get a little bored with the structure of NBA games because of all the foul shots, time outs and the way they force commercials in every minute but I enjoy going to games and watching games ““ even strong players in the park just playing. I just thought it would be interesting ““ an interesting subject to look at the world of high school basketball.
CS: Do these guys look up to the Kobe Bryant’s and the big athletes?
YAUCH: They definitely do. When Ben Gordon and Jason Kidd were there these guys were psyched to be there.
CS: What do you think ““ there’s been a lot to do from Commissioner Stern’s idea that these guys should be in suits and ties to make these guys more presentable and then you have a lot of the smack talk, it’s corporate sponsorship for these pro athletes, is there a maturation process where it becomes like you said this rigid style of play where it’s about foul shots and what have you ““ do any these guys think they have to change their game in they expect to be in the NBA?
YAUCH: A lot of these kids grow up just playing in gyms and in leagues and playing for coaches and already on this path ““ the kids are kind of going in that direction for them it was fun to play ““ come to Harlem it was amazing for them. I don’t know. That’s why I like street ball ““ kids showing off.
CS: Something fluid about it.
YAUCH: There’s something fluid about seeing the anarchy of street ball.
(Laughs)
CS: The only thing I can compare it to, because you don’t see it on television, is the And1 tour that goes around. It might get bagged on a little bit but there’s something electric to see these guys doing things with the ball and their bodies that make it seem a little more alive and I’m at a loss for words to try and explain why that is the case.
YAUCH: I know what you mean. Sometimes the And1 stuff can get a little goofy but it’s cool to see that anarchy, that kind of freedom.
CS: Now, with the film being done, did you get everything you wanted to get out of this?
YAUCH: Yes. Even though a lot of these guys grew up playing in leagues, in gyms, they are aware of that style of play. You really see it in like ““ they were really psyched to come to the Rucker and play.
CS: How did these kids get selected to come to the Rucker?
YAUCH: There was a committee that selected them to come to the Elite 24 game.
CS: This game seems so underground, this is the first I’ve heard of it, not that means anything, but did these kids know about it?
YAUCH: About the Rucker?
CS: Yes.
YAUCH: They definitely know about it. This was the first annual Elite 24 game, but these kids knew about it and were psyched. There is so much history it’s like the basketball mecca. The street ball mecca. To come and play meant a lot to these kids.
CS: Did you get to be on the court and play one-on-one with any of these guys?
YAUCH: Yeah, I was shooting around with them at the Rucker.
CS: How’s your game?
YAUCH: My game’s alright but I’m not making myself eligible for the draft this year.
(Laughs)
But I had fun playing.
CS: Did you – being in front of it ““ was it just a sight to be in front of these guys just being themselves? I can’t imagine what a full street ball game like this would be ““ I’ve just never been around that kind of raw talent.
Yeah. There was definitely something cool about looking at these guys ““ how good they are. They are just unbelievable players and you have to keep reminding yourself that these are high school students. You look at Lance Stephenson standing there and he’s like 6’5″, built like an NBA player and you have to just remind yourself that he’s 15 years old. The way they move and play they look like they are already in the NBA.
CS: Guys like LeBron James got picked up when he was quite young. Do these guys think they can bypass the college system and go right into the NBA like LeBron did?
YAUCH: I’m sure a lot of them would love to but they made it a RULE not too long ago you have to go to one year of college to be eligible for the NBA. So, they all have to do that but now a few of these guys are old enough and have done one year of college and made themselves eligible so Jerryd Bayless, Kevin Love, Michael Beasley, Donte Greene, these guys have made themselves eligible NBA draft happening on June 26th. Most of them will be in the top ten lottery pick.
CS: I know I only have a minute left but I did want to ask, you’ve finished your film, it’s showing, it’s bowing this week. What do you hope, when people watch this, people will get out of watching your film?
YAUCH: My hope from the beginning going into it was this film would be interesting to people who were obsessed with basketball and knew everything there was to know and that it would be interesting to people who don’t even like sports. That it would be interesting to look at this culture, this world, this lifestyle”¦and from what I can tell the people’s reaction I’m hearing is that it does work on both those levels.
PALM SPRINGS – Can you believe that an article in the Washington Post can expose a problem and inspire a swift resolution? Last year Neely Tucker’s “Mannix Was the Man” questioned why this TV detective show wasn’t out on DVD. The story was picked up by numerous papers across the countries in the following week. Fans of the show wrote the studio demanding a Mannix fix. This groundswell of support has been rewarded with Mannix: The First season being released on June 3.
In celebration of this moment, Mike Connors, who played Mannix for eight seasons, called up The Party Favors for an exclusive chat about cars, basketball and Neil Diamond. For a guy about to blow out 83 candles on his birthday cake, Connors sounds like he can still strap on his blazer and beat down a mystery.
Connors is overjoyed that the media can positively motivate a Hollywood executive. “The article in the Washington Post talking about why there wasn’t a DVD started the whole ball rolling,” Connors says. He’s pleased with the studio’s recent treatment of Mannix, but still has a question. “I never got a straight answer as to why it wasn’t on DVD. I’m still not sure why it wasn’t, but it is now and that’s fine.”
The article prompted the studio executives to included plenty of bonus features on the boxset instead of a barebones release of other ’70s detective shows. They even produced a fresh conversation between Connors and the man who played his boss in the first season.
“I really enjoyed getting together with Joe Campanella and rehashing the old days,” Connors says. “And they were old days. I hadn’t seen Joe in a long time. He recalled some of the things I had forgotten. And I recalled a few things he’d forgotten. The bottom line is (the first season) never was much in reruns. They showed the last seven years because the premise was so different from a computer agency to a private agency.”
Connors is excited about getting the DVD since he hasn’t seen these freshman season since they were originally broadcast in 1967. “I don’t remember hardly any of the stories. I’ve haven’t seen the episodes yet. I only saw one episode. I’m dying to see them because it will all be kinda new to me.” Connors and Campanella provide an audio commentary on “Another Final Exit.”
A lot of actor talk about how they can’t stand to see their movies. Connors sounds like an excited fan eager to snag the boxset. “I wasn’t crazy about watching myself at the time I was doing things. You look at it and you get despondent in that you should have done something different. You shoulda, coulda done it better. But now I look at it and say, ‘Wow! God, we were young in those days. Look at that: I’m running.'”
While watching the pilot (“The Name Is Mannix”), Connors will also wince at the moments he received lifelong nagging injuries. “I dislocated my shoulder and broke my wrist. It was all worth it once the pilot got picked up. To this day my wrist hurts and my shoulder gets sore and stiff. It’s all coming back. All the injuries from all those years of doing stunts,” Connors sighs.
Did the show’s budget afford a stuntman?
“I had a very good stuntman, Dick Ziker. We would get together and decide how much I could do,” Connors declares. “We wanted the camera to be in close so that it would be much more believable if (the viewers) saw the actual actor doing the stunt. Without jumping off a cliff or driving a claw off a cliff, I would try to do as much as I could. Luckily I was fairly athletic and I could handle a lot of this stuff.”
Did he join the stuntmen association having gotten banged up so much for the sake of the series?
?”No.”
Like all great TV detectives, Mannix drove quite a few different boss cars in pursuit of closing a case. Did he ever think of buying a version of his TV car for driving around in his private life?
“I never did,” Connors declares. “The first year we had an Oldsmobile Tornado. They didn’t have convertible. They got George Barris and he made that car into a convertible. It was the most unwieldy car that I’ve ever driven. I wouldn’t want it if they gave it to me. Later on we got into the little green (Plymouth Barracuda) convertibles. They were great little cars, but I had my fill of driving those on the show.”
Fans of the show that might think twice before buying one of Mannix’s old cars if they intend on driving around the neighborhood.
“I pity anyone who bought any of those cars,” Connors says. “They might have had two or three thousand miles on them, but every week they were in the shop being repaired.
Mannix was produced by Desliu. The company was producing Mission: Impossible at the same time. Lalo Schifrin composed the iconic themes for both shows. How tight was he to crew that accepted those self-destructing assignments?
“We were on the same lot and very often used the same sets,” Connors said. “Peter Graves and I had dressing rooms right next to each other. We’re very good friends. In fact I was out to dinner with him the other night.”
Was there ever talk of a crossover episode? Did they discuss Mannix being a very special agent for the Impossible Missions Force? “No. Not really,” Connors says. “Some of the Mission: Impossible cast did guest shots on my show especially after their show went off the air a year ahead of mine.” Peter Lupus, Greg Morris and Barbara Anderson popped up needing Mannix’s help.
Working on a Desliu production, did the producers ever use old Star Trek sets like they did on Mission: Impossible?
“No,” Connors said. “Those were completely different type sets. Mission was a little more futuristic than our show so they could get away with some of that stuff in their stories.”
?The first season of Mannix was semi-futuristic. Intertect, the detective agency that employed him, used a massive computer fueled with punch cards to assist him on a case. Even Connors gets a laugh while watching the Jurassic technology in action.
“They filled a whole wall with those computers. It was so completely different. I don’t think the public was ready to accept that computer premise. It was beyond belief of most people that a computer could be so intelligent.” The computer and Intertect only lasted this one season. The second season featured Mannix as a solo act who worked with his guts and fists.
A Star Is Born
How Mike Connors got into the acting game is an amazing story that involves an Oscar-winning director and the greatest college basketball coach of all time. It was on the hardwood of UCLA that Connors was discovered. But it took numerous bites before he realized his destiny was in front of the cameras.
“That was the first time I got the idea that there was anything in the way of acting in my life,” he said. “William Wellman (director of The Ox-Bow Incident) was with his son at a UCLA basketball game. The coach introduced all the players to his son. After the game was over, Bill Wellman said to the coach, ‘Ask that kid if he’d be interested in being an actor.’ And I said, ‘Yeah, sure.’ He said, ‘The next time I do a picture, I’ll give you a call.'”
Days later, the acting bug bit him again. His speech teacher who was head of the drama department at UCLA asked him to stay after class. “I’d like to ask you a question,” she said. “I’m having tryouts for some plays. Have you ever thought of trying out for a play?”
“No,” Connors replied. “Not really.’
Then fate stepped in. About two weeks later the coach says, “Ruth Birch called and wanted to know if there was an athlete here. They’re replacing Tarzan. I mentioned Will Wellman was interested in you.”
Connors went to see Birch who said he wasn’t right for Tarzan but encouraged him to get into acting and set him up with a coach. “I started taking acting classes at UCLA. I gave up basketball to try and become an actor.” His try has lasted over 50 years including appearing on Two and a Half Men last season.
Wellman lived up to his word. Connors soon found himself on the set of Island in the Sky alongside John Wayne.
Who was the coach that chalked up Connors’ career direction?
“My sophomore year, I played basketball during John Wooden’s first year,” Connors says.
Being a Bruin alumni while having a hit network series gave Connors a good seat when UCLA was in full dynasty mode under Wooden.
Was it a glorious time for him?
“It was terrific,” Connors confirms. “As a matter of fact, Gail Goodrich and Kareem Abdul-Jabber guested on one of the Mannix episodes. We had a lot of fun doing little basketball bits.”
For those poking around for Mike Connors’ name in UCLA basketball scorecards, you’ll have to look for Krikor Ohanian. That’s his real name. Although in his early films, you’ll see him listed as Touch Connors.
How did he end up with such a strange stagename?
“When I first became an actor, I was signed by Famous Artist Agency,” Connors explains. “One of the agents there was a man named Henry Wilson. He was responsible for Rock Hudson’s name, Rory Calhoun, Race Gentry and Tab Hunter.”
So when Connors signed with the agency, they put him with Wilson who told him he had change his name. “Do you have any nicknames?” Wilson asked.
Connors explained the guys at UCLA used to kid him about having a soft touch.
“Touch!” Wilson exclaimed. “That’s it. You’re going to be Touch Connors!”
“I hated it from day one,” Connors says.” The jokes were ridiculous. Here’s Touch and Go! They called my wife ‘Go.’ The minute I got the Tightrope series, I told them, I’ve got to change that name.” Thus Mike Connors became a TV star.
Mannix had 194 episodes over its eight season run from 1967 to 1975. At what point did Connors realize that this show was going to last a while?
“It was after the second year because our ratings started to climb,” Connors says. “The network was very happy with it. Each year the ratings got better. As a matter of fact, we would have been on another year if Paramount and CBS didn’t get into a disagreement because our ratings were still in the Top 20 when we went off the air. Paramount wanted to put reruns of Mannix on at 11 o’clock at night. CBS said, “No. Not as long as you’re on network first run. We’re not going to let you compete with the first run.’ Paramount said, ‘Well, we want to sell and get our money out of this thing.’ Paramount chose not to continue.
“A year or two later it was a common practice to put a show on in reruns while it was still going in first runs.”
One of the highlights of the first season boxset is Neil Diamond performing “Solitary Man” on “The Many Deaths of Saint Christopher.” How did the singer in the sparkling shirts end up on the set of Mannix?
“The producer came to me and said, ‘You know Mike, we need somebody to play in a nightclub scene. My kids say there’s a young guy named Neil Diamond that’s very good.’ I said, ‘I’ve never heard of him, but whomever you want is fine with me.’ So Neil Diamond came on the set. He did a short number and I walked through the bar. And (the director) said, ‘That’s it we’re finished.’ Neil said, ‘What? You mean you hired me to work and that’s all I have to do on this show?’ He was furious. They came to me and asked me to calm Neil down. ‘He’s very upset.’ So I went over and said, ‘Neil, I’m sorry. I wasn’t aware of what went on. If I had known, I would have explained to you that it isn’t a major part in the show.’ He was very upset about it and left.
“About three years later he was a the top of his career and doing a one man show at the Greek Theater. A friend of mine had tickets and we went to see the show. During the intermission, an usher came up to me and said, ‘Mr. Diamond would like you to come back after the show and be his guest and have a drink. The two ladies with us were: ‘Oh God, we want to meet him.’ So we went backstage. Neil came over and said, “Well, things are a little different now, aren’t they Mike?’ And I said, ‘Yeah. Congratulations, Neil.’ He wanted me back there to give a little zing.”
As our conversation near the end, I ask about Gail Fisher. She joined the series during the second season to play his secretary, Peggy Fair. How was she received by the fans of the show at the time?
“She was really accepted in a great way. The funny thing is the network didn’t want her to be on the show because they were worried what the South would do with a black actress on the show. Bruce Geller and I fought to get her on the show. We had to agree if there was a lot of bad mail, Geller would figure out a way to write her out of the show. The show became so popular and we got so many good letters about her that she went on to win the Emmy and be a big important part of the show.”
Reports are that Paramount has already done High-Def transfers of the first three seasons. This is always a good indicator of what’s coming on DVD. With any luck, the second season should be out before Christmas.
As we say goodbye, it feels good to know that soon Mike Connors would sit back in his favorite chair and watch Mannix knock back Scotches, kick ass and mock computers. He’ll be enjoying his show as much as the rest of us (like “Senator” Brad Honeycutt) who’ve waited so long for it to appear on DVD. The case of the Missing First Season has been solved.
MANNIX TRIVIA
Did you know that Tim Robbins is a major Mannix fan?
THE DVD SHELF
The Odd Couple: The Fourth Season brings us another 22 episodes of the best damn sitcom that wasn’t overplayed in syndication. The set up is simple with two roommates clashing over their lifestyle choices. Felix (Tony Randall) is an anal retentive, neatfreak. Oscar (Jack Klugman) is a blissful slob. Can they survive in a Manhattan apartment or is this the set up for a murder-suicide special. This fourth season brings quite a few guest stars. My childhood idol Wolfman Jack appears in “The Songwriter” while Oscar is giving his mallet to The Gong Show‘s Jaye P. Morgan. “The Exorcists” spooks Felix into swearing their air conditioner is possessed by a trapped spirit. Victor Buono (King Tut from Batman) has to help them release the ghost. “The Pig Who Came to Dinner” brings us Billie Jean King and Bobby Riggs during their tennis match hype. “One for the Bunny” has Hugh Hefner playing himself when he was merely middle-aged. Felix is hired to photograph the Playboy Centerfold. The Fourth Season proves that The Odd Couple wasn’t even close to jumping the shark. Bring on the fifth and final season boxset!
Hawaii Five-O: The Fourth Season shows us how Steve McGarrett (Jack Lord) kept the law in the tropical paradise. Mostly by intimidating them with his bold haircut. This was the final season of the original Five-O crew since Det. Kono Kalakaua (played by Zulu) was “transferred out” of the unit. This might be the worst career move in showbiz. Hawaii Five-0 continued for eight more seasons and Zulu didn’t have to do too much heavy lifting to pick up that paycheck. His final shift proved to be exciting with major crimes mixed with outlandish investigations. There’s a science fiction storyline in the two-part “The Ninety-Second War.” The evil Wo Fat has made a “clone” McGarrett as part of a fiendish plan involving Chinese missiles. The guest cast includes Roger C. Carmel (Star Trek‘s Harry Mudd), Tim O’Connor (Buck Rogers in the 25th Century‘s Dr. Huer) and Donald Pleasence (You Only Live Twice‘s Blofeld). Can McGarrett save the world from nuclear annihilation? McGarrett also keeps the mob out of Hawaii in “No Bottles….No Cans….No People.” You just don’t mess with the Five-O.
The Fugitive: Season Two, Volume One continues the greatest man hunt in television history. Dr. Richard Kimble (David Janssen) stays one step ahead of Lt. Gerard (Barry Morse). Kimble isn’t merely fleeing from the law, but searching for the one-armed man who really killed Kimble’s wife. The highlight of the 15 episodes on this collection is “Escape Into Black.” The recently departed Ivan Dixon (Kinch on Hogan’s Heroes) plays a doctor treating a severely injured Kimble. He recognizes Kimble and thinks his fellow physician is guilty. A social worker at the hospital thinks he’s innocent. They battle over the fate of the woozy-headed Kimble. The One-Armed Man also appears in the story.
7th Heaven: The Sixth Season is perfect viewing for when Ned Flanders drops by the estate. The only reason I even remember this show is Jessica Biel. From my encounters with minister’s daughters, I was expecting this show to have been a Showtime sensation. But she’s not nearly as hedonistic as my realities. For Season Six of the 7th, she moves back with her preaching father (Stephen Collins). It’s tame TV for those who think Gilmore Girls is a pit of sin.
Holocaust was a major mini-series and now its out with a 30th Anniversary edition. The nearly 8 hour long show follows the Weiss family from their happy lives in Berlin to the concentration camps. The miniseries brought the Holocaust into the national dialogue when people spoke about World War II. A very young Meryl Streep and James Woods bring this chilling time to celluloid.
National Treasure 2: Book of Secrets is better than the original for only one reason: Helen Mirren. What is it about Helen Mirren that makes me think she could lure me into a cave beneath Mount Rushmore? Nicolas Cage has to prove his great grandfather didn’t help kill Abraham Lincoln. He must find the mythical city of gold that supposedly the presidents have been hiding from us. Helen Mirren plays his mom who can read an ancient language. And this film claims the City of Gold isn’t where Indiana Jones found it in Kingdom of the Crystal Skulls.
Indiana Jones: The Adventure Collection is a new boxset of the first three films that’s out just in time for the new Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull movie. You can get each of the films separately. This means you can skip over Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom. Even after all these years, the film is such an amazing letdown. Raiders of the Lost Ark rocks. Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade is fun by merely having Sean Connery play Indy’s dad. They produced new documentaries for the DVDs. You’ll adore the examination of the melting faces from Raiders.
Ringside Rivalries takes you back to that time when boxing was bigger than mixed martial arts. I can’t get into the whole UFC business because the two guys in the cage wearing those baggy swim suits remind me of drunk guys at the beach. Every time I turn on the UFC show on Spike, the UFC fighters are dry humping each other into submission. What’s the point of a bloodsport when it devolves into hardcore cuddling? Give me nostalgic boxing matches for power, pounding and personality. That’s what this DVD set does. Ringside Rivalries contains bouts featuring Jack Dempsey, Joe Louis, Rocky Graziano, Muhammad Ali and Joe Fraizer. Burt Randolph Sugar and his crew of experts establish the context and breakdown the various fights. Fans of Raging Bull should rejoice at the complete Jake LaMotta vs. Sugar Ray Robinson in Chicago fight. Gander at what Martin Scorsese recreated. There’s even vintage footage of Rocky Graziano breaking down the fight. For fans of Ali, there’s the complete Thrilla in Manila battle against Joe Fraizer. It’s knockout series for the punching fan.
Strange Wilderness would have been a really great SciFi Channel original movie. A nature show is about to get canceled so the stoner crew pursue Bigfoot to capture ratings gold. The film gets bonus points for starring Ernest Borgnine and Joe Don Baker. McHale and Mitchell are a dynamic duo. You know what this film is missing? Pauly Shore. The comedy comes up a little short unless you get as stoned as the guy from the “I’m a Mac” commercials. This reminds me of MTV’s Wild Boyz. Strange Wilderness will be competing with Shrimp on the Barbie for time slots on Comedy Central.
Mission: Impossible: The Fourth TV Season has Leonard Nimoy replacing Martin Landau as the master of disguise and magic tricks. Straight off the set of Star Trek, Nimoy attempts to overcome his old Spock haircut. They also had to replace Landau’s wife, Barbara Bain. Shame they didn’t use Lee Meriwether more in their revolving cast of female agents. The producers attempted to twist around the series by not having everything go according to Mr. Phelps’ plans. They even have a three part adventure. This fourth season is better than all three of Tom Cruise’s Mission: Impossible movies.
Ballroom Bootcamp is TLC’s Dancing Without The Stars. Three couples intensively train to fancy dance for a competition. The bonus features include lessons on how to Jive, Cha-Cha, Waltz, Tango and Rhumba. It’s a sweet gift for your partner if they just can’t stop watching those dancing shows. Get off the couch and show me your Passa Doble!
Muppet Show: The Complete Third Season has Liberace!!!! Can there be any greater reason to rush out and embrace this boxset? The greatest variety show of the ’70s hit its stride on these discs. Major stars were begging for a chance to show off their song and dance skills with the felt and furry. The big names include Sylvester Stallone, Roy Rogers, Loretta Lynn, Alice Cooper, Roy Clark and Gilda Radner. Raquel Welch’s opening number may inflict drooling. She is in her prime and slinking around in a very revealing outfit. Fozzie Bear won’t be the only one tongue-tied.
Kenny the Shark, Volume 3: Catch a Wave sets a dangerous mindset that somehow a tiger shark can make a sweet family pet. This is an animated kids show that wants you to forget the lessons of Jaws. Remind your children that this is only a cartoon and they should never bring back stray sharks from the beach. Even if they don’t eat your family, they’ll cost a fortune in meat for their lunch. Does Purina make a Shark Chow?
Walk All Over Me promises Leelee Sobieski in a corset. Sold! Grandma knows what she’ll be getting for Christmas this year. Unfortunately this is not merely Leelee strutting around in fetish latex for two hours. There’s a crime and double crossed loot. Poor Leelee finds herself in the middle of this chaos. Everyone thinks she’s holding the bag. The movie could have been so much better if it just focused Leelee becoming a full-time domme. What’s wrong with an old fashioned Education of Mistress Leelee flick? If you can stomach the crime plot, you’ll be pleased with her time in heels.
Gomer Pyle USMC The Fourth Season is the year Duke went AWOL. But when Gomer loses a barracks buddy, he gains a girlfriend in crappy voiced Lou Ann. Will this woman bust up the unspoken bond between Gomer and Sgt. Carter? This season is best known for when Gomer goes to Washington D.C. to deliver a knock out performance of The Impossible Dream in his dress blues. Grandma loved that episode. There’s only one more season of Gomer left to be released. So get too watching, maggots!
The Invaders: The First Season revives this cult show that never got any syndication action in my neighborhood. After reading about Invaders hype in SciFi books for decades, I feared the major letdown that came after watching Land of the Giants and Time Tunnel on DVD. However all the gushing of The Invaders fanatics is true. This is an engrossing series. David Vincent (Roy Thinnes) is an architect who sees a UFO landing one night. He quickly discovers that aliens are in the process of taking over the Earth. He tries his hardest to expose this fact without being written off as a nutjob by the mainstream media – which is controlled by aliens. Thinnes makes the show. He looks good when he’s extra paranoid. This is a tense drama that doesn’t rely on special effects. “Vikor” has Jack Lord as an industrialist who has made a deal with the aliens.
Gunsmoke The Second Season, Volume 2 takes us back to Dodge City when it was only twenty six minutes in black and white. Here’s the final 19 episodes of the sophomore outing. “Bloody Hands” has Russell Johnson (the Professor from Gilligan’s Island) threaten Matt Dillon (James Arness) to a gunfight. This is still the time when Miss Kitty’s Saloon had an unspoken brothel upstairs. You don’t think those girls are hired to merely have drinks with the customers? The bonus features include the old cigarette promos with Arness saying, “Live Modern. Smoke L&Ms.”
Rawhide The Third Season, Volume 1 returns us to the unending cattle drive. Clint Eastwood knows how to punch them doggies. Each week the drovers ran into another adventure along the trail. “Incident at Rojo Canyon” has Julie London and Bobby Troup pop up. Guess this is how they made their way west to work on Emergency! Woody Strode (Spartacus) rides high in “Incident of the Buffalo Soldier.” Proving that hard drugs at work are not a recent phenomenon, “Incident at the Top of the World” has a new drover that’s hooked on morphine. Robert Culp (I Spy) gets extraordinarily serious in his role. Another fine batch of tails from the trail.
Cheers Season 9 has finally arrived. It’s been two years since season 8 came out. Season 9 was the year that Sam Malone regained his bar from the evil corporation. No more ferns in the best little booze joint in Beantown. “Cheers Foul Out” is my favorite of this batch. In order to win a basketball game against Gary’s Old Towne Tavern, Sam suckers Kevin McHale to be a ringer on the Cheers team. The Boston Celtic great looks good and loose while exchanging lines with the cast. There’s also the whole business of Rebecca getting married to her old boss. But what about her feelings toward Sam?
Beverly Hills 90210: The Fourth Season lets the world’s oldest teenagers go to college. Brandon (Jason Priestly) turns out to be a big man on the new campus. Dylan (Luke Perry) is still a little bit troubled. This is best known for being the last full season with Brenda (Shannen Doherty). The Peach Pit gets expanded into a nightclub. Luke and Dylan’s sideburns are still sharp and impressive.
The 4400: The Fourth Season is unfortunately also the final season. In the middle of the writer’s strike, USA network canceled the show. Luckily the final episode of this season works as a finale. We’re not left completely hanging about the future with these people with super powers in control. The nice part about this boxset is plenty of Summer Glau. The wife will watch anything with Summer on the screen. It’s a shame they couldn’t just move this series over to the Sci-Fi channel, but at least it didn’t completely gas out by going a season too far.
Romulus, My Father has Eric Bana trying his best to prove Hollywood hasn’t destroyed his soul. He returns to Australia to take on the heavy role of a dad raising his son around his wife’s new boyfriend. Bana’s a cuckolded man. This isn’t quite a return to his master performance of Chopper. Franka Potente (Run Lola Run) doesn’t quite have enough of a devious streak for her wayward wife. This isn’t a happy film. Bana needs to do a project that lets him show his comic chops.
The Adventures of the Young Indiana Jones: Volume Three, The Years of Change arrives just in time for the fourth film. This boxset contains the final batch of TV movies elaborating on the education and experiences of Indiana Jones. There’s plenty of World War I action along with early treasure hunts. Sean Patrick Flanery shines as the young Harrison Ford during these prequels. The bonus features are as entertaining as the films. For folks who aren’t quite sure about the historic characters and events, you’ll get educated fast. Documentaries that accompany “Hollywood Follies” will appeal to fans of early films. “Erich von Stroheim – The Profligate Genius” should have been a bonus feature on Sunset Boulevard. This is a gold standard for how a TV show DVD need to be presented.
Sick Nurses brings a fetish dose of Asian nurses to the world of horror. Turns out a hospital in Thailand is doing evil things with the bodies. The young nurses on staff must pay a harsh deductible to an evil spirit. For those with a fetish for an Asian nurse on the toilet using a pregnancy test wand, you get your dream. It is nice to see that the folks in Thailand are closing the Gore-cinema gap with Japan and South Korea.
ROGER WILKOS
The Steve Wilkos Show is the best damn talkshow on TV. You might know him best as the bald head of security on The Jerry Springer Show. But he’s better than his boss when it comes to tearing into a screwed up guest. Wilkos is an ex-Chicago cop. He brings all his badge badgering skills to the show. He’s not going to take crap from any of his guests. He doesn’t back off when he senses that he can break a guest. He’s not there to make everything look pretty. He’s not Dr. Phil trying to spread cute Texan sayings as a balm for problems. “You’re damned right, I’m judging you!” Steve says. He’s a pitbull holding his own chain.
There’s no need for security lurking around the set. Although half the time it seems like a guard might be needed to keep Steve from attacking his guests. During “I Burned My Baby,” a father is accused of abusing his child including burning her with a cigarette. Steve offers a Marlboro to the father. The father acts like he’s going to burn his own arm to understand what his daughter felt. Steve extends his arm and demands the father burn his arm. It’s a fierce moment. Think Oprah would stick her arm out to prove a point? Who can top Wilkos’ intensity? How about a matching of wills between Steve and Judge Mathis?
The one thing this show lacks is a proper set. Why the post-industrial factory decay decor? Steve ought to be interviewing his guests in a confining interrogation room. We need to see these people cornered and sweating in a bullpen as Steve tears apart their denials. Forget saying that this is the best talkshow, now that The Wire is off that air: The Steve Wilkos Show is the best cop show on TV.
Steve ought to be working in the White House press corp. “You’re getting back to me, now!” he’d scream at Dana Perino’s dodge. He ought to at least get to moderate a Presidential debate. Bet we’d get some truth out of those beauty contests with Wilkos between the candidates.
TALKING IT TO NIPPON
The Japanese version of Iron Chef is now running on the Fine Living Network. I enjoy this version since they had to make meals with shark fin, eel scrotums and oyster rectums. The American version on the Food Network is too easy with secret ingredients such as Milk, hamburger and Farmer’s Market. What could Bobby Flay possibly make using hamburger? Flay needs to see if he can make walrus noses into an ice cream worthy of Joel McHale.
BLAH COMES IN PAIRS
What’s the point of the cam-mob following Paris Hilton since her hook up with the other putz from Good Charlotte? He’s unleashed her inner-snore. Of all the upward screwing she’s done over the years, she settles for a guy whose band’s rise was linked directly to a major payola scandal. Couldn’t she scrogg it up with the singer from Ugly Kid Joe?
I pride myself of only experiencing The Hills through clips shown on Best Week Ever and The Soup. But I can’t escape the faux-ality stars at the Supermarket checkout counter. Can some explain to me why the tabloid media cares about following the exploits of this Heidi and Spencer? You could pick two random people on a subway car and turn them into more compelling celebrities than this skank duo. They’re degraded the concept of “fame whores.” The Party Favors has contacted Bob Barker to see if he’ll pay to have Heidi and Spencer spade and neutered. We’re hoping Bob will just do the job himself. I’ll buy that issue of In Touch magazine.
RAREST HEADLINE EVER
Man collects millions of dollars from unsolicited foreign email!
SET A COURSE TO LOVE
Congratulations goes out to Brad Altman as winner of the biggest Star Trek geek of all time. How geeky is he? He’s marrying Sulu. Are they registered at Klingon and Barrel? Only way you’re going to top Brad is to find a bigamy town that will allow you to legally hook up with Kirk and Mr. Spock with a Romulan speaking minister. You’d have to be like that gal that almost “married” Tom Arnold and Roseanne. Why did I have to bring up that image? I’m sorry – especially for those who just puked up their lunch at the vision of a threesome with Tom and Roseanne. I’ve been assured that this is a ring of Hell.
DINO DAZED
Normally I avoid watching infomercials past the three minute mark. But I’m always in it for the long haul when they run The Best of the Dean Martin Variety Show DVD offer. I’d even consider buying these DVDs if they were complete season sets and didn’t cost a small fortune after you bought each volume for $29.99. I can get the entire three seasons of Gilligan’s Island for that price if I hunt around. So these highlights from the greatest hits package will suffice for now. Any clips of Raquel Welch are welcome on my TV. But like any infomercial, there’s got to be a completely annoying element. In this case it is Regis Philbin inflicting a “from the grave duet” with Dean. Does anyone really need to be reminded that Regis sings? Must he stamp on Dean’s “Babyface?”